Universal: Templates and Extensions

Alongside country-specific options, we also offer Universal template. 
These are Banana's ready-to-use file templates, easily adaptable to your country or preferences, with descriptive accounts for better understanding.

Instead of numerical accounts, universal templates have descriptive accounts. Instead of a number or a code, you then find a short description. This system makes accounting simpler and more intuitive.

Here is an example of a chart of accounts for an income and expenses accounting file:

conti descrittivi

Business Accounting (Universal)

Universal Accounting Templates No VAT

商店会计

商店会计 fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese/shop_cash.ac2
ac2 language
全球 现金日记账 公司
ac2 publisher

Simple Accounting for a Shop

Simple Accounting for a Shop michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/en/10649_shop_basic_cash_.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/en/10649/10649_shop_basic_cash_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Business
ac2 publisher

Income & Expense Accounting for a Corporation

Income & Expense Accounting for a Corporation michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11178_corporation_basic_income.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11178/11178_corporation_basic_income_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Income & Expense Accounting for Property Management

Income & Expense Accounting for Property Management michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/english/10584_property_basic_income.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/english/10584_property_basic_income_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Comptabilité multidevise pour PME

Comptabilité multidevise pour PME
Description

Modèle idéal pour la gestion de la comptabilité des sociétés anonymes. Le plan comptable est structuré selon le schéma PME et présente les registres clients/fournisseurs. Il y a des comptes en devises étrangères et des centres de coûts.

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/french/fr_defc_vat_sme_company_customers.ac2
ac2 language
Universel Comptabilité en partie double avec multidevise et TVA Entreprise
ac2 publisher

Comptabilité pour sociétés de personnes morales avec les registres clients/fournisseurs

Comptabilité pour sociétés de personnes morales avec les registres clients/fournisseurs
Description

Modèle idéal pour la gestion de la comptabilité des sociétés anonymes. Le plan comptable est structuré conformément au régime des PME. Il y a des centres de coûts.

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/french/fr_de_vat_sme_company_customers.ac2
ac2 language
Universel Comptabilité en partie double avec TVA Entreprise
ac2 publisher

Comptabilité pour sociétés de personnes morales avec les registres clients/fournisseurs

Comptabilité pour sociétés de personnes morales avec les registres clients/fournisseurs
Description

Modèle idéal pour la gestion de la comptabilité de personnes morales. Le plan comptable est structuré conformément au régime des PME. Il y a des centres de coûts et la gestion des clients et fournisseurs.

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/french/fr_de_sme_company_customers.ac2
ac2 language
Universel Comptabilité en partie double Entreprise
ac2 publisher

Comptabilité pour Entreprise jusqu'à 500'000 CHF chiffre d'affaires

Comptabilité pour Entreprise jusqu'à 500'000 CHF chiffre d'affaires
Description

Plan comptable structuré pour gérer une entreprise dont le chiffre d'affaires annuel n'excède pas 500'000 CHF. Avec TVA et des centres de coûts.

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/french/fr_de_vat_smeshort_max500.ac2
ac2 language
Universel Comptabilité en partie double avec TVA Entreprise
ac2 publisher

公司会计 (含中英文报表)

公司会计 (含中英文报表) fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese%20english/company_double.ac2
ac2 language
全球 复式记账 公司
ac2 publisher

Comptabilité pour Entreprises Individuelles

Comptabilité pour Entreprises Individuelles
Description

Pour gérer les comptes d'une petite entreprise individuelle. Le plan comptable est structuré avec des groupes et sousgroupes et centres de coût.

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/french/fr_de_sme_soleenterprise.ac2
ac2 language
Universel Comptabilité en partie double Entreprise
ac2 publisher

Comptabilité pour Entreprises individuelles

Comptabilité pour Entreprises individuelles
Description

Pour gérer les comptes d'une petite entreprise individuelle avec TVA et centres de coût.

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/french/fr_de_vat_sme_soleenterprise.ac2
ac2 language
Universel Comptabilité en partie double avec TVA Entreprise
ac2 publisher

Yacht, Boats, Cruises Income & Expense Accounting Log Book with Budget and Cash Plan

Yacht, Boats, Cruises Income & Expense Accounting Log Book with Budget and Cash Plan
Description

Track yacht or sailboat expenses and revenues. No need of accounting experience.

Easy to use Accounting software for Yacht. Predefined account file with chart of account, with comprehensive list of expenses (Engine, Crew, Administrative, Guests) and Revenues, that can be easily adapted for your specific needs.

This accounting template provides.

  • Predefined account chart with Expenses (Engine, Crew, Administrative, Guests) and Revenues that can be easily adapted for your specific needs.
  • Cost and revenues subdivision also by cruise.

 

 

 

domenico
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/yacht/english/yacht_basic_income.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11174_corporation_basic_double.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11174/11174_corporation_basic_double_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Buchhaltung mit Budget für ein Restaurant | Beschreibende Konten

Buchhaltung mit Budget für ein Restaurant | Beschreibende Konten
Description

Budget für ein Restaurant erstellen

In jedem Betrieb ist es entscheidend, im Laufe des Jahres fundierte Entscheidungen über die wirtschaftliche und finanzielle Lage treffen zu können – idealerweise mit der Möglichkeit, frühzeitig einzugreifen, bevor es zu spät ist. Aus diesem Grund bietet Banana Buchhaltung in seinen Vorlagen die Funktion "Budget", mit der Sie ganz einfach den Finanzplan für Ihr Restaurant erstellen können.

Wir begleiten Sie Schritt für Schritt bei der Budgetplanung. Folgen Sie einfach den nachstehenden Anleitungen – es ist schnell und unkompliziert, sodass Sie sich direkt wieder auf Ihr Geschäft und Ihre Gäste konzentrieren können!

1.  Einnahmen eingeben

Beginnen Sie mit der Erfassung der fixen Einnahmen. Als Orientierung können die Einnahmen des Vorjahres dienen.

In der Regel setzen sich die Einnahmen aus folgenden Bereichen zusammen:

  • Lebensmittelverkäufen
  • Getränkeverkäufen

Gerade bei Restaurants empfiehlt es sich, die Umsätze für Speisen und Getränke monatsweise zu planen, da diese je nach Feiertagen und Jahreszeit stark schwanken können. Selbstverständlich können Sie die Verkaufspositionen individuell anpassen – z.B. durch eine weitere Untergliederung nach Art der Speisen oder Getränke.

Darüber hinaus gibt es möglicherweise Einnahmen, die nicht direkt aus dem Tagesgeschäft Ihres Betriebs stammen, zum Beispiel:

  • Mieteinnahmen aus Immobilien
  • Zinserträge von Bank- oder Postkonten

Eine Anleitung zur technischen Eingabe der Budgetdaten im Banana-Programm finden Sie auf unserer Webseite unter Tabelle Budget.

Einnahmen

 

2.  Fixe und variable Ausgaben eingeben

Listen Sie alle Ausgaben auf, die im Laufe des Jahres zu erwarten sind. Auch hier können Ihnen die Werte des Vorjahres als Orientierung dienen. Überlegen Sie dabei, ob sich Änderungen abzeichnen, und passen Sie die Beträge entsprechend an.

Zu den wichtigsten Ausgabeposten zählen:

  • Waren- und Rohstoffeinkauf (z.B. Lebensmittel und Getränke)
  • Löhne und Gehälter
  • Ausrüstung und Ausstattung
  • Sozialversicherungsbeiträge
  • Versicherungen (z.B. für Personal, Maschinen, Sachwerte)
  • Miete, Hypotheken, Zinsen
  • Steuern und Abgaben
  • Energie- und Betriebskosten (Strom, Wasser, Gas)
  • Telefon- und Internetkosten
  • Reinigungsdienste
  • Werbung und Marketing

Gerade bei Lebensmitteln und Getränken ist es sinnvoll, die Ausgaben monatsweise zu planen, da sich die Kosten je nach Saison oder Feiertagen deutlich verändern können.

Ausgaben

 

3. Einnahmen und Ausgaben vergleichen

Nachdem Sie alle geplanten Einnahmen und Ausgaben aufgelistet haben, sollten Sie diese miteinander vergleichen, um zu erkennen, ob Sie Ihr angestrebtes Gewinnziel realistisch erreichen können.

Für diesen Vergleich benötigen Sie einen Budgetbericht. Wenn Sie  eine Vorlage von Banana Buchhaltung verwenden, wählen Sie im Menü Berichte > Formatierte Bilanz nach Gruppen den gewünschten Budgetbericht aus – in der Regel ist der Jahresbudget-Bericht hier besonders hilfreich.

Beim Prüfen des Budgets sehen Sie, wie hoch Ihre Liquidität, Ihre Verbindlichkeiten und Ihr Gesamtvermögen auf Basis der eingeplanten Einnahmen und Ausgaben ausfallen werden.

Mit diesem Gesamtüberblick können Sie besser einschätzen, ob bestimmte Posten über- oder unterschätzt wurden.

Sollte sich eine Verlustsituation abzeichnen, empfiehlt es sich, frühzeitig mögliche Sparpotenziale zu prüfen: Überarbeiten Sie Ihre geplanten Ausgaben und passen Sie die Beträge entsprechend an, um Ihre finanziellen Ziele abzusichern.

yearly budget

 

4.  Überprüfung mit der Bilanz zum Jahresende

Am Ende des Jahres, wenn alle Buchungen erfasst sind, können Sie einen Bericht erstellen, der die Endbestände aller Konten anzeigt und diese mit den budgetierten Werten vergleicht. So prüfen Sie zuverlässig, ob Ihre zu Jahresbeginn erstellte Planung realistisch war – und ob Sie den angestrebten Gewinn tatsächlich erreicht haben.

Für den Vergleich der geplanten Werte mit den tatsächlichen Endsalden wählen Sie im Menü Berichte > Formatierte Bilanz nach Gruppen den Befehl Jährlicher Ausdruck mit Budgetvergleich.

Bei grösseren Abweichungen können Sie analysieren, bei welchen Einnahmen oder Ausgaben Ihre ursprünglichen Schätzungen ungenau waren – und die entsprechenden Beträge im Budget für das neue  Jahr gezielt anpassen.

Budget Vergleich

Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/restaurant/de/10820_restaurant_basic_income.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/restaurant/de/10820/10820_restaurant_basic_income_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universell Einnahmen-Ausgaben-Rechnung/EÜR Unternehmen
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation with foreign currencies

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation with foreign currencies michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11179_corporation_basic_multi.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11179/11179_corporation_basic_multi_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

PayPal Templates | Double-entry

PayPal Templates | Double-entry
Description

PayPal import transaction

Banana has an import filter that allows you to directly import the PayPal transactions data in your accounting file. 

The attached files are predefined with the accounts so that you can start immediately using it.

There are two template example files you can download and open in Banana:

Files suitable for

These template files are especially suitable in case you have only one PayPal preferred currency.

The imported transactions will automatically be imported to the currency account, so that you can separately see all transactions.
If in PayPal you keep balances in different currencies, it will be more suitable to use a PayPal accounting in Multicurrency.  

Even if you use another accounting software, you will find that is very efficient to keep a separate accounting in Banana and keep your PayPal accounting  in it. Instead of recording all transactions in your accounting solution, you can keep a separated accounting in Banana and once a month or when needed, only record the summary movement for the period in your accounting solution . 

Further adapting the file

The file can easily be adapted to suit your needs.

Adding new accounts and new currencies

  • In the Accounts table, add new accounts for other currencies or for different Income or Expense types.

Changing to another Basic currency

This file can easily be converted into one with another Basic currency.

Add VAT/Sales Tax, change language or convert into another type

Use Convert to new file to add more options or change the accounting file settings.

 

Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/International/raw/master/PayPal/paypal-doubleentry-eur.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/International/raw/master/PayPal/paypal-doubleentry-usd.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Contabilità Ristorante (Multi-Moneta)

Contabilità Ristorante (Multi-Moneta)
Description

Come fare il preventivo per un ristorante

Segui passo per passo la nostra guida alla pagina Come fare il preventivo per un ristorante che ti insegna come creare e gestire un budget familiare.

 

michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/restaurant/it/10875_restaurant_basic_multi.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/restaurant/it/10875/10875_restaurant_basic_multi_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universale Contabilità in partita doppia multi-moneta Azienda
ac2 publisher

PayPal Templates | Multi-currency accounting

PayPal Templates | Multi-currency accounting
Description

PayPal import transactions

Banana has an import filter that allows you to directly import the PayPal transaction data into your accounting files. 

The attached files are predefined with the accounts so that you can immediately start using it.

There are two template example files that you can download and open in Banana:

Files suitable for

These example files are especially suitable in case you have PayPal transactions in different currencies and especially if you have set up your PayPal account to use and keep different currencies (see also PayPal template for Double-entry accounting) .

The imported transactions will automatically be imported to the currency account, so that you can see all transactions separately and have a balance in the currency.

Even if you use another accounting software, you will find that is very efficient to keep a separate accounting in Banana and keep your PayPal accounting in it. Instead of recording all transctions in your accounting solution, you can keep a separated accounting in Banana and once a month or when needed, only record the summary movement for the period in your accounting solution . 

Further adapting the file

The file can easily be adapted to suit your needs.

Adding new accounts and new currencies

Changing to another basic currency

This file can easily be converted into one with another Basic Currency

Add VAT/Sales Tax, change language or convert into another type

Use the Convert to new file command to add more options or change the accounting file settings.

 

Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/International/raw/master/PayPal/10733_paypal_double_multi.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

Universal Accounting Templates VAT

商店会计

商店会计 fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese/10693_shop_vat_cash.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese/10693/10693_shop_vat_cash_example.ac2
ac2 language
全球 现金日记账含增值税 公司
ac2 publisher

Libro de caja para un Comercio con IVA (con transacciones)

Libro de caja para un Comercio con IVA (con transacciones) barbara
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/spanish/shop_vat_cash.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager con IVA Empresa
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation with VAT/Sales tax

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation with VAT/Sales tax michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11175_corporation_basic_double_vat.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11175/11175_corporation_basic_double_vat_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with vat/sales tax Business
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation with foreign currencies and VAT/Sales tax

Double-Entry Accounting for a Corporation with foreign currencies and VAT/Sales tax michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11180_corporation_basic_multi_vat.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/corporation/en/11180/11180_corporation_basic_multi_vat_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with vat/sales tax and foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

公司 (含中英文报表)

公司 (含中英文报表)
Description

使用Banana财务会计软件,做专业的复式记账会计,一键生成资产负债表,损益表。多语言多汇率,使用中文做账一键点击生成外文报表。

创建您的文件

文件和账户属性

  • 账套
    此标签可以编辑账套的信息,账套名称,开账日期和结账日期,以及记账本位币。
  • 选项
    此标签可以激活会计发生业务所需的功能。
  • 地址
    此标签中可以填入该会计账套的公司或个人信息,这些信息会做为本公司信息显示在给客户开具的发票中。
  • 外汇
    此标签中选择汇兑损益的会计科目代码。
  • 增值税
    此标签中选择应交增值税的会计科目代码。
  • 其它
    此标签中选择做账的语言和出报表的语言。
  • 密码
    此标签中设置账套密码。
  • 文字
    此标签中可以输入额外的信息,比如会计的名字。

编辑账户表

账户表格内显示有资产负债表及损益表的账户。

  • 资产负债表显示所有资产账户的余额,即资产和负债。资产与负债之间的差额决定了个人资本。
  • 损益表显示所有收入和费用的账户,它们的差额决定会计年度的损益状况。

所有的账户都可以根据您的需求进行客制化的编辑。例如,可以更改账号或摘要,可以在期初列内输入初始的余额,可以添加账户并且删除那些不需要的账户。

创建您的预算

在预算表格内,您可以输入指定年份的预估收入和费用。

  • 列出每月费用和收入
    例如,在办公室的租金中输入日期,重复,摘要,费用,借方账户,贷方账户和金额。
    也可以会月收入执行相同的操作,并输入预估的收入。

输入会计发生业务

在会计发生业务表格中,输入实际的会计发生业务。

  • 日期
  • 摘要
  • 借方账户
    输入相对应的账户科目
  • 贷方账户
    输入相对应的账户科目
  • 金额

对所有的会计发生业务执行同样的操作。

导入银行对账单

为了加快这些操作的进程,您可以导入银行对账单的数据并将其链接到数字收据。可以使用报表菜单→导入到账套命令。

报告和预算的比较

在输入会计发生业务后,程序将自动更新账户余额,您可以立即将其与预算余额进行比较。可随时查看并比较过去,现在和未来的会计数据。

 

fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese/10680_company_vat_multi.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese/10680/10680_company_vat_multi_example.ac2
ac2 language
全球 复式记账含外汇及增值税 公司
ac2 publisher

外贸公司 (含中英文报表)

外贸公司 (含中英文报表) fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/sme/chinese%20english/company_double_vat_multi.ac2
ac2 language
全球 复式记账含外汇及增值税 公司
ac2 publisher

IFRS

Definition and principles of IFRS for SME

Definition of IFRS for SME

They are a set of accounting standards adopted globally for the financial statements of small to medium-sized companies with the goal of ensuring transparency, reliability, and comparability of the companies’ financial information. 

They were issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB), an independent organization based in London, composed of a group of experts with the function of defining accounting principles, preparing, reviewing, or using financial statements, and in accounting training.

When the IASB releases a new standard, there must be approval from the European Union, in the specific approval process, the responsibility lies with the European Commission with other consumptive entities.

IFRS Purposes

The main purpose is to create a common accounting framework for most companies operating within the European Community, offering the advantage of greater simplicity and transparency in relation to the balance sheets and financial information. 

The objectives are characterized in various aspects as follows:

Transparency:

provide stakeholders with clear and detailed information on the company's financial status and performance.

Reliability:

financial reports that correspond to the business reality and are trustworthy.

Uniformity

to report financial information that is comparable on a global scale.

Relevance

to ensure that important information is provided to potential investors and other stakeholders.

 

Fundamental Principles IFRS SME

The characteristics of IFRS standards are based on principles as explained below:

Full Disclosure

All relevant information must be fully disclosed.

Substance over Form Principle

Transactions must be accounted for and presented based on their economic substance and reality, not just their legal form.

Principle of Prudence

Uncertainties and risks must be duly considered.

Fair Value Measurement

Numerous balance sheet items must be measured at their fair value, rather than at their historical cost.

Qualitative characteristics of financial information 

Understandability 

The presentation of financial statement information should be understandable in terms of the company’s commercial and economic activities. This principle does not allow for the omission of important information as it would become difficult to understand for some users. 

Comparability 

Information about an entity is useful if it can be compared with similar information from other entities. This characteristic allows stakeholders to identify and understand similarities and differences in business accounting realities. 

Verifiability 

Verifiability helps ensure a faithful representation of the company’s accounting and financial information. Quantified accounting information does not necessarily have to be an exact estimate to be verifiable. 

Timeliness 

Timeliness means having information available in time to make decisions. In this sense, the older the information, the less useful it is. There are exceptions, it is emphasized that for some information it can also be less timely since there is an evaluation over a longer period of time to study and identify trends.

References:

Composition of IFRS for SME

Introduction

According to Article 3.17 of the document "Exposure Draft IFRS for SMEs® Accounting Standard - Third edition of the IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard - September 2022", it must include all of the following documents in order to have a complete set of financial statements:

  • Financial statement.
  • Income Statement.
  • Statement of changes in equity.
  • Cash flow.
  • Notes.

References

Statement of financial position

It is a document that represents the balance sheet and financial situation of a company. The balance sheet is separated into current and non-current assets, and consists of assets, equity, liabilities.

Current assets comprise resources that are expected to be liquidated or used as part of usual business operations within one year from the date of the balance sheet. The distinction is particularly useful for investors who distinguish between net working capital and capital used for long-term operations in an operating cycle.
There is also another presentation, it is based on the degree of liquidity, but is suitable for banks and financial institutions that do not provide goods or services within an identifiable operating period.

Non-current assets are corporate resources that are expected to remain in use for an extended period beyond twelve months after the balance sheet date.

Short-term (current) liabilities are those due within the usual operating cycle or within twelve months after the balance sheet date. Trade payables must always be classified as short-term liabilities even if their settlement occurs beyond the normal operating cycle or more than twelve months after the balance sheet date.

Long-term (non-current) liabilities are those due beyond the normal operating cycle or more than twelve months after the balance sheet date.

Income statement

The income statement is the representation of the profit and loss account and is classified according to the by nature of expense method. 

The classification by nature is one of the options available from the IFRS for SMEs, and since it is the simplest and most flexible for different business realities, it was decided to implement this approach.

The concept is that costs are aggregated according to their nature, such as depreciation, purchases of materials, transportation costs, etc. 
There is also the classification by cost destination, where costs are distinguished between cost of goods sold and other costs, which provides more meaningful information but requires a considerable degree of discretion on the part of the financial statement preparer.

Statement of changes in equity

The statement of changes in the equity of a company between two financial years reflects the variations in the net equity due to the increase or decrease of its net assets for the period or the wealth generated, based on the specific valuation criteria implemented and indicated in the financial statements.

Cash flow

The IFRS for SMEs stipulates that entities must categorize their transactions into three distinct activities: 

  1. Operating. 
  2. Investing.
  3. Financing. 

It further permits entities to present their operating cash flows using either the direct or indirect method. Ultimately, the framework’s goal is to furnish decision-useful information to users, aiding them in making informed economic choices.

Notes

The notes to the financial statements represent a fundamental part of financial reporting under IFRS for SMEs. They provide additional and detailed information that integrates and explains the data presented in the main financial statements.

Furthermore, they play a crucial role in ensuring the transparency and completeness of financial reporting, allowing users of the financial statements to fully understand the company's financial position, performance, and cash flows.

In conclusion, the notes to the financial statements are therefore an essential tool for improving the transparency and comparability of financial reporting at an international level.

Reclassification IFRS with Banana

Reclassification IFRS with Banana
Description

Introduction

On this page, there is a brief explanation of the templates created with the Banana accounting software and how to use them to print the income statement and balance sheet report according to IFRS standards for SMEs. 

At the bottom of the page are links to download the templates.

Template IFRS SME

The template file is set up with the IFRS SME chart of accounts in which the Statement of financial position, Income statement and Statement of changes in equity are present.

This file refers to the document "Reclassification IFRS SME" to print the report according to the IFRS SME setting, with the use of the financial statements embellished by groups.

For more information on financial statement enhanced balance sheet with groups:

Reclassification IFRS SME

The document contains the basic settings to print the page layout (document title, company master data), amounts, totals, subtotals of the Statement of Financial Position and Income Statement accounts.

The accounts will be printed even if the amount is zero. If you want to change the setting of this printout or the style you can do so within this file.

Report creation with Statement of financial position and Income statement

To create a report with the Statement of Financial Position and Income Statement documents, follow the next steps:

  • Open the template file and record all case-specific accounting transactions.
  • Click on Reports -> Enhaced balance sheet with groups
  • Enter the important data relating to the reference company (e.g. document name, company master data) in the Page-Header and Footer section.
  • You can make other settings by reading the details on Banana's site on the enhanced balance sheet.
  • Click OK.

At the end of the process a new file will be opened with the Statement of Financial Position and Income Statement inside.

Download IFRS SME per Banana

We make the models available without any liability, as stipulated in our Terms and Conditions of Use.

Ruben Bravi
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/IFRS/raw/main/Template_Banana/Reclassification_IFRS_SME.ac2
| Tags: Universal
ac2 language
Universal Accounting report Business
ac2 publisher

Excel file structure

Introduction

On this page, there is a full explanation of how to use the file, what to find in it and its logic.

In addition, there are illustrations and sample figures to help explain how to use the Excel file. The amounts shown in these images are purely for illustrative purposes and do not necessarily reflect actual or significant values.

Documentary reference

For the creation of the accounting structure within the Excel file, the indications of the documentation related to the IFRS standards for SMEs were followed.

Specifically, the documentation is:

  • Accounting principles, notes and other: "Exposure Draft IFRS for SMEs Accounting Standard" of September 2022".
  • The presentation of the accounts and the explanatory notes: "IFRS Taxonomy Illustrated IFRS Accounting Taxonomy 2023".

Description structure file

The Excel template is divided into ten main parts:

  1. General information.
  2. Financial Statement.
  3. Income Statement.
  4. Financial Statement detailed.
  5. Income Statement detailed.
  6. Statement of changes in equity.
  7. Cash flow indirect.
  8. Notes of financial statements.
  9. Notes of income statement.
  10. Notes of cash flow statement.

In order to have a complete set of IFRS financial statements for SMEs, it is mandatory to complete the sheets on General information, Financial statement and Notes of financial statements, Income statement and Notes of income statement, Statement of changes in equity and Cash flow indirect and Notes of cash flow statement.

The Financial Statement detailed and Income Statement detailed sheets, are an alternative to the compilation procedure specified above, as they integrate the entire aspect of the Financial Statement and Income Statement, with all accounts detailed by the notes, having a direct view of the composition and structure of an account with the notes. 

Organitation of the file

File content

The file contains seven fields:

  1. Main field.
  2. Main account.
  3. Sub-category of the main account.
  4. Code.
  5. Formula.
  6. Note.
  7. Account amount.

In the main field, you specify the name of the main account, the document reference and generic company information.

The main account is the name of the main account.

The sub-category of the main account can only be displayed if the Statement Financial detailed and Statement Income detailed sheet is used. It is an account taken from the notes and serves to detail the structure of an account, as required in the IFRS notes for SME.

The code is used for Banana's accounting model and serves to identify the account.

The formula is applied for account totals and subtotals.

The note is account-specific and is entered for some accounts as per the IFRS documentation for EMS.

The account amount is a number to two decimal places without currency indication.

Some fields are not editable as they are an essential part of the file structure. The only part to be changed are the amounts to be entered for the various accounts and the descriptions in the note sheet.

The legend below summarises what the fields correspond to and which are and are not editable.

""

Figure of Excel in the sheet Legend

In the General information sheet, the essential information required by IFRS for SME is entered. 

The essential information is useful to understand the biographical data of the company, the relevant accounting period, the currency used, the main activities and the content of this file, which is the complete structure of the financial statement.

Certain information such as company name, company name, domicile and accounting period is reported on all sheets specifically for the Identifying information of company.

 

General information

""
Figure of Excel in the sheet General information of your company

As shown in the image, the information entered on this sheet is carried over to all sheets, so that the company can be identified on each IFRS document, such as: the full name of the company, the address and registered office, and the beginning and end accounting year to be taken into account for accounting purposes.

Statement of financial position

The Financial Statement contains all account items relating to the current and non-current positions of the business for the years 2023 and 2024. 

In this part you are required to enter the budget amounts in the specific accounts. Totals and subtotals are calculated automatically by the formulas.

It should also be noted that for some accounts it is mandatory to complete the Notes. This is done by entering the amounts and other descriptive notes in the ‘Notes of Finacial Statement’ sheet. 
If an account has notes, its amount for the last year refers to the corresponding cell of the account total put in the notes, so it is necessary to fill in the amounts in the notes first.

For the notes, there is also the possibility of consulting the documentation indicated in the ‘Reference documentation’ field, specifying the page and section where the information on the notes can be found.

Finally, there is a final check part to see if the total assets and liabilities are equal.

Modalities of use 
 ""

Figure of Excel in the sheet of Statement of financial position

In the picture shown, a part of the Statement of Financial Position is selected as an illustrative example to guide the user. There are three highlighted parts in the image:

  • Notes.
  • The formulas.
  • The data to be filled in.

Each part has its own specific function and in some cases the data are directly linked to each other. 

Specifically, if an account has notes, it means that in the ending balance (31.12.xx) there will be the total of the amount calculated in the ‘Notes of financial statement’ sheet. This implies that in order to change that amount, one must fill in the account data on the "Notes of financial statement" sheet.

In this sheet one must therefore:

  1. Verify that the account is not linked to notes and enter the amount in the account.
  2. If there are notes, then only the ‘Notes of financial statement’ part of the sheet must be filled in.

The formulas integrated in this sheet will make the totals and subtotals of the accounts in the Statement of financial position.

Income Statement

The income statement is presented according to the classification ‘by nature of expense’.

This classification is an aggregation of costs according to their nature (e.g. depreciation, purchase of materials, transport costs, salaries, advertising costs, etc.) and are not allocated according to their purpose within the company. 

The implementation of this classification was decided upon because it is simple and widely applicable for SMEs. The other classification was according to costs by function, where a distinction was made between costs of sales versus other costs (e.g. distribution costs or administrative costs) and this representation requires a considerable degree of discretion on the part of the end user.

As previously done for the Financial Statement, there are the amounts to be entered while the totals are already calculated by means of the formulas applied in the sheets.
In addition, a further breakdown has been made for EBIT (earnings before interest and tax) and EBT (earnings before interest).

Modalities of use 

""
Figure of Excel in the sheet of Income statement

This figure highlights the important parts of the income statement.

Looking at the accounts, there are indications of the signs (+/-) to be used in the various circumstances, which implies that for accounts that have both positive and negative signs, there is an assessment of the positive or negative impact of that amount on the result of the income statement.

As previously seen in the ‘Statement of financial position’, there are also notes to be entered in the relevant sheet ‘Notes of income statement’ in order to be able to correctly define the amount, as the latter depends on the total in the notes.

In summary, what you need to do on this sheet are the following steps:

  1. Evaluate the circumstances of the account with both positive and negative sign and understand whether you are in a situation where it has a positive or negative impact on the result.
  2. Verify that the account is not linked to notes and enter the corresponding amount with the correct sign.
  3. If the account is correspondent with the notes, then only the ‘Notes of income statement’ sheet must be completed.

Statement Financial detailed

This document differs from the Statement of financial position in that there is more detail on the accounts. The official presentation of the accounts can be found in the ‘Statement of financial position’ sheet in terms of how the accounts are summarised; in this sheet, however, we have more detail, with the aim of avoiding filling in the notes directly in the specific sheet. The use of this sheet excludes the use of the ‘Statement of financial position’ sheet because they refer to the same notes.

The main difference is that not only the main accounts required as a presentation by IFRS for EMS are shown, but they are detailed in sub-categories of accounts that are the same as those found in the notes, so that using this document one can avoid filling in the notes, using only the sub-categories of accounts, except in some cases where the account requires descriptive textual type details, without using calculation formulas or amounts. For this reason, not all parts of notes are integrated, as some accounts require a textual type description.

To distinguish the main accounts from the sub-categories of accounts, the main categories are coloured dark, while the light categories are the accounts related to the notes.  

If there are no subcategories of accounts (coloured light), then it is sufficient to go to the specific Notes of Statement or financial position sheet.

 

Modalities of use

""

Figure of Excel in the sheet of Statement of financial detailed

In this image, you can see four essential parts of the document:

  1. Main accounts.
  2. Subcategories of the main accounts.
  3. Notes.
  4. The amounts to be entered.
  5. The formulas.

This part, there is more detail only if an account has notes, otherwise it is the same as the Statement of Financial Position. What requires attention is the verification of an account if it is an account with notes and has no sub-categories of accounts, if you find yourself in this situation then it means that the account requires an additional textual description to define some peculiarities in the ‘Notes of financial statement’ sheet.

On the other hand, for accounts that have notes but also account sub-categories, only the amounts of the sub-categories of the specific account need to be filled in. In this way, having filled in all the amounts of the sub-categories of the account, the formulas applied to the sub-categories will calculate the subtotals and the total of the main account.

So to summarise, the procedure for filling in this sheet is:

  1. I enter the amounts in the main accounts if there are no notes to refer to.
  2. If the main account has notes, I check that it has sub-accounts, if it does not, then I go to the ‘Notes of financial statement’ sheet and fill in the text description.
  3. If, on the other hand, the main account has notes and has the subcategories of accounts, then I only fill in the amounts of the subcategories.

""

Figure of Excel in the sheet of Statement of financial detailed, Equity

In this example image in the Equity part, a case is illustrated where an account has notes but no account subcategories, which requires a textual description in the ‘Notes of financial statement’ sheet, and a normal case where there are notes with account subcategories.

Income statement detailed

Income statement detail is based on the same logic as the Statement of financial detailed, with the aim of providing a single document for its function, detailed by the accounts of the notes, without having to fill in the Notes of income statement.

There are the main accounts and when there are notes, they are detailed by the sub-categories of accounts that are part of them.

Modalities of use

""

Figure of Excel in the sheet of Income statement detail 

As illustrated in the figure above, there are four equal parts to the ‘Statement of financial detailed’ sheet with the same logic.

The only difference is that there are no descriptive notes, so all accounts with notes are already with their sub-categories without requiring additional compilation on the ‘Notes of income statement’ sheet.

Therefore, to summarise, it is essential to follow these steps:

  1. Enter the amounts of the main accounts if they have no notes.
  2. If the main account has notes, enter the amounts only in the subcategories of the account.

The Statement of Changes in Equity 

The Statement of Changes in Equity reflects changes in equity.

This part provides insight and transparency into decisions and their effect on the value of equity. It is also a useful tool for investors and other stakeholders to understand how the company has generated and utilised equity capital.

Modalities of use

""
Figure of Excel in the sheet of Statement of changes equity

In the sheet ‘Statement of changes equity’ as shown in the image, there is one part to pay attention to.

The first is the evaluation of the change in the account item, whether it increases or decreases, and then according to the sign (+/-) the amount must be written with the correct sign.

Unlike other documents, this one does not require notes.

So the process of completing the document is:

  • Evaluate the account change and follow the indications on the sheet on the sign to be taken in the various circumstances (increase or decrease in the account).
  • Enter the amount with the correct sign.

Cash flow indirect

This document draws up the entity in four parts:

1.    Cash flow from operating activities;
2.    Cash flow from investing activities;
3.    Cash flow from financing activities;
4.    Net cash flow.

The document is independent of the other sheets, so you have to do your own calculations to deduct the various amounts to be included in the cash flow items.

The accounts are taken from the IFRS for SME taxonomy, first there are the profit or loss adjustments and then the operating activities are calculated.

Investing activities are characterised by the purchase or sale of fixed assets such as equipment, real estate, joint venture participations and others.

Cash flows from financing activities are related to the company's sources of financing, such as leasing, share issues, debt repayments or financing income. There is also the payment of dividends to shareholders.

In the last part of cash flow there are some clarifications to be made. The net change in cash is assessed in two steps, the first is calculated before the effect of the exchange rate change and the second after this change. In addition, as a form of control, the change in liquidity is also calculated, showing the changes in the period of activity, by calculating the difference between the initial and final liquidity balance.

Modalities of use

""
Figure of Excel in the sheet Cash flows from investing activities

As shown in the figure of the cash flow for investing activities, three main components can be identified:

  1. The main accounts show the sign depending on the situation.
  2. For some accounts, the notes of cash flow statement are required.
  3. Entering the amounts requires attention with respect to the sign.

In the cash flow statement, reasoning on the implications of the balance sheet and profit and loss accounts is required in order to conclude which amount to enter in the specific item of the cash flow statement, so the conclusion depending on which cash flow statement has been analysed, could be an increase or decrease of an asset, a payment for property purchase, payment of dividends to shareholders,...

There is no sheet for this purpose, the user must reason with the amounts available, entered in the balance sheet and profit and loss account, and come to his own conclusions.

Next, having an amount, one must distinguish the situation as indicated in the sheet, in order to enter the amount with the correct sign.

Finally, in the event that it is required, fill in the notes of cash flow statement with the specific amounts in the case.

Notes

The notes are divided by the three IFRS documents:

  1. Notes to the Financial Statement.
  2. Notes of the Income Statement.
  3. Notes to the Cash Flow Statement.

As mentioned in the introductory section, the notes serve to supplement the information taken from the financial documents.

The note sheet contains four essential parts: the note code, reference account, amount and notes (text).

The note code is the reference for each part of the documents that serves to understand in which account the notes are to be completed.

The account represents the account taken from the document (Financial Statement, Income Statement, Cash Flow) to be detailed in the notes.

The amount is singular for the detailed account and is not always required because in some cases only a textual description is needed.

Notes as text are necessary if there are cases where only a description or more detailed customisation is required to explain an account.

Modalities of use

Case for the Financial Statement

""

Figure of Excel in the sheet Notes of financial statement

In this image, four main components can be seen, the account reference code, the account, the detail grouping the sub-categories of accounts, the amounts to be entered with any textual notes.

The starting point for completing this sheet is then the financial statement, where we list which accounts need more detail, and then move on to complete the information in the notes sheet.

The data entry part concerns the amount of the detail account and any descriptive text.

The account totals and subtotals are calculated from the formulas, the account total is shown on the main sheet of the financial statement, so it is essential that if an account needs notes, it is only on the notes sheet.

Case for the Income Statement

""

 Figure of Excel in the sheet Notes of income statement

As seen above, the structure does not change for the Income statement notes. The main parts are always the same, as also for the cash flow notes.

To summarise therefore in this process one must:

  1. Depending on which sheet you are compiling, you must check that the analysed account of the financial statement, income statement or cash flow note is there.
  2. All the necessary data and information must be filled in.
  3. If there is a sub-account in the notes that is not needed or not used, you can simply leave it blank or enter a zero amount. 

Objectives of the file

The process of creating the IFRS structure for SMEs took the official documentation and reconstructed a structure in the Excel template, with the aim of allowing the user to follow the IFRS reporting logic by entering the main information in the parts of the file.

The basic characteristics of such a file is the completeness of the document by having all the main parts required for IFRS, the usefulness of preferring the most widely used models that are more suitable for several companies, and excluding other more specialised models only in certain contexts.

The end result is to have a financial and economic view of the company's situation in the specific period, in compliance with the IFRS standards for SMEs. 

In addition, the aim of IFRS for SMEs is to improve the comparability of financial data between different companies, to facilitate the analysis and interpretation of financial results by stakeholders outside the company, and to promote the adoption of IFRS for SMEs by providing a practical and accessible tool.
 

Cash Flow Statements and Financial Ratios [BETA]

Cash Flow Statements and Financial Ratios [BETA]

Easily add advanced financial reporting and charts to your existing double entry accounting. It works with any accounting plan, the first time you enter your groups/accounts in the settings dialog, and then all calculations and reporting will be done automatically. This extension is available in Banana Accounting Plus only with the Advanced plan. Update now!

How to start

First time setup:

  1. Open Banana Accounting Plus
  2. Open your existing Banana double entry accounting file.
  3. Go to the Extensions menu → Manage Extensions... command and install the Cash Flow Statements and financial Ratios extension.
  4. Map you accounting plan.
    • Extensions menu → Cash Flow and Financial Ratio → Settings.
    • Under Grouping enter the groups you have in your accounting plan in the predefined groups. 
      The extension uses a standard, simplified Balance and Profit and loss structure, that allows to automatically calculate the Financial Ratios.
    • Click OK to verify your data.
      Check the Ignore warnings/errors if you want to save the data and complete the grouping later.
  5. Add information to some special transactions (dividends, change in reserve, disinvestment, investments) they can be identified for the Cash Flow Statements.

Run the reports (at any time).

  • Open your Banana double entry accounting file.
  • Menu ExtensionsCash Flow and Financial Ratio
    • Financial Charts
    • Financial Reports

Available reports and charts

  • Reclassification and checks
    • Reclassified balance sheet 
    • Reclassified Profit and Loss Statement
    • Control sums
  • Cashflow Statement
    • Cash Flow statement based on the indirect method.
    • Cash Flow ratios.
  • Financial ratios and analysis
    • Liquidity ratios:
    • Financing ratios
    • Profitability ratios
    • Efficiency ratios
    • Dupont Analysis
    • Altman index
  • Charts
    • Evolution of ratios over time
    • Evolution of the Reclassified balance sheet 
    • Evolution of the elements of the Reclassified Profit and Loss Statement.

 

Prerequisites

In order to be able to use this extension you have to:

It is important that the various accounting years files included in the analysis have the chart of accounts set up in the same way, at least as far as references to groups are concerned.

For example, if I want to analyze the accounting years: 2018, 2019, 2020, and I set up group 100 in the Liquidity grouping. I need to make sure that for all three years the group is the same.

Try the extension now

You have the opportunity to use a test accounting file with some random entries to get an idea of the extension's functionality. The file already includes the extension, so you don't even have to download it

You can test it by editing the transactions, the chart of accounts or the various settings in the dialog.

The accounting file does not exceed 70 transactions, so you can also try it out with the free or professional version and upgrade to the Advanced plan later.

claudia
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/report/accounting/financialAnalysis/financialStatementAnalysis.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/tree/master/report/accounting/financialAnalysis
Short Description
Advanced financial reporting and charts for your double entry accounting, inclusive of Cash Flow Statement, standard financial ratios, Dupont analysis and Altman index.
Compare historical data over more years and forecast data with current year.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
financialStatementAnalysis
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/report/accounting/financialAnalysis/images/Charts/financing%20chart%20example.png
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/modifiche-cashflowstatement-financialratios/report/accounting/financialAnalysis/financialStatementAnalysis.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta

Introduction

What is exactly the financial statement analysis?

Financial statement analysis is an accounting tool that provides an assessment of a company's economic, financial and asset condition. It is based on the financial statements and reports the data. It contains the profits and losses of a company and therefore serves to derive the general performance of the company.

Why is this activity very important for your SME ?

Until recently there were few SMEs that often used a financial statement analysis as larger companies could use it.

Today, times have changed. Reading the numbers well can make a difference within the strategy and management of an enterprise. Understanding which products it is worth investing in and which jobs can be neglected determines the difference between the growth or decline of a company.

This activity can be a source of interest for various subjects, external or internal to the company. Entities or external individuals can analyse their solvency profile (current or potential lenders), capacity to provide an adequate return on capital (for those who want to buy shares for example) or even just obtain information on the company's situation with respect to competition in the sector.

Through the comparative balance sheet analysis of the various elements available, it is possible to arrive at the following formulation of a "judgement" on the health of the company in all its dimensions:

  • Economic
  • Asset
  • Financial

How it works

The financial statement analysis is based on two fundamental documents for a company:

  • The Balance sheet
  • The Profit and loss statement

In order to perform a correct analysis, it is always necessary to start from the reclassification of the accounts, which includes 3 phases in particular.

  1. Group the account items into groups
  2. Order such groups
  3. Bringing out intermediate results

The reclassification allows for a slightly cleaner first view of the company's situation and is already useful information can be obtained from it.

Analysis by Indexes

Once the intermediate results have been obtained, it is possible to proceed with the calculation of the indices useful for the analysis. The financial statements analysis by means of indexes is a very powerful tool that allows you to use indicators capable of providing a very concise assessment of one's own situation.

How should the data be interpreted?

Better results in terms of interpretation and evaluation are therefore achieved by analysing a series of balance sheets and studying the trend over time of the significant balance sheet ratios, so as to understand in which management is moving the company (dynamic financial statements analysis).

How do I evaluate them?

  • Temporal evolution
  • Comparison with average values of the sector
  • Comparison with "normal" values i.e. with the benchmark
  • Comparison with objectives

Response to results

This is the last activity of the analysis cycle, where the "relay" passes into the hands of those who deal with the Management of the Company, with data that speak clearly, the Manager will have to plan how to proceed using the right Project Management techniques.

 

The report contain errors?

If you notice incorrect data within the report or find that for some reason the calculated amounts do not match, please follow the steps below:

  • Check that the data in your accounts are correct.
  • Check that you have set up the groups correctly in the settings dialog.

If the errors persist, contact us via our feedback form and send us an example accounting file (*.ac2), even with little data, but allowing us to reproduce the possible problem and correct it.

Multi-language

The extension is available in the following languages:

  • English
  • Italian
  • French (translation currently not complete)
  • German (translation currently not complete)

And will adapt according to the language in which the application is set up. For all other languages, the standard version in English will be displayed.

Save your analysis 

You can save the report in the following formats:

  • Html
  • Pdf
  • Excel
  • Latex

Settings Dialog

Dialog is accesible:

  • By going to the Extensions menu→Cash Flow Statements and financial RatiosFinancial Reports.
  • By going to the Extensions menu→Cash Flow Statements and financial RatiosSettings.

Set up the groups

The first and most important step is to enter the groups or accounts number you are using in your account table.
Once you enter the groups the report and calculations are all done automatically, except for some specific transactions for the Cash Flow Statement.

  • Groups must be entered manually
  • Groups must be separated by a semi-colon ';'
  • Both groups and accounts can be entered
  • It is important to make sure that you include elements that exist in your chart of accounts, if are entered groups or accounts that do not exist in your chart of accounts, a message will be displayed on the row of the grouping concerned, returning those elements for which a match was not found in the chart of accounts. Once corrected, you only need to run the dialogue again and the message will disappear.
  • By default, the groups within the dialogue refer to the Swiss SME chart of accounts, and it is possible to return to the base scenario by clicking the Restore Defaults button. Beware, however, that in this way the customisations made will be lost, and will be replaced with the default values. 

banana setting dialog group of accounts

All the necessary elements must be inserted within the different groupings defined in the dialogue (Liquidity, Fixed Asset,Owned base capital,...).

Assets

They show the total employment of a company, so the investments to which the company has allocated
the means found in carrying out its activity.

  •  Liquidity: Must include groups or accounts that define liquidity in the company, such as cash or bank
  • Credits: Must include groups or accounts within which are recorded all the operations
    concerning money due to buyers who didn’t paid yet for their purchases
  •  Stocks: Must include groups or accounts with all goods for resale in the ordinary course of business.
  • Fixed assets: Must include groups or accounts containing fixed assets elements, as:
    •  Buildings
    • Computer equipment
    • Computer software
    • Furniture and fixtures
    • Intangible assets
    • Land
    • Leasehold improvements
    • Machinery
    • Vehicles

Liabilities and Equity

Shows where company's resources come from. In general, the funds at the company's disposal are
classified in a way to distinguish between own funds (which flow into equity) and those from third parties.

  • Short-term debt capital: Must include groups or accounts representing the company commitments that must be fulfilled, without any particular cancellation, in the current year.
  • Long term debt capital: Must include groups or accounts containing that kind of capital that the company can have at its disposal for several years, on a fixed basis, and that can usually only be withdrawn within a set time limit.
  • Own Base capital: Must include groups or accounts those group referring to the company's own capital.
  • Reserves and Profits: Must include groups or accounts within which are recorded the amounts to be paid to reserves or designated as profits.

Revenues

Indicates what is produced by the company during a financial year. Whether it is an increase in the value of products or semi-finished products in the course of production or services in progress, revenue from the sale of products or services or the increase in the value of fixed assets thanks to own resources, all these heterogeneous factors add up.

  • Sales turnover: Must include groups or accounts within which is recorded what is produced by the company during a financial year. Whether it is an increase in the value of products or semi-finished products in the course of production or services in progress.

Costs

  • Costs of Merchandise and services: Must include those groups or accounts in which all costs relating to goods and services consumed during the annual financial year are recorded.
  • Personnel Costs: Must include all those accounts referring to a cost due to personnel, such as:
    • Salaries
    • Social charges
    • Severance Pay
    • Pension and similar treatment
    • Other costs
  • Different Costs: Must include all other groups or accounts relating to costs during the operating period.
  • Interests: Must include groups or accounts containing the costs of financing sources, such as bank interest payable or interest on loans.
  • Depreciation and Adjustments: Must include groups or accounts where are registered possible revaluations and write-downs of equity investments, as well as of financial fixed assets and securities included in current assets that are not equity investments.
  • Final Result: The group containing the difference between the costs and the revenues at the end of the year.

Average Number of employees

This information is useful for calculating efficiency ratios, enter the average number of employees in the company and find out information such as the average company revenue per employee.

Printing Preferences

To make the Analysis as close as possible to your needs you can set some preferences, and choose about the details of printing and analysis

banana setting dialog preferences

Printing Details

  • Page header: Include the header in the report, the header is composed with the information retrieved from the properties of the file.
  • Logo: Choose whether to include your company logo in the report. for information on how to set up a logo visit this Logo set up page.
  • Background color of headers: Choose the colors for the table headings
  • Text color of headers: Choose the color for the texts in the table headings
  • Report Without colors: Check the box for no colours in the report.

Analysis Details

  • Number of previous years: Set the number of previous accounts (years) to be included in the analysis, which will be added to the current year and the Budget (if present and included).If you don't know how to set the previous year to a file, go to “File→File and Accounting Properties→Options Tab.
  • Number of decimals: Choose how many numbers after the decimal point you want for the digits in the report, if you don't want to have decimals you only need to insert a zero 0.
  • Include Budget: If you are using the Budget table for your financial planning, you have the possibility to include it in the analysis.
  • Include Budget to date column: Include the columns showing the values of the budget up to that day, compare the values with those of the year-to-date.
  • Include Current year projection column: You can include the projection for the current year. The programme uses the values in the budget table to return what could be the values at the end of the year.
  • Current Date: Insert the current date. If no date is entered, the date of the day is taken automatically
  • Include DuPont Analysis: Choose whether to include the Dupont Analysis
  • Include Control Sums: Choose whether to include the table with the control sums, useful to inform in case of errors on the totals (assets/liabilities, operating result).
  • Show the formulas column: Choose whether to show the column with the calculation formulas.
  • Show the acronym column: Decide whether or not to show the acronym column, which is useful for identifying the elements used for formulas.

The columns of acronyms and formulas are complementary, that's beacuse the acronym column is useful to uderstand how the formulas are composed. if you dont need these columns, just uncheck the checkbox.

Set the benchmarks

Benchmarking is a method of assessing an organisation's competences based on comparison with the "best
in class", whatever sector it belongs to. So the Benchmark is a key performance indicator on the basis of
which a company assesses its performance with regarding to products, services and business processes.

You can customise these values depending on your company:

  • Sector  
  • Size
  • Targets

These values are only representative, which means that the figures you enter are not used in the analysis but are shown as they are. In the report, they are displayed in the Benchmark column, in the indexes tables, so that you can quickly assess the situation.

banana setting dialog benchmarks

It's also possible to call the dialog from the opened report and change the parameters. The values of the
analysis will be updated automatically. 

Cash Flow Statement

Cash Flow is an analytical tool that helps to visualise the positive and negative changes in liquidity as a result of management, with reference to a given period of time: it is in fact the reconstruction of monetary flows, then the difference between all the monetary income and expenditure of a company.

Cash Flow analysis is not subject to accounting rules and many investors use the data to assess the strength of the company.

Essentially, if the Cash Flow is positive, it shows the financial availability for the company within the reporting period, whereas if the cash flow is negative, it means that more resources have been absorbed than have been received.

Special Cash Flow transactions

The first step to obtain the Cash flow Statement i its to setup the account groups in the settings dialog, Most value needed for preparing the Cash Flow Statement can be calculated based on the changes of the standard account classification. Identifying Disinvestments, Revaluations, transactions and other specific movements effecting the cash flow, would require a restructuring of the account plan. We have therefore opted  to identify these values, by adding a special code to the description of a transaction.

It is important that these transactions are made using the recommended account type or group, because the program searches for cashflow amounts in certain groups, so if an entry is made using another account type, there could be an error as the amount may not be found.

If we talk about entering a fixed asset account, the account must belong to one of the groups entered in the fixed assets section of the dialogue. For example, if I disinvest by selling a vehicle and I use the standard chart of accounts for SMEs, I can use the account Vehicles '1530', which is part of the group 150, which in the dialogue is entered under the section 'Tangible Assets' in the fixed assets.

  • Disinvestments (#disinvest)
    • A disinvestment simply represents the sale of a fixed asset such as a vehicle or machinery. When recording a disinvestment.
      • Debit Column: Insert the account where you will collect the money from the sale, such as the post or the bank.
      • Credit Column: Insert a fixed asset account that relates to the item sold.
    • Knowing the amount of disinvestments, the program is able to calculate in detail the real amount of investments that have been made during the year. For an SME, the number of disinvestments during the accounting period usually remains quite small, whereas investment activities are much more frequent operations, which is why it is very important to find the real amount net of all other movements.
  • Revaluations of fixed assets (#revaluations)
    • Revaluation of a fixed asset is the accounting process of increasing  the carrying value of a company's fixed asset or group of fixed assets to account for any major changes in their fair market value.
      • Debit Column: Enter the account of the fixed asset item you are revaluing to increase its value.
      • Credit Colum: Enter an income account, if you don't have a particular one you can enter it as extraordinary income.
  • Devaluations of fixed assets (#devaluations)
    • It works in the same way as a revaluation, but instead of increasing the value of the fixed asset it decreases it, which means that the accounting entry is also reversed, i.e. the income becomes a cost.
      • Debit Column: Enter a cost account, if you don't have a particular one you can enter it as extraordinary cost.
      • Credit Colum: Enter the account of the fixed asset item you are revaluing to increase its value.
  • Dividends (#dividends)
    • Dividends are fees paid to shareholders and usually depend on the profit made. The payment of a dividend must be recorded in a specific liability account, and should appear under short-term liabilities.
      • Debit Column: Enter the reported balance sheet Profit / Loss carried forward account.
      • Credit Colum: Enter the specific account for dividends.

 

banana transactions table+disinvest

 

Cashflow Statement

Cash flow is divided into three main components:

  • Operating cash flow which originates from the core business operations of a company.
  • Cash flow for the company, which is the cash flow available to all investors in the company.
  • Cash flow available to shareholders, which only considers the cash flows that are due to the shareholders, resulting from the net of all payments made and received, including from debt holders.

Adding up all the totals you find the amount that corresponds to the change in liquidity for the period, which in turn when added to the value of the liquidity at the opening of the period should give you the current liquidity balance.

If the results do not match, an error message is displayed.

banana cashflow table

Acronym column

In the acronym column of the cashflow, the reference to the account taken into account in the calculation is entered, or in the case of special entries, the prefix of the entry, so that it is easy to see which item of the balance sheet or income statement a certain movement relates to.

Cash Flow verification

This table shows any differences between the change in cash flow calculated in the cashflow and the actual cash flow in the accounts, which in an optimal situation should match. If there is a difference in one of the years of analysis the amount in question is printed in red on a line below.

Usually, when an error occurs, the first thing to do is to check whether the amounts in the balance sheet and profit and loss statement are correct or whether there are differences between the assets and liabilities, for checking them, control sums are very useful because they immediately show whether there is a difference.

if you realise there is some error but you dont know exactly where, you can check the amounts by comparing the ones in the report with those in the chart of accounts. 

The differences are generally due to an error when entering groups in the settings dialog, which can occur in two ways:

  • One or more groups were not included
  • One or more groups were entered under the wrong heading

In case the balance and profit and loss amounts are correct but the cashflow displays an error, is probably due to the fact that a group has been inserted in the wrong place.

Retained Earnings Statement

This table shows the movements made with the annual profit achieved. Starting from the reported annual profit it adds the profit for the period and adjusts the value by taking into account the payment of dividends and the creation or dissolution of reserves. The last two rows show the total undistributed profit, and the undistributed profit realised in the current year.

banana retained earnings table

This information is somewhat supportive of Cash Flow but since earnings management does not directly affect cash, it is presented in a separate statement.

Record Transactions

It is useful to first record the transfer of the profit for the year from the profit and loss account to the profit shown in the balance sheet as shown in the example image.

In order to record the payment/discharge of reserves and the payment of dividends, it is sufficient to use the specific account of one of the above items and to decrease or increase the profit account shown in the balance sheet. The remaining amount (not allocated to reserves or dividends) then increases the retained earnings.

banana retained earnings table

Cash Flow Ratios

In addition to the ratios already present, those ratios are added just below the Cashflow table and in the Charts

banana cashflow ratios

  • Cashflow margin: Measures the amount of revenue a firm can convert into operating cash flow. When a firm is thriving, operating cash flow should grow alongside revenue. While profit margins measure a firm's pricing power; a declining cash flow margin also measures the health of customer and supplier relationships.
  • Asset Efficiency Ratio: This is a basic ratio to show you how well the company uses its assets to generate cash flow. It’s best used to view the historical trend as well as to compare with competitors.
  • Cashflow to current Liabilties: This ratio gives you an idea about the company’s debt management practices.It’s also a better indicator of the company’s ability to pay current liabilities than the current ratio or quick ratio
  • Cashflow to Liabilities: Measures the amount of operating cash flow a firm generates on each dollar of total liabilities. Businesses that can't produce operating cash flow to pay off all their liabilities cannot continue to operate indefinitely, making this ratio an important indicator of liquidity as well as solvency
  • Cashflow to Investments: Measures the amount a company outlays for capital assets for each dollar of cash dollar it generates from those investments.

Why Is Cash Flow Analysis Important?

Performing cash flow calculations in combination with constant monitoring of the company's cash flows is the winning formula for effective treasury management, and is useful for making the best use of available cash.

Thanks to the ability to generate cash flow and the financial solvency of the company, you gain confidence from banks and suppliers, as it symbolises a certain control over your business: the calculation of cash flow is in fact a way to detect the actual availability of the company, giving the possibility to face unexpected events or to plan consistently the future of projects.

For more information on Cashflow Analysis, please refer to the following page.

Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Reclassification

 

Generate the Report by going to the Extensions menu→Cash Flow Statements and financial RatiosFinancial Reports.

The Report contains all the analysis data processed by the extension:

  • Reclassified balance sheet 
  • Reclassified Profit and Loss Statement
  • Control Sums table

Reclassified Balance Sheet

The reclassification of accounts allows for the display of a series of values, results and intermediate margins that contain more information than the traditional structure.

banana balance table

  • Current Assets:  All the assets of a company that are expected to be sold or used as a result of standard business operations over the next year.
  • Fixed Assets:  Items, such as property or equipment, a company plans to use over the long-term to help generate income.
  • Total Assets: The sum of current assets and fixed assets.
  • Debt Capital: Is the capital that a business raises by taking out a loan. It is a loan made to a company, typically as growth capital, and is normally repaid at some future date.
  • Own Capital: It is the capital owned by the company.
  • Total Liabilites and equity: The sum of Debt Capital and Own Capital.

Reclassified Profit and Loss Statement

banana profit and loss table

 

  • Added value: The difference between operating costs and operating revenues incurred for resources outside the company, expresses the company's ability to create wealth and then remunerate the various production factors and stakeholders.
  • MOL /EBITDA: "Earning Before Interests, Taxes, Depreciation and amortization" is obtained by subtracting from production revenues the costs of production (including internal costs such as personnel costs), without considering provisions and depreciation. As it does not contain economic items without monetary movement, its value assumes very important information for financial investors.
  • EBIT :"Earning Before interests and Taxes", helps to understand whether the company is also able to cover the financial charges arising from its financial commitments.

Control Sums

Resumes the totals of the reclassified accounts (Assets, Liabilities and Equity , Annual Result). Checks that the sums calculated in the analysis match the totals in the accounting sheets and that Assets and Labilities and equity match.

  • Accounting Total column: Represents the actual total in the accounts.
  • Calculated Total column: Represents the total calculated by the program based on the groups entered.
  • Difference column: Represents the difference found between the total in the accounts and the calculated total for each year.  The value equal to 0, otherwise will be displayed an error message, which means that there may have been an error in entering the accounts/groups .In this case it is useful to check in the dialogue that you have entered the groups correctly.

Financial Ratios

Generate the Report by going to the Extensions menu→Cash Flow Statements and financial Ratios →Financial Reports.

The balance sheet ratios are formulas calculated on financial, economic and asset values. These ratios are derived from the income statement and balance sheet data. Balance sheet indices are important analysis tools that provide essential indications for the entrepreneur's activity. 

It is widely used by all professionals who are interested in assessing the soundness of a company for their work.
In fact, banks use the balance sheet indexes to evaluate company loan applications.

the indexes are divided into four main types

  • Liquidity ratios:
  • Financing ratios
  • Profitability ratios
  • Efficiency ratios

banana index table

 

Liquidity ratios

An important class of financial metrics used to determine a debtor's ability to pay off current debt obligations without raising external capital. Liquidity ratios measure a company's ability to pay debt obligations and its margin of safety through the calculation of metrics.

  • Cash ratio: Indicates the extent to which the company is able to repay its debts at the end of the term.
  • Quick ratio: Indicates the extent to which the company is able to pay its debts when due.
  • Current ratio: Indicates the extent to which the company is able to pay its short-term debts without touching fixed assets.
  • Net Current Asset: Indicates the part of the current assets free of short-term commitments, which can therefore be used in the activity.

Financing ratios

They look at how much capital comes in the form of debt (loans) or assesses the ability of a company to meet its financial obligations.

  • Degree of Circulating Assets: It allows us to understand whether there is a balance within the company's assets, a judgement can only be made if we have the average data for the same line of business.
  • Percentage Fixed Assets: It is complementary to the previous one.
  • Debt ratio: Indicates the extent to which the company has had to resort to external financing, the judgement depends very much on the branch of activity.
  • Equity ratio: Is complementary to the previous one, equity ratio has the advantage of being less expensive.
  • Self-Financing ratio: Indicates the extent to which the company has been able to accumulate undistributed profits. 
  • Fixed Asset coverage: The fixed assets must absolutely be financed from equity or possibly from long term capital, otherwise major repayment problems could occur.

Profitability ratios

Are useful to assess a business's ability to generate earnings relative to its revenue, operating costs, balance sheet assets, or shareholders' equity over time, using data from a specific point in time. 

  • Return on equity (ROE): By comparing the percentage obtained with the rates commonly applied for other investments, it is possible to understand whether the equity invested by the company gives a sufficient return or not.
  • Return on investment (ROI): Identifies the return on invested capital. Basically it serves to understand how much the invested capital returns in terms of income.
  • Gross Operating Margin (MOL) :Is a value that measures the profitability of a company. In other words, it measures the ability to make profit margins: Indicates the company's return on sales made.
  • EBIT margin: Is the ratio of EBIT to turnover of a company. This ratio provides information on its profitability and helps to compare different companies and sectors.
  • Profit margin: It represents what percentage of sales has turned into profits.

Efficiency ratios

Express the degree of efficiency of the company's factors of production, those chosen by us give us an indication of the relationship between the number of employees and the various margins of the profit and loss account. Efficiency indicators are related to profitability indicators, as higher productivity generates an improvement in profitability indicators.

  • Revenue per Employee: An increase indicates greater efficiency of the company and a lowering of the break even point. Its increase is certainly an indicator of the good health of the company itself.
  • Added Value per Employee: Gives evidence of efficiency in terms of cost reduction (e.g. economies of scale). If the revenue per capita index remains stable and the value added per capita index increases, this is evidence of cost efficiency.
  • Personnel Cost per Employee: Highlights the trend in average personnel costs.

Within the tables and also visible the calculation formula of each index.

 

Dupont Analysis and Altman index Z-Score

Dupont Analysis

The Dupont model is a technique that can be used to analyse the profitability of a company using
traditional performance management tools. To enable this, the model integrates the elements of the Profit
and Loss Account and Balance Sheet.

Altman index Z-Score

The Z-Score is an index of the discriminating analysis used to determine the probability of bankruptcy of a
company within 2 years using statistical techniques.

banana dupont e altman

Financial Charts

 

It’s possible to access to the charts by going to the Extensions menu→Cash Flow Statements and financial RatiosFinancial Charts.

Charts allow you to read the same information as you can find in the report but in a clearer and more
intuitive way. Once the dialogue is open, you can move between the various elements thanks to a drop-down menu.

Ratios charts 

  1. Financing ratios evolution
  2. Liquidity ratios evolution
  3. Profitability ratios evolution
  4. Efficiency ratios evolution
  5. Cashflow ratios evolution

These charts represent the evolution of the indexes over time. For each type of index there is a bar chart,
within which there is a section that represents the evolution over time of each index for each year included
in the analysis. 

index chart

 

Reclassified Elements charts

  1. Reclassified asset variation
  2. Reclassified liabilities and equity variation

These charts show the time evolution of the reclassified assets, and reclassified liabilities, using stacked
chart. It is possible to see how and in what quantity the groups make up the total of assets and liabilities (in
percentage %)

reclassified assets chart

Reclassified profit and loss variation

Shows by using histogram the value of the intermediate totals (EBIT,EBIT-DA,..) of the reclassified profit and loss account ,and their evolution over the time.

reclassified profit and loss chart

 

Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo and similiar hosting platform templates

Those who have an Airbnb rental business and are looking for a simple and efficient way to manage their finances will find the ideal solution in Banana Accounting Plus templates for several reasons.

With the templates, you can manage and track all expenses and income for all the rooms, apartments or houses you rent without any limits.

Moreover, you can manage the budget for your business in a flexible and personalized way. Whether you have multiple rooms, apartments or houses, you can keep track of specific income and expenses either collectively or divided for each individual rental unit. Additionally, you can set the budget according to irregular or regular deadlines such as monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. This way, you can adapt the budget to your financial and business planning needs.

Through the budget feature in the templates, you can also make financial forecasts for your short-term rental business. You can gain a clear and detailed overview of your future income and plan ahead for all your activities.

Inventory management is another useful and powerful functionality offered by Banana Accounting Plus. You can keep track of all the items relevant to your business, categorizing them by room, apartment or rented house. This way, you will always be aware of what you own and easily manage the purchase or replacement of any necessary assets. With Banana Accounting Plus, you can create all the accounting files you need without limitations.

Regarding the management of income from hosting platforms such as Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo and others, the templates provide you with the option to record both the actual income deposited into your bank account and all other rental-related income, especially the commissions paid to the platforms. This information is crucial for tax purposes as it allows you to comply with the rules of the country where you operate your business.

For those who have an Airbnb business and are looking for a simple and efficient way to manage their finances, Banana Accounting Plus templates provide the ideal solution for other several reasons too.

Available templates

There are two templates available for short-term rental hosts on Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo or similar platforms.

The completely free template is suitable for those without accounting knowledge who want to manage the finances of their business. The second template is designed for those with double-entry accounting knowledge and who manage a business using multiple assets and possibly different currencies:

All the functionalities and features described in the free template are also included in the double-entry multi-currency template.

In each template, you can easily view some sample accounting entries.

Manage Airbnb reservations

With Banana Accounting Plus templates, you have complete control over your reservations even before they are paid. This allows you to keep track of all bookings in your file, ensuring you are always up to date on availability and key dates. You can input reservations into the system and monitor them, making planning and management of your rental properties easier.

In addition to managing reservations, the templates also allow you to record payment receipts and income. This is particularly useful for monitoring and ensuring compliance with maximum nights allowed regulations in your country. You will have an accurate record of guest stays and corresponding income, providing clear and transparent documentation for regulatory compliance purposes.

Manage Airbnb Experiences

Banana Accounting Plus templates also enables you to manage and track Airbnb experience reservations. If you offer unique experiences such as sailing trips, mountain bike tours, tastings or others, you can record these specific bookings and efficiently monitor them. You will have a comprehensive overview of your Airbnb experience activities, including booking details and corresponding income.

With Banana Accounting Plus templates you simplify the financial management of your Airbnb rental business. You can take advantage of all the features offered and gain a clear and organized view of your finances.

Manage Airbnb business budget and financial forecasts

The Budget table in all Banana Accounting Plus files provides a comprehensive tool for creating your business budget and forecasting future financials.

This feature, always accessible through the Tools > Add/Remove functionalities menu, allows you to generate cash flow statements, liquidity plans and investment plans.

For more advanced needs, you can create budgets using formulas and automatic calculations. Additionally, you can obtain monthly, quarterly and annual financial forecasts as well as projections for multiple years.

Explore the full documentation on budget management and financial forecasting with Banana Accounting Plus.

Manage inventory along with their corresponding receipts

On all files, Banana Accounting Plus allows the display of the Link column in the Transactions table, enabling you to attach supporting documents to each accounting entry.

If needed, there are other predefined columns that you can easily show in your accounting file.

Additionally, with Banana, you can add your custom columns, additional tables, and link them to existing ones. Refer to the documentation on enabling the display of predefined columns and adding columns and new tables to your file.

The ability to add new tables and create custom columns also allows you to integrate the inventory of items in the rooms and apartments you rent into your file and attach relevant documentation, which can be useful, for example, for warranty or insurance purposes.

If you prefer you can create a dedicated new file to create and manage the inventory of your rooms and rented apartments. With all Banana Accounting Plus subscription plans, there are no limits on the number of files you can create and manage.

Handle the accounting recording of the fees you pay to platforms

Using a spreadsheet like Excel or Google Sheets doesn't always allow for proper management of income received from platforms such as Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo or similar ones. Often, the income received in your bank account does not include the commissions you need to pay to the platforms.

These platforms deduct the commissions before making payments, but there are countries where you are required to declare the gross income for tax purposes, including the deducted commissions.

With Banana Accounting Plus you can record the gross income you receive, ensuring that everything is accurately accounted for and that your bank balance always matches the actual balance in your account.

Check the example entries in the provided templates pages to see how this accounting record is done.

Free Airbnb template for income and expenses management: ideal also for Booking.com and Vrbo

Free Airbnb template for income and expenses management: ideal also for Booking.com and Vrbo
Description

Manage your accommodation on Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo or the platforms you use with this free template and keep track of your finances easily and efficiently.

The Banana Accounting Plus template is superior to an Excel spreadsheet or a Google Sheet but avoids potential errors and time loss due to formula management. This way, you have a completely free accounting management template specifically designed for hosts.

With Banana Accounting Plus, unlike Excel or Google spreadsheets, there are no limits on the number of rooms, apartments or houses you can manage, and it allows you to easily track income and expenses for each individual rental property and your entire short-term rental business.

List of rented rooms or apartments in the Banana Accounting template.

With this template, you can record and monitor all your income and expenses quickly and easily, providing you with a clear and detailed snapshot of your finances and how to optimize expenses. The accounting management template on Banana Accounting Plus offers a simple and effective way to organize and analyze all the financial data that is important for hosts.

Here are some of the key features and benefits of the free accounting management template:

  • Easy to use: the template is designed to be intuitive and user-friendly, even for those who are not accounting experts. No technical skills or in-depth knowledge of Excel spreadsheets are required to use it. Banana Accounting also has extensive online documentation in multiple languages readily available.
  • Startup budget: create, manage and update the budget of your startup to generate detailed and useful reports and forecasts for the success of the business.
  • Income tracking: record all income generated from bookings, including payments from platforms, booking fees and reimbursement of cleaning expenses for rooms, apartments or houses, with all the necessary tracking details.
  • Expense management: keep track of all expenses associated with your properties, such as utilities, cleaning, maintenance and supplies. Choose the level of detail you prefer for each expense associated with your rental properties. Add, edit, group and customize expenses you want to monitor without limitations.
  • Track rental property information: easily track guest names, rented room, apartment or house, check-in and check-out dates, total nights stayed, number of guests per booking, the source of guests' bookings and payment dates from platforms.
  • Automatic calculations: the template performs calculations automatically for you, without the potential errors of Excel or Google Sheet formulas, providing a clear overview of your cash flow, profits and expenses for your entire business or for a single room, apartment or house you manage.
  • Detailed reports: generate comprehensive and professional financial reports, including profit and expense statements, balance sheets and more. These reports will help you make informed decisions and have detailed control over your finances.
  • Manage hosting platform Experiences: easily and quickly manage the Experiences you offer on Airbnb, Vrbo or other similar platform.
  • Customizable: the template can be easily customized to fit your specific needs. You can add custom categories, modify, group and personalize all the details you want to monitor according to your preferences.
  • Privacy: it's important to note that the data entered into Banana Accounting is not used for commercial purposes. Your information remains confidential, offline and is not repurposed in any way.

This free template for income and expense accounting management for hosts managing their short-term rental properties simplifies the management of your finances, saves you valuable time, and provides you with a clear and comprehensive overview of your income and expenses professionally.

Banana Accounting is a highly versatile and customizable accounting software that can be used for broader accounting purposes beyond managing hosts on Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo and other hosting platforms.

Totally free

This template is based on the Cash Manager feature of Banana Accounting Plus, which can be used for free and without limitations with the free subscription plan.

Create and save the file

You can open and save your new file to start either through Banana Accounting Plus Web or by downloading and installing the software on your computer:

  • Download and install Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Click on File > New.
  • Select Cash Manager.
  • Search for the Category Business.
  • Select the template "Income and expenses management template for Airbnb or similar platforms".
  • Click on Create.

Software dialog that shows where to create a new file for free Airbnb income and expenses management template

If you click on the text "More info...", you will be directed to this specific documentation page for the template. On this page, you can always find the tutorial file including sample records.

Using the command File > File Properties, set your references, the accounting period with opening, closing dates and the base currency. In the Address section, fill in the fields for the entity managing the rental properties. If necessary, change the base currency of the accounting file in the Accounting section.

Dialogue about the properties of the short-term rental template with Airbnb or similar online platforms.

With the command File > Save As, save the file. It is useful to include the name of your business and the year in the file name. For example, "BusinessName-2023.ac2".

Also, refer to the article on organizing accounting files locally, on a network, and in the cloud.

Banana Accounting Plus Web Access

When you have downloaded and saved your new accounting file to open and use it from the web, you can bookmark the following link to access Banana Accounting Plus Web. However, it is recommended to download and install Banana Accounting Plus on the computers where it is needed, because Banana Accounting Plus Web does not yet have all the features available.

Create the budget

With Banana Accounting Plus, you can easily create a startup budget for your new short-term rental business on Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo and other platforms, and forecast all the costs you'll need to deal with. Consult all the relevant documentation on how to create a budget with Banana Accounting for detailed information.

Table of Banana Accounting software to manage the budget for short-term rental business with Airbnb.

Customize and categorize expenses

If you prefer, you can group similar costs into categories and maintain the detail for each type of expense:

  • Properties costs: mortgage payments, repairs and insurance coverage.
  • Initial setup expenses: spending on furniture and household utensils.
  • Bills: electricity, gas and water expenses.
  • Supplies: expenses for items like linens, toiletries and cleaning products.
  • Business expenses: costs related to accounting, software and taxes.
  • Other costs: payments for cleaners, laundry services and ads.

See how you can easily create accounts groups.

Table of Banana Accounting software with customizable expense categories for hosts on Airbnb, Booking.com, VRBO, or other online platforms.

Recording transactions

In the Transactions table, record all transactions in chronological order, including debtor payments and invoice payments, as well as other types of transactions. The recordings can always be sorted and viewed instantly. You can highlight rows, correct any mistakes and copy and paste previously entered transactions.

To expedite data entry, we suggest using the various features of Banana:

Bank transactions import

You can import bank statements, eliminating the need for manual entry.
Additionally, with the Advanced plan, it also allows for easy management of rules to automate accounting according to your specified criteria. This significantly reduces the effort required for accounting management, resulting in unmatched time savings.

Print financial statements or accounting reports

To view and print the financial statements at any time, click on the Report menu > Enhanced financial statements with groups. You can customize them or have an accounting report for a specific period.

Obtain detailed and customizable reports on all expenses and revenues of your business with Airbnb. You can compare them with the budget to always keep track of the performance of your startup.

Balance on expenses and revenues from rentals with Airbnb and other platforms compared to the budget.

If you manage multiple rooms, apartments or rental properties, you can keep track of expenses and revenues allocated to each individual property you rent. You can also create room-specific budgets and compare the results with the actual expenses and earnings whenever you want.

Balance on expenses and revenues from rentals with Airbnb and other platforms, divided by room or rented apartment.

Advanced management

If you want, you can manage your Airbnb business in an advanced and optimized way through the rental management view called Manage Rentals. This allows you to keep track of all the necessary information about the reservations you receive. For those who offer Airbnb Experiences, there is the experiences management view, called Manage Experiences, available to track guest bookings related to experiences.

Navigate between the various available views to keep all the relevant data under control.

Windows view of the advanced management of airbnb business

Questions or specific requests

Do you have any questions or specific requests regarding this template for Airbnb hosts or other short-term rental platforms? Please e-mail us.

Sample records for managing income and expenses for Airbnb hosts or other hosting platforms

Here are the sample accounting records for this template.

Recording an Airbnb or other platform revenue transaction

Record revenue from online platforms such as Airbnb, where you receive booking fees, with the preferred breakdown of the collected amounts and platform commissions. If you want, keep track of the ad from which the guest made the reservation, the check-in and check-out dates, the number of guests for the booking, the booked nights, the room or flat rented and the date of payment from the online platform.

To print the receipt to be given to the guest upon arrival, enter the receipt number in the Doc column and use the designated printer extension. You can also attach the receipt to the corresponding revenue record using the Link column.

Recording Airbnb revenue on the Banana Accounting template.

Recording an expense for your short-term rental business

Record the expenses you incur for your Airbnb business by indicating the date of the expense, a description of the purchase, the amount incurred, the expense category, and the room or flat associated with your monetary outflow. You can always attach your receipts using the Link column.

Recording an expense of the Airbnb host on the Banana Accounting template.

 

patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/english/11216/11216_airbnb_hosts.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/english/11216/11216_airbnb_hosts_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Business
ac2 publisher

Airbnb template for multi-currency accounting management

Airbnb template for multi-currency accounting management
Description

This template is useful for comprehensive and efficient accounting management for Airbnb hosts who need a system that supports double-entry bookkeeping and handles multiple currencies. Banana Accounting Plus provides a wide range of features to track the income and expenses of your short-term rental business.

Banana Accounting Plus is an advanced accounting software that is superior to Excel, yet it is simpler and more cutting-edge, catering to the common needs of Airbnb hosts. The accounting template has been specifically designed to offer a comprehensive and customizable solution for the financial management of your Airbnb properties. It allows you to track expenses, record income, monitor cash flow and much more.

The key features of this accounting template for Airbnb include:

  • Asset Management: this template encompasses all the features of the free template for Airbnb, Booking.com, Vrbo and similar hosting platforms and provides an advanced solution for those with greater needs. It allows you to manage unlimited assets compared to the free template.
  • Double-Entry Bookkeeping: the template adheres to the fundamental accounting principle of double-entry bookkeeping, ensuring the accuracy and correctness of your financial records.
  • Multi-Currency Management: if you manage Airbnb properties using different currencies, Banana Accounting enables you to record and track income and expenses in different currencies, simplifying international financial management.
  • Advanced Reporting: the software offers the ability to generate detailed reports on your finances, including profit and loss statements, account statements, balance sheets and detailed budgets. These reports provide you with a comprehensive overview of the performance of your Airbnb properties.
  • User-Friendly: the software is designed to be user-friendly, even for those new to double-entry bookkeeping or without extensive accounting experience. The accounting template is intuitive, and the extensive available online documentation guides you step-by-step in managing your finances.

Banana Accounting Plus is intuitive, easy to use and simplifies your accounting management for Airbnb.

Example of a multi-currency income transaction for hosts

Here's how to use the multi-currency feature of Banana Accounting Plus:

  1. Set the desired currency exchange rate through the Exchange Rates table.
  2. Perform the accounting entry by entering date, description, bank of the currency received, income account, amount in the currency received and specify the currency received. Banana Accounting Plus will automatically calculate the amount in the main currency used for managing your Airbnb accounting.

Exchange rates table for manage airbnb multi-currency template

Image of the Exchange Rates table

Transactions table with multi-currency airbnb income transactions

Image of the Transactions table where to record the income received from Airbnb or similar platform.

 

patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/english/11217/11217_airbnb_hosts_multicurrency.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/english/11217/11217_airbnb_hosts_multicurrency_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

Accounting templates with crypto currencies

Accounting with crypto currencies Bitcoin (cash)

Accounting with crypto currencies Bitcoin (cash) tiziana
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/crypto/english/bitcoin_cash.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Business
ac2 publisher

Income & Expense Accounting with crypto currencies Bitcoin

Income & Expense Accounting with crypto currencies Bitcoin tiziana
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/crypto/english/bitcoin_income.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting with crypto currencies Bitcoin

Double-Entry Accounting with crypto currencies Bitcoin tiziana
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/crypto/english/bitcoin_double.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for digital currencies Bitcoin and Ethereum (Base Currency ETH)

Double-Entry Accounting for digital currencies Bitcoin and Ethereum (Base Currency ETH) tiziana
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/crypto/english/bitcoin_eth_multi.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for digital currencies Bitcoin and Ethereum (Base currency USD)

Double-Entry Accounting for digital currencies Bitcoin and Ethereum (Base currency USD) tiziana
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/crypto/english/usd_eth_multi.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

Essential Expense Manager PDF report with embedded receipts

Essential Expense Manager PDF report with embedded receipts
Description

Improving how employee expenses are managed is crucial for all businesses.

Whether employees are traveling for work or working from home, keeping track of their expenses and making sure they get reimbursed correctly has become a complex task.

Banana Accounting expense manager functionality to create a PDF dossier is essential and cost-effective for the majority of small and medium-sized businesses. It helps track expenses, improves transparency and makes it smoother for employees to interact with the company's accounting department.

All in one PDF report with embedded receipts

Banana Accounting create a PDF report with embedded receipts. The PDF file includes everything is necessary for reporting, approval and reimbursement.

  • The list of expenses with all information necessary and the link to receipt.
  • The report of the categorized expenses, for accounting purposes.
  • The scanned receipt's files.

PDF file can embed other files. If you don't know just open this example PDF file and click on the link (look the link icons on the left in the image below), so that the receipt document will directly open (some browser don't show the files, better use Adobe Acrobat Reader that is free to use).

Dossier PDF with embedded receipts from the essential expense manager template.

Totally free for up to 70 expense entries

The Banana Accounting template is designed to benefit companies of all sizes. The expense manager template is a software entirely free for up to 70 expense entries, making it a very accessible solution.

How to start

Using this Banana Accounting functionality allows you to obtain your PDF dossier with expenses categorized and embedded in a simple and immediate way:

  1. Install Banana Accounting
  2. Open the template file and save to a directory, where you also scan your documents.
  3. Scan your receipts or invoices (Banana Accounting does not perform the scanning).
  4. Enter the incurred expenses in the Transaction table and add a Link to the scanned receipt file.
  5. With File menu > Create Pdf Dossier create the PDF report (check the Include attachments).
  6. Transmit the file for reimbursement.

Now you'll be ready to send your PDF dossier by email to the accounting department, for approval and reimbursement.

This workflow is essential and cost-effective for the majority of small and medium-sized businesses.

Add the payment methods used by employees

If you wish, you can manage the payment methods used for expenses through the CC3 column.

To enable it, double-click on the column headers in the Transactions table. In the window that opens, on the left, enable the display of the Cc3 column and confirm with the Ok button.

Manage the different payment methods from the Categories table by adding the accounting accounts with a semicolon in front. You can add as many payment methods as you prefer.

Add the quantity columns to manage travel kilometers

To manage travel expenses based on the distance traveled, it could be useful to enable the display of columns related to quantities.

To enable them, double-click on the column headers in the Transactions table. In the window that opens, on the left, enable the display of the columns Quantity, ReferenceUnit, UnitPrice, and confirm with the Ok button.

Remember to enter Unit Price in the Transactions table with a negative sign.

Additional features of the Essential Expense Manager

Easy Expense Logging: the core of this tool is a user-friendly interface. Employees can quickly record their expenses by entering the date, category, amount and payment method. This reduces mistakes and ensures accurate data entry.

Digital Receipts: instead of using paper receipts, the software lets employees attach digital copies of receipts. This prevents losing receipts and keeps expense records secure.

Detailed PDF Reports: the software is great at creating comprehensive expense reports. These reports include all embedded receipts in a single PDF file, which can be easily shared with accountants through email. The reports break down expenses, categories and receipts, promoting transparency.

Customizable Categories: the software lets administrators customize expense categories to fit the company's needs. This ensures that expenses are organized in a way that matches the company's reporting and analysis requirements.

Easy Access: the expense manager can be shared through email, which is helpful for remote employees or those who often travel for work.

Data Privacy: it's important to note that the data entered into Banana Accounting is not used for commercial purposes. Your information remains confidential, offline and is not repurposed in any way.

patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/expensemng/11224_expensemng.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/expensemng/11224_expensemng_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Business
ac2 publisher

WooCommerce Products Export-Import [BETA]

WooCommerce Products Export-Import [BETA]

WooCommerce extension description

This extension for importing and exporting products sold on WooCommerce online shop simplifies and optimizes the integration between your online store and Banana Accounting software.

The extension either allows the export of products already listed in your inventory from Banana Accounting to your WooCommerce online store, or may become an intuitive and efficient solution to easily allow you to import products directly from your online store into Banana Accounting.

Banana Accounting is superior to Excel, allowing you to swiftly edit product details at any time and it guarantees that the information remains aligned to your online store on WooCommerce.

The Banana Accounting extension offers you the opportunity to export product data already present in your Banana Accounting inventory in a format already prepared for import into WooCommerce. This streamlines the input and/or management of products in your online store, enabling you to maintain coherence and consistency between the two platforms and to begin selling online more seamlessly.

As it is crucial to manage product information accurately and effortlessly in your online store and inventory, this extension allows you to do so in a simple and secure manner. With the export file obtained from the WooCommerce platform, you can easily create your inventory in Banana Accounting or update existing products directly in Banana Accounting to align them with those present on your online store.

Both functions eliminate the need for lengthy and complex manual procedures and reduce the risk of transcription errors, ensuring data accuracy and efficiency.

This solution is suitable for those who want to manage the inventory in a simple way, exporting or importing to WooCommerce whenever they desire. It is not suitable for those looking for a cloud solution that automatically synchronizes warehouse management with WooCommerce.

Banana Accounting key features

Easy: the Banana Accounting software is easy to use and every file can be shared through email, which is helpful for a easy support too.

Privacy: it's important to note that the data entered into Banana Accounting is not used for commercial purposes. Your information remains confidential, offline and is not repurposed in any way.

Beta version

This extension is published in BETA version. We recommend creating a backup copy of the inventory file. Having regular file backups is always useful in any context. This WooCommerce extension require a subscription to Banana Accounting Plus Advanced version.

Primary Key Used

The Id column from Banana's Items table will be exported and used as the primary key for import and it must contain the product's SKU reference of WooCommerce online shop.

Those who already have a warehouse in Banana Accounting can replace the codes in the Id column using the Rename function from Banana's Data menu. This function will automatically replace the Id value even in the Transactions table.

Create/Update products from WooCommerce

The Create/Update products from WooCommerce function will create the products exported from WooCommerce (CSV file format) in the Items table of the inventory in Banana Accounting if they do not exist. If products with the same Id value already exist, it will update the values in the Description, Quantity begin and Unit Price columns in the Items table with the information present in the exported file from WooCommerce.

Export products for WooCommerce

The Export products for WooCommerce function will export data from the Id, Description, Quantity balance and Unit Price columns in the Items table into a CSV file format, ready to be imported into WooCommerce.

patrick
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/inventory/extensions/woocommerce/WooCommerce.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/inventory/extensions/woocommerce
Short Description
This extension allows you to create your own inventory based upon the products listed in WooCommerce. You may update your inventory in Banana Accounting by aligning it with the details of products already listed on WooCommerce and export your inventory product data in a format already set up to import into WooCommerce to start selling online.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.ch.woocommerce
Title for application - displayed in "manage apps"
WooCommerce Products Export-Import [BETA]
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/inventory/extensions/woocommerce/WooCommerce.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta

Associations and NPO (Non Profit GOs Noprofit (Universal)

Noprofit Universal Templates

Free Excel Standard INPAS Template

[This page is currently being updated]

 

INPAS key accounting documents

This page is dedicated to the chart of accounts template that conforms to the INPAS standard. The INPAS standard is designed to improve the transparency and accuracy of nonprofit associations' financial statements. It is also possible to download a complete Excel template that facilitates the compilation of all the documents required to comply with the standard.

The chart of accounts has been designed and interpreted based on the INPAS drafts and may require adjustments once the final guidance is published in 2025.

The compliance of the accounting with the INPAS standard always depends on the accountant and the auditor working on the accounts.

Updates may be possible following the final publication of INPAS in 2025.

Statement of Financial Position

The balance sheet is an essential document that provides a detailed view of your organization's financial health, clearly showing assets, liabilities and net worth. Because of the flexibility of the INPAS standard, you can present the financial statements either vertically or horizontally, tailoring them to the specific needs of your nonprofit.

This document can be generated easily using Banana Accounting+ template.

Statement of Income and Expenses

This document shows your organization's income and expenses during a period. Proper management of the income statement is crucial to demonstrate how resources were used to achieve missionary goals.

This document can be generated easily using Banana Accounting+ template.

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

This document is critical to understanding the changes that have occurred in net assets during the fiscal year. The INPAS standard provides a sequence of elements that transparently reflects the changes, making clear the impact of financial activities on the organization's assets.

Statement of Cash Flows

The cash flow statement, which shows cash flows, is essential for monitoring your organization's liquidity and ability to fund its activities. With our INPAS template, you can present this information in a clear and accessible way, improving transparency to donors and board members.

Explanatory notes

Explanatory notes offer crucial details to fully understand the numbers presented in other accounting documents. They provide a clear description of adopted accounting policies and significant changes, contributing to a deeper and more accurate analysis of the institution's financial position.

Excel template to download

To facilitate the accounting management of associations, a complete Excel template can be downloaded to provide all the necessary documents according to the INPAS standard. In fact, this versatile and easy-to-use tool also allows you to create the Statement of Changes in Net Assets, Statement of Cash flows and Explanatory notes, completing the documentation with the Balance Sheet and Statement of Income and Expenses you can easily obtaine through Banana Accounting+.

Download the INPAS Excel Template

Statement of Financial Position

This document can be generated easily using Banana Accounting+ template. Here is what the statement of financial position must contain.

Statement of Financial Position

Current and non-current assets

Assets should be distinguished into current and non-current. Current assets are those that are expected to be converted to cash or used within one year. They include accounts such as cash and cash equivalents, short-term receivables, and inventories. Non-current assets, on the other hand, are those that are expected to be held for periods longer than one year and may include tangible assets, intangible assets, and long-term investments.

Current and non-current liabilities

Liabilities must also be classified into current and noncurrent. Current liabilities are payables and obligations that are expected to be settled within one year, such as accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other short-term liabilities. Non-current liabilities represent long-term commitments that the organization does not expect to settle within the next year, such as long-term debts and mortgages.

Shareholders' Net Assets

Net Assets represents the difference between the organization's total assets and total liabilities. In financial statements according to the INPAS standard, net assets should be divided into three main categories:

  • Unrestricted funds: resources available for general use and not subject to specific restrictions. These funds may be used at the discretion of the organization to fund any activity or operational need.
  • Restricted funds:
    • Temporarily restricted funds: resources subject to restrictions imposed by donors or temporary conditions. These funds may be used only for specific purposes and for a specified period, after which, if conditions are met, they may be reclassified as unrestricted funds.
    • Permanently restricted funds: resources that must be kept intact indefinitely, often to ensure a continuous source of income for the organization. These funds are typically associated with permanently restricted donations.

Statement of Income and Expenses

This document can be generated easily using Banana Accounting+ template. Here is what the statement of activities must contain.

Statement of Income and Expenses

Revenue

Income should be divided between restricted and unrestricted to reflect donor or regulatory restrictions. This distinction is crucial to understanding the organization's flexibility in the use of funds received.

  • Restricted income: funds earmarked for specific purposes, such as particular projects or specific periods. These funds may come from donations, grants, or funding with donor-imposed conditions limiting their use.
  • Unrestricted income: funds that can be used at the discretion of the organization for any operational need. These include general donations, proceeds from nonspecific fundraising events, and other income that has no special restrictions.

Expenses

Expenses should be broken down into major categories to give a clear view of how resources are allocated. This breakdown helps to better understand the organization's priorities and efficiency in managing funds.

  • Programmatic expenses: costs directly associated with the implementation of the organization's core programs and activities. These include salaries of operational staff, costs of materials and equipment used in projects, and other expenses directly related to the organization's missions.
  • Fundraising expenses: costs incurred for fundraising activities, including events, marketing campaigns, and salaries of dedicated fundraising staff. This category highlights the investment made to secure future financial resources.
  • Administrative expenses: general costs of running and administering the organization. These include administrative staff salaries, office rent, consulting fees, and other overhead costs necessary for the day-to-day operation of the organization.

Changes in shareholders' Net Assets

The income and expenses statement should report changes in net worth during the reporting period, broken down by fund category:

  • Unrestricted funds: changes resulting from the use or appropriation of unrestricted revenues and non-programmatic expenditures.
  • Restricted funds:
    • Temporarily restricted funds: changes due to the use of restricted funds according to donor-imposed conditions and their eventual transfer to unrestricted funds once conditions are met.
    • Permanently restricted funds: changes related to new permanently restricted gifts or changes in the investment policies of permanent assets.

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

Here is what the statement of changes in net assets must contain.

Statement of Changes in Net Assets

Changes in shareholders' Net Assets by period

The statement should report all changes in net assets broken down by period, clearly showing increases and decreases in the various funds.

  • Increases in net assets: these may result from new donations, contributions, grants received, or other sources of income. Each increase should be specified in terms of restricted and unrestricted funds to highlight restrictions on the use of funds.
  • Decreases in net assets: decreases may result from the use of funds to cover programmatic, fundraising, and administrative expenses. Again, it is important to specify whether the decreases involve restricted or unrestricted funds.

Details on contributions, donations and other sources of funding

The statement should include a detailed description of all funding sources received during the period, broken down by type and restriction.

  • Contributions and donations: specify donations received, indicating whether they are restricted or unrestricted, and describe any conditions or restrictions imposed by donors.
  • Grants and funding: detail grants obtained, including conditions of use and periods of application.
  • Other income: include any other sources of funding, such as income from fundraising activities, investment income, or income from ancillary activities, detailing any applicable restrictions.

Use of funds under restrictions

The statement should clearly show how funds have been used according to donor or regulatory restrictions, ensuring transparency and compliance.

  • Restricted funds:
    • Temporarily restricted funds: describe how these funds were used for specific projects or programs, and whether any restrictions were met, allowing the funds to be reclassified as unrestricted.
    • Permanently restricted funds: highlight the use of income generated by these funds to support the organization's activities, keeping the principal capital intact according to the conditions set by the donors.
  • Unrestricted funds: indicate how these funds have been allocated for general operating expenses and other needs without specific restrictions.

Mandatory elements of the statement of changes in Net Assets

  • Beginning balances
    • The beginning balances of each component of net assets at the beginning of the accounting period must be reported.
    • Example: share capital, reserves, retained earnings.
  • Changes for each component
    • Detail all changes for each component of net assets during the accounting period.
    • These changes may include:
      • Profits or losses for the year.
      • Increases in capital stock.
      • Reductions in capital stock.
      • Dividend distributions (if applicable).
  • Contributions and distributions from owners
    • If applicable, indicate contributions made by owners and distributions made to owners.
  • Reserves
    • Any changes in reserves, such as legal reserves, extraordinary reserves, revaluation reserves, etc.
  • Ending balance
    • Report the ending balances of each component of net assets at the end of the accounting period.

Steps to implement the statement of changes in Net Assets

  • Identification of the components of shareholders' Net Assets
    • Determine all components of net assets that should be reported in the statement, such as share capital, reserves, and retained earnings.
  • Collection of initial data
    • Collect the beginning balances of all components of net assets from the last closed financial statements.
  • Recording of changes
    • Record all changes that have occurred during the accounting period, such as capital increases, recorded gains or losses, dividend distributions, and other changes in reserves.
  • Calculating ending balances
    • Calculate the ending balances of each component of net assets taking into account the changes recorded.
  • Preparation of schedule
    • Compile the statement of changes in net worth with all the information collected, making sure that the totals are correct and that all changes are adequately explained.

Statement of changes in funds

The Statement of Changes in Funds is a crucial accounting document that illustrates the changes in an organization's funds during an accounting period. According to the INPAG standard, the Statement of Changes in Funds must include a detailed set of information to ensure transparency and accuracy in reporting.

Here are the required elements of the statement of changes in funds.

  • Initial balances of funds
    • The initial balances of each fund at the beginning of the accounting period must be reported.
  • Revenue by fund
    • Detail the income received for each fund during the accounting period.
  • Expenditures by fund
    • Detail the expenditures made for each fund during the accounting period.
  • Transfers between funds
    • Information on any transfers of resources between different funds.
  • Ending fund balances
    • Indication of the ending balance of each fund at the end of the accounting period.
  • Variations in funds with restrictions
    • Specific details on changes in time-restricted or donor-restricted funds.

Statement of Cash Flows

Here is what the cash flow statement must contain.

Statement of Cash Flows

Cash flows from operating activities

This section reports cash flows generated or used by the daily operations of the organization. It must include:

  • Income from donations and grants: cash flows from donations, grants, and other funding sources not specifically tied to investments or financing.
  • Payments for operating expenses: cash flows used to cover programmatic, fundraising, and administrative expenses, including salaries, supplies, and other operating costs.
  • Receivables collections and payables payments: cash flows associated with the management of short-term receivables and payables.

Cash flows from investing activities

This section covers cash flows related to the purchase and sale of long-term assets and other investments. It must include:

  • Purchases of fixed assets: cash flows used to purchase tangible fixed assets, such as buildings, equipment, and intangible fixed assets.
  • Income from sales of fixed assets: cash flows generated from the sale of long-term assets.
  • Financial investments: cash flows related to acquisitions or disposals of financial investments, such as securities and other investment instruments.

Cash flows from financing activities

This section reports cash flows associated with the organization's financing activities, including changes in restricted and unrestricted funds. It must include:

  • Receipts from long-term restricted loans and donations: cash flows from donations and loans restricted specifically for long-term purposes.
  • Repayment of long-term debts: cash flows used to repay long-term debts and obligations.
  • Interest payments and other financing costs: cash flows related to interest payments and other financing-related costs.

Reconciliation of net income to net cash flow from operating activities

This section is critical to linking net income with actual cash flows from operations. It must include:

  • Net income: the net economic result of the organization for the period.
  • Adjustments for nonmonetary items: for example, depreciation and amortization.
  • Changes in financial statement balances: changes in accounts receivable, accounts payable, inventories and other operating items.
  • Extraordinary items: any extraordinary non-recurring cash inflows or outflows.

Explanatory notes

Explanatory notes should include detailed information regarding the accounting policies adopted, explanations of major items in the financial statements, and details of material subsequent events that could affect the understanding of the financial statements.

Here is what the explanatory notes must contain.

Information on accounting policies adopted

The notes to the financial statements should provide a detailed description of the accounting policies followed by the organization. This information helps users of financial statements understand the principles on which the figures reported are based.

  • Principles of recognition and measurement: description of the criteria used to recognize and measure assets, liabilities, income, and expenses.
  • Depreciation methods: explanation of the methods used to depreciate tangible and intangible assets.
  • Valuation policies: information on valuation policies for inventories, receivables, and liabilities.
  • Revenue recognition: criteria adopted for revenue recognition, including restricted and unrestricted donations.

Additional details on items in the balance sheet and income statement

Explanatory notes should provide additional details that help to better understand the items presented in the balance sheet and income statement.

  • Analysis of principal items: detailed explanation of major items of assets, liabilities, income, and expenses. For example, a breakdown of fixed assets, long-term debt, and major revenue categories.
  • Significant transactions: description of significant transactions that occurred during the period, such as acquisitions, sales of fixed assets, or extraordinary events.
  • Significant changes: explanation of significant changes from previous periods, providing a context for understanding changes in financial data.

Information on possible risks and uncertainties

Explanatory notes should include information on any risks and uncertainties that could affect the organization. This information helps assess the financial strength and risk management of the institution.

  • Financial risks: description of key financial risks, such as credit risk, liquidity risk, and market risk, and the policies adopted to manage them.
  • Contingencies and contingent liabilities: information on legal contingencies, contingent liabilities, or other uncertain events that could have a significant financial impact.
  • Risk management: details of the risk management strategies and policies implemented by the organization to mitigate the effects of such risks.

Segment reporting if applicable

If the organization operates in different industries or geographic areas, the explanatory notes should include segment reporting information to provide a more detailed view of financial and operational performance.

  • Information by segment: details on revenues, expenses, assets, and liabilities for each operating or geographic segment.
  • Aggregation criteria: explanation of the criteria used to aggregate data for different segments.
  • Performance by segment: analysis of the financial and operational performance of each segment, highlighting differences and relative contributions to the overall performance of the organization.

Accrual accounting requirement

The INPAG standard requires that all transactions be recorded on an accrual basis. This means that transactions must be recognized in the period in which they occur, regardless of actual cash flows. Adopting accrual accounting provides a more accurate and realistic view of an organization's financial position and performance, improving the transparency and reliability of financial information.

Examples for Income from donations

When a donation is promised but has not yet been received insert:

  • in Debtor Account column the account Debtors from donations.
  • in Creditor Account column the account Income from donations.
  • in the Amount column the promised amount.

This record recognizes the income as a debt, reflecting the promise of the donation, even though the money has not yet been received.

When the donation is actually received insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Bank.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Donation debtor.
  • in the Amount column the received amount.

This recording adjusts the accounts once the money is actually received, eliminating the previously recorded debt.

Examples for project expenses

When an invoice for project services is received but not yet paid insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Project expenses.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Creditors.
  • in the Amount column the invoice total amount.

This entry recognizes the expense when the invoice is received, regardless of whether it has been paid or not.

When the invoice is actually paid insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Creditors.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Bank.
  • in the Amount column the paid invoice total amount.

This entry reduces creditors once the invoice has been paid, reflecting actual cash flow.

Benefits of accrual accounting

Adopting accrual accounting, as required by the INPAG standard, ensures that revenues and expenses are recorded in the correct period. This approach provides a more accurate view of the organization's financial activities, facilitating better resource management and more accurate planning. Nonprofit organizations that follow these accounting practices can demonstrate greater transparency and accountability, increasing the trust of donors, board members and other stakeholders.

Accounting for restricted grants and donations

INPAG requires that funds be distinguished between restricted and unrestricted funds. This distinction should be visible in the financial statements or notes.

Accounting for grant and donation income according to the INPAG standard requires a specific structure to ensure proper recording and recognition. The accounting process includes the following steps:

  • Identify whether there is an enforceable agreement that confers rights and obligations.
  • Identify the enforceable obligations in the agreement.
  • Determine the amount of the transaction.
  • Allocate the transaction amount to the enforceable obligations.
  • Recognize the revenue when (or while) the enforceable obligation is satisfied.
  • These steps ensure that revenue is recognized appropriately, accurately reflecting the economic activity of the organization.

Example of accounting transactions for restricted donations

Receipt of a grant for a specific project with implementing obligations.

When you receive the amount insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Cash/Bank or Donation debtor if the donation was promised.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Liabilities for grants.
  • in the Amount column the amount received.

At this stage the amount received is recorded as a liability because the organization has an obligation to meet the conditions of the grant.

When you fulfill the executive obligation insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Expense1.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Bank.
  • in the Amount column the paid amount.

The second transaction must be insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Liabilities from grants.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Income from grants.
  • in the Amount column the paid amount.

Once the enforceable obligation is fulfilled, the liability is reduced and the amount is recognized as revenue, reflecting the completion of the project or condition fulfilled.

Accounting for unrestricted donations

Unrestricted donations, which do not impose specific obligations on the organization, follow a simpler accounting process than donations with enforceable obligations. These receipts can be recognized immediately upon receipt.

Example of an unrestricted donation

When you receive the amount insert:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Cash/Bank or Donation debtor if the donation was promised.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Income from donations.
  • in the Amount column the received amount.

In this case the amount is immediately recognized as income since there are no specific obligations to be met.

Foreign currency conversion

Managing foreign currency transactions is an essential part of accounting, especially for nonprofit organizations that receive international grants and donations. The INPAS standard establishes precise rules for managing these transactions, including disclosure of foreign exchange gains and losses and retranslation of foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities related to grant agreements.

Foreign currency transactions must be translated into the functional currency using the exchange rate in effect on the date of the transaction. Monetary items, such as debtors and creditors, must be retranslated at the balance sheet date to reflect current exchange rates.

Example of transactions for foreign currency conversion

Receipt of 10'000$ grant when the exchange rate is 1$ = 0.90€.

Initial acknowledgement:

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Cash/Bank.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Liabilities for grants.
  • in the Amount column the amount 9'000€ (10'000$ * 0.90€ = 9'000€).

In this case the grant is recorded in euros at the exchange rate in effect at the time of the transaction.

Retranslation on the balance sheet date with the exchange rate 1$ = 0.85€.

  • in the Debtor Account column the account Loss on exchange.
  • in the Creditor Account column the account Cash/Bank.
  • in the Amount column the lost amount 500€.

At the balance sheet date the grant must be retranslated at the new exchange rate. The difference between the initial value and the retranslated value is recorded as an exchange loss.

Treatment of exchange rate changes on grants

Exchange rate differences on monetary items related to grants should be treated in a manner consistent with the nature of the transaction. For example, if a grant received is to be spent on a specific project and the exchange rate varies, the amount to be reimbursed could differ due to exchange rate fluctuations.

For example a grant received of 10'000$ must be spent on a specific project. If the exchange rate varies and the grant must be partially repaid due to exchange rate differences.

No INPAS adoption for certain transactions

When an organization chooses not to apply INPAS standard for certain transactions, it is essential to provide a clear explanation and details of the accounting management adopted. The INPAS standard requires disclosure of the following information to maintain transparency and understandability in financial statements.

Mandatory disclosures in the case of no INPAS adoption

  • Disclosure of transactions not compliant with INPAS
    • The organization must specify which transactions do not follow INPAS standards.
    • Example: “Donations in kind were not accounted for in accordance with INPAS standards.”
  • Accounting treatment adopted
    • The alternative accounting treatment used for these transactions must be described.
    • Example: “In-kind donations were recorded at appraised value rather than market value according to INPAS guidelines.”
  • Rationale for non adoption of INPAS
    • It is necessary to explain the reasons why INPAS standards were not applied.
    • Example: “Valuation of in-kind donations according to INPAS standards required specialized skills that the organization does not currently possess.”
  • Impact on budgets
    • It must be indicated how the financial statements would differ if INPAS requirements had been applied.
    • Example: “If in-kind donations had been valued according to INPAS, the total value of income would have increased by €10,000.”
  • Quantification of differences
    • Where possible differences between the accounting treatment adopted and that provided by INPAS should be quantified, without excessive costs.
    • Example: “Donations in kind were recorded at €5,000, while according to INPAS the correct value would have been €15,000, resulting in a difference of €10,000.”

References

  • International Financial Reporting For Non Profit Organisations: www.ifr4npo.org

International Non-Profit Accounting Guidance - INPAS Standard Template

International Non-Profit Accounting Guidance - INPAS Standard Template
Description

[This page is currently being updated]

The INPAS International template for associations provides a comprehensive framework for organizing financial transactions and reporting for associations adhering to international standards.

This chart of accounts template is designed to streamline accounting processes, ensure consistency in financial reporting and facilitate compliance with regulatory requirements. With a user-friendly format and customizable accounts name, associations can efficiently track income, expenses, assets and liabilities, enabling clear and transparent financial management. Whether managing donations, membership dues or program expenditures, this template offers flexibility and adaptability to suit the unique needs of diverse associations while promoting transparency and accountability in financial operations.

The chart of accounts has been designed and interpreted based on the INPAS drafts and may require adjustments once the final guidance is published in 2025.

The compliance of the accounting with the INPAS standard always depends on the accountant and the auditor working on the accounts.

Updates may be possible following the final publication of INPAS in 2025.

Using Banana Accounting Plus you can manage the balance sheet and the income statement. All other documents are easily obtained thanks to the Excel template.

Create your file

  • Create a new file, starting from this template (Template ID  +11255), using one of the methods explained.
  • With the command File → File properties, set the period, the association name and the basic currency.
  • With the command File → Save as, save the file. Enter the association name and year in the file name.
    For example "no-profit-2024.ac2".

See also Organize accounting files locally, online or in the cloud

Customize the Accounts table

Once you have entered the transactions, you can check the Accounts table. You will have an overview of your assets, liabilities, income and expenses, which allows you to keep your balance under control.

Customize the Accounts table to suit your needs: you can add, delete and edit accounts, groups or descriptions.

Enter Opening Balances

In the Opening column enter the opening balances of the Accounts. Negative asset account amounts are entered with a minus sign in front.

Enter the balances of the previous year

If you are creating a new accounting and you want the amounts of the previous year to appear in the statements to be printed, you must insert the values in the appropriate column. Go to the Previous view and in the Previous Year column enter the values.

Enter the Transactions

Register the accounting transactions in the journal. Enter the date, the document number and the description. Enter the destination account into the Debit account column, and  the account of origin in the Credit account. Then add the amount.
You can modify the journal at any time.

Manage funds, grants and donations, project and operating expenses

Manage funds in the Balance Sheet divided by project.

Funds in the Balance Sheet

 

Manage grants and donations in the Income Statement.

Grants and donations in the Income Statement

 

Manage projects expenses and operating expenses in the Income Statement.

Projects expenses and operating expenses in the Income Statement

 

Get the Statement of Financial Position and the Income Statement  

At any time of the year you can create your Balance sheet, which is a financial report of your assets, liabilities and equity and the Profit and Loss statement, which includes income and expenses. You will achieve optimal reports because you can always modify the data until they are perfect. You have the possibility to print out your statements or save them in PDF format.

Complete the documentation using the Excel Template

When you get the balance sheet and the income statement, complete the Excel template to get all the documents needed to comply with the INPAG standard.

patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/noprofit/en/11255/11255_double-entry_noprofit_inpas_template.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Income & Expenses: INPAS Standard Template

Income & Expenses: INPAS Standard Template
Description

[This page is currently being updated]

The chart of accounts has been designed and interpreted based on the INPAS drafts and may require adjustments once the final guidance is published in 2025.

The compliance of the accounting with the INPAS standard always depends on the accountant and the auditor working on the accounts.

Updates may be possible following the final publication of INPAS in 2025.

patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/noprofit/en/11275/11275_income-expenses_noprofit_inpas_template.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Free Excel Standard INPAS Template

Free Excel Standard INPAS Template timo
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/11255/inpas-template.xlsx

Cash Manager Accounting for Non-profit Organizations

Cash Manager Accounting for Non-profit Organizations
Description

This template has only one Cash account and descriptive income & expense categories, that facilitate data entry. Get the Income Statement and Balance Sheet quickly, manage members and projects.

For more information on solutions for associations go to the Accounting for non-profit organizations page.

Create your File

  • Create a new file, starting from this template (Template ID  +10936), using one of the methods explained. 
  • With the command File → File properties, set the period, the company name and the basic currency.
  • With the command File → Save as, save the file. Enter the company name and year in the file name.
    For example "association-2022.ac2".

See also Organize accounting files locally, online or in the cloud

Enter the Transactions

Register the liquidity transactions in the journal. Enter the date, the document number, the description, the category and the amount.

You can modify the journal at any time.

Click here to learn more about transactions.

transactions

Check and customize the Categories table

Once you have entered the transactions, you can check the Categories table. You will have an overview of your income and expenses, which allows you to keep your balance under control.

categories

Get the Profit and Loss Statement

At any time of the year you can create your profit and loss statement, which includes income and expenses. You can also compare your current situation with the budget to understand if and where you are spending excessive amounts of money.

operating result

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10936_noprofit_basic_cash_template.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10936/10936_noprofit_basic_cash_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Income & Expenses Accounting for Non-profit Organizations

Income & Expenses Accounting for Non-profit Organizations
Description

This template presents a synthetic chart of accounts with descriptive accounts that facilitate data entry. Get the Income Statement and Balance Sheet quickly, manage members and projects.

For more information on solutions for associations go to the Accounting for non-profit organizations page.

Create your File

  • Create a new file, starting from this template (Template ID  +10623), using one of the methods explained. 
  • With the command File → File properties, set the period, the company name and the basic currency.
  • With the command File → Save as, save the file. Enter the company name and year in the file name.
    For example "association-2022.ac2".

See also Organize accounting files locally, online or in the cloud

Enter the Transactions

Register the liquidity transactions in the journal. Enter the date, the document number, the description, the account and the amount.

You can modify the journal at any time.

Click here to learn more about transactions.

transactions

Check and customize Accounts and Categories

Once you have entered the transactions, you can check the Accounts table and the Categories table. You will have an overview of your assets, liabilities, income and expenses, which allows you to keep your balance under control.

accounts

Get the the Profit and Loss Statement and the Balance Sheet

At any time of the year you can create your profit and loss statement, which includes income and expenses. You can also compare your current situation with the budget to understand if and where you are spending excessive amounts of money.operating result

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10623_noprofit_income_expense_accounting_template.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10623/10623_noprofit_income_expense_accounting_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for Nonprofit Organizations

Double-Entry Accounting for Nonprofit Organizations
Description

This template presents a synthetic chart of accounts with descriptive accounts that facilitate data entry. Get the Income Statement and Balance Sheet quickly, manage members and projects.

For more information on solutions for associations go to the Accounting for non-profit organizations page.

Create your file

  • Create a new file, starting from this template (Template ID  +10619), using one of the methods explained. 
  • With the command File → File properties, set the period, the company name and the basic currency.
  • With the command File → Save as, save the file. Enter the company name and year in the file name.
    For example "association-2022.ac2".

See also Organize accounting files locally, online or in the cloud

Enter the Transactions

Register the accounting transactions in the journal. Enter the date, the document number and the description. Enter the destination account into the Debit account column, and  the account of origin in the Credit account. Then add the amount.
You can modify the journal at any time.

nonprofit double entry transactions

Check and customize the Accounts table

Once you have entered the transactions, you can check the Accounts table. You will have an overview of your assets, liabilities, income and expenses, which allows you to keep your balance under control.

Customize the Accounts table to suit your needs: you can add, delete and edit accounts, groups or descriptions.

assets

Enter Opening Balances

In the Opening column enter the opening balances of the Accounts. Negative asset account amounts are entered with a minus sign in front.

Enter the balances of the previous year

If you are creating a new accounting and you want the amounts of the previous year to appear in the statements to be printed, you must insert the values in the appropriate column. Go to the Previous view and in the Previous Year column enter the values.

Get the Profit and Loss Statement and the Balance Sheet

At any time of the year you can create your Balance sheet, which is a financial report of your assets, liabilities and equity and the Profit and Loss statement, which includes income and expenses. You will achieve optimal reports because you can always modify the data until they are perfect. You have the possibility to print out your statements or save them in PDF format.

Profit and Loss Statement in Banana

balance sheet

 

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10619_double-entry_noprofit_template.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10619/10619_double-entry_noprofit_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Multi-Currency Accounting for Nonprofit Organizations

Multi-Currency Accounting for Nonprofit Organizations
Description

This template presents a brief chart of accounts with descriptive accounts that facilitate data entry. Get the Income Statement and Balance Sheet quickly, manage members and projects.

For more information on solutions for associations go to the Accounting for non-profit organizations page.

Create your file

  • Create a new file, starting from this template (Template ID  +10621), using one of the methods explained. 
  • With the command File → File properties, set the period, the company name and the basic currency.
  • With the command File → Save as, save the file. Enter the company name and year in the file name.
    For example "association-2022.ac2".

See also Organize accounting files locally, online or in the cloud

Enter the Transactions

Register the liquidity transactions in the journal. Enter the date, the document number and the description. Enter the destination account into the Debit Account column, and  the account of origin in the Credit Account column. Then add the amount and specify the currency.

You can modify the journal at any time.

Click here to learn more about transactions.

transactions

Check and customize the Accounts table

Once you have entered the transactions, you can check the Accounts table. You will have an overview of your assets, liabilities, income and expenses, which allows you to keep your balance under control.

accounts assets liabilities

Get the Profit and Loss Statement and the Balance Sheet

At any time of the year you can create your balance sheet, which is a financial report of your assets, liabilities and equity and the profit and loss statement, which includes income and expenses. You can also compare your current situation with the budget to understand if and where you are spending excessive amounts of money.

balance sheet

profit loss statement

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10621_double-entry_noprofit_foreign_currencies_template.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/en/10621/10621_double-entry_noprofit_foreign_currencies_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

非营利组织

非营利组织 fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/chinese/noprofit_basic_cash.ac2
ac2 language
全球 现金日记账 非营利性
ac2 publisher

非营利组织会计

非营利组织会计 fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/chinese/noprofit_basic_income.ac2
ac2 language
全球 收益 & 费用核算 非营利性
ac2 publisher

Religious Entities Universal Templates

Income & Expense Accounting for a Religious Organization

Income & Expense Accounting for a Religious Organization michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/religious/en/10736_religious_organization_basic_income.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/religious/en/10736_religious_organization_basic_income_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Kirchgemeinde | Einnahmen-Ausgaben-Rechnung

Kirchgemeinde | Einnahmen-Ausgaben-Rechnung
Description

Diese Vorlage enthält einen HRM2-Kontenplan mit den typischen Konten und Kategorien für die Buchhaltung einer Kirchgemeinde. Einnahmen und Ausgaben lassen sich einfach erfassen – auch ohne Kenntnisse der doppelten Buchhaltung oder der Unterscheidung zwischen Soll und Haben.

In der Tabelle Konten sind die Bilanzkonten aufgeführt, während die Tabelle Kategorien der Erfassung von Einnahmen und Ausgaben dient.

Die Einnahmen und Ausgaben sind in mehrere Untergruppen gegliedert. Zudem stehen in der Tabelle Kategorien zwei Arten von Kostenstellen zur Verfügung, mit denen sich die Kosten der Kirchgemeinde und des Oratoriums getrennt verwalten lassen.

Konten und Kategorien können individuell angepasst und auf die spezifischen Bedürfnisse Ihrer Buchhaltung zugeschnitten werden.

Für erweiterte Anforderungen empfehlen wir die Vorlage Doppelte Buchhaltung für Kirchgemeinde.
 

Weitere Details finden Sie in unserer Dokumentation, insbesondere zu folgenden Themen:

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Switzerland/raw/master/templates/german/kirchengemeinde/hrm2-kontenplan_kirchengemeinde_einnahmen_ausgaben_rechnung.ac2
ac2 language
Schweiz Einnahmen-Ausgaben-Rechnung/EÜR Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Religious Organization

Double-Entry Accounting for a Religious Organization michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/religious/en/10597_religious_organization_basic_double.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/religious/en/10597_religious_organization_basic_double_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

Multi-Currency Accounting for a Religious Organization

Multi-Currency Accounting for a Religious Organization michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/religious/en/10605_religious_organization_basic_multi.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/religious/en/10605_religious_organization_basic_multi_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Non-Profit
ac2 publisher

非营利协会或组织会计

非营利协会或组织会计 fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/chinese/noprofit_basic_double.ac2
ac2 language
全球 复式记账 非营利性
ac2 publisher

Donation statement for Associations (Banana+) [BETA]

Donation statement for Associations (Banana+) [BETA]

A donation statement certifies a voluntary donation to an association. Usually associations print out donation statements for their members and volunteers, as these are often tax deductible.

The extension presented below allows you to create a donation statement for donors registered in Banana Accounting (Accounts table) or in the Estimates and Invoices application (Contacts table).

If members/donors are defined within an accounting file, they must be set up as cost centres using CC3. However, when using the Estimates and Invoices extension, members or donors may remain unchanged in their current configuration.

Prerequisites

To use this extension you must:

Beta Version

The extension is currently released as a beta version. This means that some details may change without notice.

Installing and using the extension

  • Install Banana Accounting+.
  • Install the extension Donation statement for Associations (Banana Plus). Visit the Manage Extensions documentation.
  • Once installed, the extension will be visible in the Extensions menu where it can be executed.

Create a donation statement

  1. Enter the Association data in the Address tab of the accounting file or the Estimates and Invoices application.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Donation statement for Associations (Banana Plus) extension.
  3. Enter the period in the dialogue box.
  4. Complete the fields in the Settings dialogue and click OK.

Settings dialogue

Run the extension from the Extensions menu > Donation statement for Associations (Banana Plus).

After selecting the period, the extension Settings dialogue will open. From here you can define the information required to create the print-out of the donation statement.

donation statement settings

For data entry, click in the cell in the Value column.

The settings are divided into the following groups:

  •  Select addresses to print
    • Define the member accounts for which the donation statement is to be created.
  • Start
    • Define logo for header, location and date.
  • Print text
    • Define which text to use and decide whether to include donation records.
  • Signature
    • Define text and image for signature.
  • Texts
    • Define up to four different texts or take a text from the Documents table.
  • Styles
    • Define font type and size for the letter texts.

The entered data are used to generate the report, which you can then save and print.

Select addresses to print

Here you can decide for which members, defined with CC3 cost centres, to create the donation statement.

  • Enter member's account (empty = print all)
    • Enter a single account (e.g. "10001").
    • Enter several accounts divided by a "," (e.g. "10001,10002,10005").
    • If you do not enter anything, statements will be printed for all registered members.
  • Donation minimum amount
    • Accounts with a balance below the indicated amount are not included. The default value is '1.00' (e.g. accounts with zero balance are excluded).
    • Enter '0.00' to include accounts with zero balance.
  • Use Extract table 
    • Use the extracted accounts in the Extract table.
    • You must first use the command from the Data menu > Extract and sort rows to extract the rows with the accounts you want to use.

Header

Here you define the logo for the header, location and date.

  • Logo
  • Logo name
  • Place and Date
    • Enter the location and date of issue of the statement.

Print text

Here you can decide which text to use from the ones you have entered and whether to also include donation records.

  • Select text
    • Select the text you wish to use from the list.
    • See below for inserting text.
  • Use Markdown
    • The selected text is interpreted as Markdown text (requires the Advanced plan of Banana Accounting Plus).
  • Include donations transactions
    • By checking the box you can include a summary table with details of donations taken from the Transactions table.
  • Include Description column
    • If you have previously activated the option 'Include donation transactions', it will then be possible, by checking this option, to also include the column with the description of the transaction in the statement.

Signature

Here you define the text and image for the signature of the donation statement.

  • Text signature
    • Enter the first and last name of the person issuing the statement.
  • Digital signature
    • Use an image as a signature.
  • Image with signature
    • Enter the image to be used. You have two ways to do this:
      • documents:<nome_id>: to use an image saved in the Documents table, where <name_id> represents the name entered in the ID column of the table (e.g. "documents:signature").
      • file:document/<immagine>: to use an image saved externally to Banana, but in the same folder as the .ac2 file. Also indicate the extension of the .png or .jpg image (e.g. "file:document/signature.png").

Texts

Here you define the texts of the donation statement. You can enter up to four different texts or take a text from the Documents table.

  • Text 1, Text 2, Text 3, Text 4
    • Enter the text you wish to display in the printout. The text can also be on several rows.
    • Texts can be of text type and Markdown type.
    • You can enter up to four different texts, and then choose which one to use..
    • The field Text 1 contains the default text. It is possible to change it.
  • Text from Documents table (.txt / .md)
    • You can use the texts entered in the Documents table.
    • Enter the document Id (e.g. 'Letter.txt', 'Letter', 'Letter.md', etc.).
    • Texts can be of text type and Markdown type.
    • For Markdown-type texts, the Id in the Documents table must end with ".md" and the full name, including the final ".md" (e.g. "Letter.md"), must be entered here.

Styles

Here you define the font type and size for the letter texts.

  • Font Type:
    • Define the font type.
    • The default font is 'Helvetica'.
  • Font size:
    • Define the font size.
    • The default font size is '10'.
  • CSS
    • Optional.
    • You can change the appearance of the print (text formatting, address positioning, etc.) by entering CSS code to customise the style. (requires the Advanced plan of Banana Accounting Plus).

Predefined CSS

/* Donation Statement (Banana+) predefined CSS */

@page {
   margin-top: 0.0cm;
   margin-bottom: 0.0cm;
   margin-left: 0.0cm;
   margin-right: 0.0cm;
}

body {
   font-family: $font_family;
   font-size: $font_size;
}

.bold {
   font-weight: bold;
}

.right {
   text-align: right;
}

.center {
   text-align: center;
}

.header_address_row_1 {
   font-family: $font_family;
   font-size: $font_size_header;
}

.header_address_row_2_to_5 {
   font-family: $font_family;
   font-size: $font_size;
}

.header_text {
  margin-top: 1.2cm;
  margin-left: 1.2cm;
  margin-right: 1.2cm;
  text-align: right;
  position: absolute;
}

.logo {
  margin-top: 1.2cm;
  margin-left: 1.34cm;
  margin-right: 1.2cm;
  position: absolute;
}

.address {
  top: 4.5cm;
  left: 12.3cm;
  width: 7.5cm;
  position: absolute;
}

.date {
   margin-top: 4.6cm;
   margin-left: 1.5cm;
   position: absolute;
}

.text {
   margin-top: 8.5cm;
   margin-left: 1.5cm;
   margin-right: 1.0cm;
}

.transactions_details {
   margin-top: 0.5cm;
   margin-left: 1.65cm;
}

.transactions_rows {
   border-bottom:thin solid black;
}

.transactions_total {
   font-weight: bold;
   border-top:thin solid black;
   border-bottom:thin solid black;
}

.signature {
   margin-top: 1.5cm;
   margin-left: 12.3cm;
}

.image-signature {
   height: 15mm;
   margin-left: 12.3cm;
}

 

Extract table (Extract rows command)

The Extract and Sort rows feature can be used to select member accounts for which to create the statement. This is useful when, for example, you only want to print the donation statement for certain members, without having to enter the list of accounts directly into the extension settings.

For example, by allocating members into several groups (Accounts table), the command from the Data menu > Extract and sort rows can then be used to extract the rows of members belonging only to certain groups (in the example, members belonging to groups S1 and S3).

donation statement extract rows

To use the extracted rows:

  • Extract rows with the command from the Data menu > Extract and sort rows.
  • Run the extension and in the settings dialogue, section Select addresses to print, check the box Use Extract table.
  • If the rows were not extracted before printing was started, a warning message will be displayed and all registered member accounts will be used.

Donation statement text (plain text)

There are two possibilities for entering and using a plain text:

  • Enter the text in the settings dialogue.
    • Enter text in the fields Text 1, Text 2, Text 3 or Text 4.
      Up to four texts can be added.
    • Under Print Text > Select Text, select the text to be used.
    • Under Print Text, do NOT select the option Use Markdown.
  • Enter text in the Documents table.
    • Add a document by selecting the type Plain text (text/plain).
      There is no limit, you can add as much text as you want.

      donation statement document text
       
    • In the Settings dialogue:
      • Under Print Text > Select Text, select the option Text from Documents table (.txt / .md).
      • Under Texts > Text from Documents table (.txt / .md), enter the Id of the text entered in the Documents table (e.g. 'text.txt').

For all texts:

  • With a specific annotation you can apply the bold style to texts. To do so, include the desired texts between double asterisks ** .
     Examples:
    • **text** = text
    • **textA textB** textC = textA textB textC
  • If the following values are entered in the text rows, they will be replaced by the corresponding values:
    • <Period> : selected period
    • <Account> : member account
    • <NamePrefix> : member prefix
    • <FirstName> : member's first name
    • <FamilyName> : member's last name
    • <OrganisationName> : member's organisation
    • <Address> : member's address
    • <AddressExtra> : extra address
    • <Region> : region/state or province
    • <Country> : country
    • <StartDate> : start date of the selected period
    • <EndDate> : end date of the selected period
    • <Currency> : currency
    • <Amount> : total amount of donations

Donation statement text (Markdown text)

Markdown is a language that allows formatted text to be created using a standard text editor and a syntax that is easy to write and read.

To use Markdown, the Banana Accounting Plus Advanced plan is required.

There are two ways to enter and use Markdown text:

  •  Enter the text in the Settings dialogue.
    • Enter the text in fields Text 1, Text 2, Text 3 or Text 4.
      Up to four texts can be added.
    • Under Print Text > Select Text, select the text to be used.
    • Under Print Text, view the option Use Markdown.
  • Enter text in the Documents table.
    • Use the Markdown Editor to add a document, selecting the type Markdown-formatted text (text/markdown).
      There are no limits, you can add as much text as you want.
    • The file name in the Id column must end with '.md' (e.g. 'text.md').

      donation statement document markdown
       
    • In the Settings dialogue:
      • Under Print Text > Select Text, select the option Text from Documents table (.txt / .md).
      • Under Texts > Text from Documents table (.txt / .md), enter the Id of the text entered in the Documents table (e.g. 'text.txt').

For all texts:

  •  If the following values are entered in the text lines, they will be replaced by the corresponding values:
    • {{Period}} : selected period
    • {{Account}} : member's account
    • {{NamePrefix}} : member's prefix
    • {{FirstName}} : member's name
    • {{FamilyName}} : member's surname
    • {{OrganisationName}} : member's organisation
    • {{Address}} : member's address
    • {{AddressExtra}} : extra address
    • {{Region}} : region/state/province
    • {{Country}} : country
    • {{StartDate}} : start date of the selected period
    • {{EndDate}} : end date of the selected period
    • {{Currency}} : currency
    • {{Amount}} :total amount of donations

Print example

Donation statement with registration details
Esempio attestato donazioni

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/association/donationstatementplus/ch.banana.uni.app.donationstatementplus.sbaa
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.donationstatementplus
Release Date Stable

Certificado de doação para Associações (Banana 9)

Certificado de doação para Associações (Banana 9)

Un attestato di donazione è la prova di una donazione che viene volontariamente donata ad un'associazione. Questa associazione deve rilasciare un attestato che certifica la ricevuta della donazione.

Con questa BananaApp è possibile creare un attestato di donazione per i donatori registrati in Banana Contabilità (utilizzando il centro di costo CC3).

Questa BananaApp funziona attualmente solo con la versione di Banana Experimental.

Sono disponibili i seguenti file di esempio da cui partire:

Installazione e utilizzo dell'App

Creare un attestato di donazione

  1. Inserire i dati dell'Associazione nella scheda indirizzo del file contabile.
  2. Dal Menu Apps selezionare l'App Attestato di donazione per Associazioni.
  3. Inserire il periodo nella finestra di dialogo
  4. Completare i campi del dialogo impostazioni e cliccare su Ok

Dialogo impostazioni

Per l'inserimento dei dati fare doppio clicc nel campo della colonna 'Valore'.

  • Indicare il conto del membro (vuoto = stampa tutti)
    • Inserire un conto singolo (ad es. "10001").
    • Inserire più conti suddivisi da una "," (ad es. "10001,10002,10005").
    • Se non viene inserito nulla verranno stampati gli attestati per tutti i membri registrati.
  • Importo minimo della donazione: i conti con saldo inferiore all'importo indicato non sono inclusi. Il valore predefinito è "1.00" (es. i conti con saldo zero sono esclusi). Inserire "0.00" per includere anche i conti con saldo zero.
  • Testi
    • Usa testi standard: vistare la casella per utilizzare i testi predefiniti (eventuali testi personali verranno sovrascritti).
    • Titolo (opzionale): inserire l'oggetto della lettera.
    • Testo 1 (opzionale): inserire il testo del primo paragrafo.
    • Testo 2 (opzionale): inserire il testo del secondo paragrafo.
    • Testo 3 (opzionale): inserire il testo del terzo paragrafo.
    • Testo 4 (opzionale): inserire il testo del quarto paragrafo.
    • Includi dettagli donazioni: vistare la casella per includere una tabella riassuntiva delle donazioni.

      Per tutti i testi:

      È possibile contrassegnare una o più parole o anche il testo completo in grassetto.
      Per ottenere la parola desiderata in grassetto, inserirla tra doppi asterischi (es. **parola**).
      Per ottenere il testo completo in grassetto, inserire due asterischi all'inizio del testo (es. **testo...).

      Se nelle righe di testo vengono inseriti i seguenti valori (in inglese), essi saranno sostituiti dai valori corrispondenti (es. <Account> viene sostituito con 10001):
      <Period>: periodo selezionato
      <Account>: conto del socio
      <FirstName>: nome del socio
      <FamilyName>: cognome del socio
      <Address>: indirizzo del socio
      <StartDate>: data iniziale del periodo selezionato
      <EndDate>: data finale del periodo selezionato
      <Currency>: moneta
      <Amount>: importo totale delle donazioni.

  • Firma: inserire nome e cognome di chi rilascia l'attestato.
    • Località e data: inserire la località e la data di rilascio dell'attestato.
    • Firma con immagine: vistare la casella per utilizzare un'immagine come firma.
    • Immagine: inserire l'immagine da utilizzare.
      • documents:<nome_id>: per utilizzare un'immagine salvata nella Tabella documenti, dove <nome_id> rappresenta il nome inserito nella colonna ID della tabella (es. "documents:firma").
      • file:document/<immagine>: per utilizzare un'immagine salvata esternamente a Banana, ma nella stessa cartella del file .ac2. Indicare anche l'estensione dell'immagine .png oppure .jpg (es. "file:document/firma.png").
    • Altezza immagine (mm): cambiare l'altezza dell'immagine per ridimensionare la sua grandezza. L'altezza è in millimetri.
       
  • Stili
    • Tipo di carattere: definisce il tipo di carattere. Il tipo predefinito è "Helvetica".
    • Dimensione carattere: definisce la dimensione del carattere. La dimensione predefinita è "10".

I dati inseriti vengono utilizzati per generare il report, che sarà poi possibile salvare e stampare.

Esempio di dialogo:

Esempio di attestato:

Esempio di attestato con dettagli:

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/report/association/donationstatement/ch.banana.uni.app.donationstatement.js
Short Description
Banana Contabilità permette di creare attestati di donazioni in formato lettera per le Associazioni in modo molto semplice, veloce e senza la necessità di strumenti esterni come Word.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Produtividade
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.donationstatement
Release Date Stable

非营利协会或组织会计

非营利协会或组织会计 fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/noprofit/chinese/noprofit_basic_multi.ac2
ac2 language
全球 复式记账含外汇 非营利性
ac2 publisher

How the Agile method can help NGO projects

Learn what Agile methodology is and how it can lead to effective and dynamic implementation of projects related to NGOs and international cooperation.

Nowadays, inside an NGO it is common to see project management that follows very defined and rigid models. But what are the effects of the Agile applied in the cooperation field? Banana Accounting offers a complete example on how Agile, slowly integrated in a non-profit project, can simplify its management. As a result, you can also obtain more flexibility, adaptability, and efficiency.
Discover the numerous advantages of Agile integration with us. Our experience with the goal to offer accounting training to all the young students in Congo, shows how Agile can be effective also for NGO projects.

Introduction

Most certainly, you already heard about the Agile methodology, often opposed to rigid project management models. In particular, companies mainly focused on making profits prefer to apply this model. But mostly, start-ups and software development companies cannot renounce to Agile for its numerous advantages.

And what do non-governmental organizations think about an agile project management? Unfortunately, at the moment they seem to lack trust on this innovative method. In addition, the institutions that financially support the projects keep adopting the traditional methodology. As a result, it becomes difficult to obtain some money that is used, as it happens in start-ups, to experiment with method procedures from small to large scale.

Yet Agile methodology could be a solution to simplify international cooperation projects, which usually have complicated management. In fact, they often operate in very difficult contexts, with precarious logistical situations, limited financial resources and in very different cultures and environments. The lack of predictability is similar to the one found in dynamic and innovative fields, such as software development and start-ups. But Agile could be integrated with current NGOs models to lead to a smooth management and greater flexibility.

Agile methodology has been applied since the 1990s, however different non-profits are reticent or not very familiar with this option that could be combined with traditional models without disrupting the current management system, thus leading to a better projects achievements.

With this Agile dossier, we would like to present you a project in which Banana.ch plays a relevant role. Being a company that develops software, we always apply the Agile method in our projects. Thanks to it, we have achieved continuous success. But at one point we asked ourselves:

"What if we apply the same model, little by little, in an industry where rigid models are the norm?".

In 2017, we began a collaboration as technology partners with the Ministry of Education of the Democratic Republic of Congo, with the goal to better the teaching of accounting. This aim was clearly quite different from the ones we usually set. But, even in this case, we decided to use the Agile methodology, with the approval of the client who, although unfamiliar, was open to the possibility for a dynamic management. With the Agile methodology we made progress, overcame several difficulties and obtained important results, despite the difficulties in terms of logistics and available resources. In general, we achieved several goals on the accountants training project, managed by the Ministry of Primary, Secondary and Professional Education of Congo.

The method proved to be very suitable for this cooperation project, which operates in complex situations that require great flexibility and adaptability. The educational project was not stopped by cultural differences, the distance between the various stakeholders, very limited resources, unforeseen events and scarce funding. And that's due, in large part, to the adoption of a methodology that is not very known in the non-profit field. Agile was not imposed and the application was gradual so the commissioner could get familiar without getting wary of this alternative management model. After overcoming the initial wariness, thanks in part to the enthusiasm of the Ministry of Education, we were working with management almost based on Agile.

Our journey into Agile methodology for NGOs and non-profits will start by explaining the principles and history. Then we will move on to the accounting education project in Congo. You will discover together with us how Agile can be the solution for an efficient, flexible and optimal management for projects in the nonprofit sector, this to the benefit of all stakeholders involved, but most importantly to all people who will see an improvement in their lives.

It is good to underline that Agile does not have to be broadly applied to the NGO sector. It can be used to manage certain projects, or alongside traditional models and it certainly doesn't have to disrupt the current cooperation frameworks. However, by using the Agile method here and there, you will slowly discover the advantages and features also for the non-profit sector.

As you will see from our example, gradually opening up to new management possibilities can help you achieve certain goals without huge changes.

We will start our journey into Agile methodology for NGOs and non-profits by explaining the principles and history. Then, we will move on to the accounting education project in Congo. You will discover with us how Agile can be the solution for an efficient, flexible and optimal project management in the non-profit sector, to the benefit of all involved stakeholders, and most importantly for people who will benefit from it.


 

The agile methodology: birth and characteristics

An anarchic computer scientists manifesto

You can manage projects inside profit and non-profit oriented companies by following different methodologies.

The model we're going to explore in depth originates from the software development industry. The Agile methodology has been developed since the 90s thanks to the Agile movement initiated by a group of computer scientists.

The Agile method contrasts with the Waterfall method, one of the classic project management models. Let’s take a look at a real example of Waterfall: a house construction. As the first step, the architect prepares the detailed drawings. Next, the enterprise will get a quote, plan all work phases and deliver the house, as designed. The planning follows a series of clear steps: it will start with the preparation of the site, continue with the excavation and the creation of the basement and the roof. The interiors will be built and the technical systems, fixtures and fittings will be installed in a well-defined sequence and with a progress status that is predicted with precision. This model, however, has great limits, for example a major change in progress is problematic and leads to a high increase in costs. Moreover, the house will stay the same for years.

Waterfall VS agile methodology

This waterfall model was the standard in the field of software development. Until, in 2001, some "anarchist" developers decided to make a big change in the software industry by publishing the Agile Manifesto. Their purpose is to create organizational models "based on people, collaboration, and building communities in which we would like to work."

 

The foundations of Agile

Currently, the four principles of the Agile methodology are being applied outside of the world of IT. Let's take a look at these values:

  1. Individuals and interactions over processes and tools
    The Agile method encourages direct communication between people, so as to reduce possible misunderstandings. There must be a reduction of steps and obstacles between the different members working on the project.
  2. A satisfactory product over detailed documentation
    The main indicator of project success is when the product meets the needs of the client. Documentation of the procedure and steps is relevant, but the product is more important. 
  3. Collaboration with clients over contract negotiation
    Customers usually know their needs better than the software developer or any other product. Therefore, collaboration is essential to determine the next steps in product development. This point is central to the Agile methodology.
  4. Responding to change over following a plan
    Updates and changes are inevitable and encouraged. With each round of feedback, the product will be more responsive to customer needs. You need to be flexible and responsive first, the plan is secondary.

In the Agile method you define a goal, but requirements are stated and implemented step by step. Development occurs in several cycles called "sprints", in which product changes happen quickly. This is obviously in contrast with a project that shows the full solution right away.

Agile sprints

Usually projects related to the digital world do not have a predefined sequence and the product is often not physical, so Agile is an ideal method. Initially what matters is a Minimum viable product, which is a first version of the product with minimum requirements. The client then interacts with the developers, provides feedback, reports problems and prioritizes. The final result comes from all the interactions and changes that occur in the different cycles.

 

A concrete example: website design

Obviously, Agile requires a careful organization of the project. You have to divide it in different phases and find a logical order to implement them. In that way, you can go from the minimum working product to the final product.

To better understand how the methodology works, let's take as an example a company that wants its own website.

  1. To create an online presence, the firm decides not to ask the website design company to deliver the final product. Instead, following the Agile model, the firm will start by defining its key needs and resources. The choice will probably fall on creating company presentation pages with minimal content.
  2. In a very short time, the company will have a functional product (i.e. website) and will start collecting data on users.
  3. These statistics will then be used to determine, in close cooperation with the client, the further development. By assessing the needs, capabilities and resources, it will be possible to define what to achieve in the next "sprint". For example, priority is given to the creation of technical content, or the video presentation, or a online shop or integration with the management system.
  4. The result may look completely different from what you initially imagined, and the website next improvements will then continue by using Agile.

 

A methodology that helps all start-ups

The Agile methodology is also very suitable for tackling complex problems, where there isn’t yet a clear final solution. After being applied in the software industry, Agile has become the preferred project management method for start-ups and has also been adopted by large companies to manage projects in very innovative areas.

Start-ups need to be very flexible, so they usually never implement their projects by rigidly fix everything from the beginning. In fact, these young companies proceed step by step, setting up a product prototype to see if the technology works. Then they move on making the MVP to understand if it can meet customer needs. Later, the start-up will improve the product, at some point bring it to market, and so on.

Typically, start-ups work with little resources, so you are constantly checking if you are following the right path and investing in the right places. Thanks to the Agile method, if you don't achieve the expected results or face unexpected problems, it will be quite easy to adapt to a different approach. Experience and results from different project cycles will help set new goals, plan next steps, and decide what investments to make.

 

Progressive financing

Among its many advantages, Agile uses fundings in a way that well adapts to the start-up world, often faced with great variability and unpredictability, always keeping risks to a minimum. An innovative company like a start-up does not receive funding to run the project in one go, but in a series of rounds.

  1. It starts by funding a prototype. If the prototype meets expectations, then an MVP (Minimum Viable Product) is financed. The solution can now be on the market and the start-up verifies the interest and response of the first customers.
  2. You move on to the next round, where you improve the product and, through a marketing strategy, expand the customers’ number. The initial amounts are limited and are generally available without special procedures. The idea, its potential and the capabilities of the start-up team are now evaluated. It often happens that the start-up decides to explore products or markets different from the ones initially imagined.  
  3. In the following rounds there is an increase of fundings, but only if the previous rounds were successful. If the start-up fails to realize the prototype or the product finds little customer interests, the investments are suspended.

 

Use of Agile methodology in non-profit organizations

We saw that Agile methodology is effective not only for software development companies, but also for the start-up world and in large companies as well. Two decades after the publication of the Agile Manifesto, this model has led to the success of many companies and has been widely used by all kinds of profit-oriented organizations.

Unfortunately, at the moment Agile is not well known among non-profit organizations. In this context the Agile methodology and also other methodologies that use similar concepts such as Design Thinking can be easily adopted and bring important benefits.

In the context of international cooperation the issue is more complicated, because there are public actors, laws, references and others that are difficult to adapt. There is a strong static nature and in addition, unlike the business environment, communication between the different levels: NGOs, funders, local partners and project beneficiaries, is much more complicated and cannot be easily simplified and speeded up. However, there are also attempts to introduce new methodologies in this area, one of which is Adapting Development. Normally,  established working standards such as Logical Framework Methodology and Theory of Change are used in the context of cooperation. In order to ensure a successful outcome, it is important to define the phases in as much detail as possible and to set up monitoring and control systems in advance. However, this leads to projects becoming more complex, expensive and less able to adapt to actual circumstances,

In the field of international cooperation, it is unlikely that Agile can supplant existing methods. However, Agile methodology can certainly be very useful as a complement, to manage certain phases of projects. The Agile method could help to:

  • Move forward in a progressive way
  • Collect feedback constantly
  • Plan objectives and approaches in a more informed way
  • Cope with problems and unexpected events in a fast and flexible way.

Introducing more dynamism at certain stages of projects would also help improve transparency, communication and trust between the different parties involved.

We now want to present you a well-detailed case of a Banana project created and implemented in collaboration with an NGO.


 

From "profit projects" to NGOs: the Banana case

Fortunately, over the last few years, the drive to manage "agile" projects has also arisen within some non-profit organizations. They take the experiences of companies that use the Agile methodology as an example, and they noticed that small changes can bring benefits. Even a partial application of the Agile model gives the ability to effectively react to the uncertainty of emergency situations.

Agile methodology could bring numerous benefits to NGOs and more generally, it makes high operational flexibility possible.

  • You obtain important feedback on every cycle to adjust the program integrity
  • Identify new operating ways that meet humanitarian goals better
  • Understand what could be the future developments and respond quickly
  • Ability to make mistakes without regret, and learn from them to improve strategy
  • Administration and accounting that quickly adapts to change
  • Nurture trust among the various stakeholders involved in the project through increased transparency and communication

Among the many Banana.ch projects, we also have a strong example on how the Agile model applies almost perfectly to a project related to non-profit organizations.

In 2017, Babana.ch took part to a project as a technology partner in the Democratic Republic of Congo.

Before explaining the details and developments, we'll start by giving you a context in which Banana.ch had to fit it.

 

Congo and the education of students in the digital world

The Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) is a nation with a vast territory located in the center of Africa and it has over 100 million inhabitants. Like other countries in sub-Saharan Africa, the DRC is faced with a large number of difficulties, including logistical, financial and health problems. The population is very young and one of the main challenges is strengthening the educational system and adapt it to digital transformation, so as to reduce the existing technological gap.

In Congo, schools are managed and funded by the counties. On the other hand, the Ministry of Primary, Secondary and Professional Education (MEPST), based in the capital Kinshasa, is responsible for the education coordination in the whole country and is in charge of defining the curricula and teaching materials.

After joining the Organization for the Harmonization of African Business Law (OHADA) in 2012, the RDC adopted the common accounting rules and the Ministry of Education modified the training programs in accordance with the new modalities. Taking into account that most Congolese firms keep or will keep their accounts digitally, the MEPST decided to review the accounting training in professional schools. For this reason, they introduced the use of computers, productivity software (spreadsheets such as Excel, word processors) and accounting programs.

Unfortunately, with the current system it is not possible to solve the digital divide. Currently, students only learn theoretical concepts. This means that once they start working, they have to be trained to use computers and software. Instead, students should receive comprehensive training on some IT tools. This would not only facilitate the access in the working life, but the students themselves could become the promoters of digital modernization in the Congo companies and public agencies.

 

The Cellules's plan facing a major limitation

In order to solve the digital divide, the Ministry of Education entrusted in 2015 the Cellules des Branches Commerciales of the Direction des Programmes Scolaires et Matériel didactique (also called Cellules) to implement a plan to improve digital skills in more than 4 thousand schools. This project is part of the Ministry's broader strategy to promote digitalization, which also involves the primary, secondary and professional sectors.

Students in Congo learn how to use an accounting software

Unfortunately, there was one major limitation: a large number of the schools did not have computer classrooms. In addition, the Government of DRC, as well as its provinces, has limited financial resources, and free education for pupils is already a great challenge. However, it remains essential that schools are equipped with computers, especially if students want to get familiar with certain software.

 

Accounting in Congo: the OHADA system

Among the various steps of the educational project, the Cellules had to select an accounting software, which complies with OHADA regulations and is also suitable for teaching. Thus, in 2017 they contacted our company Banana Accounting.

Our software caught their attention since it is suitable for small businesses, it is used in several countries and has obtained very important references in the field of accounting. Besides that, Banana software is also available in French, the official language of Congo, and offers a free license for educational purposes. The Cellules realized that Banana Accounting software was well suited for teaching in Congolese schools.

Another essential aspect in the selection was the compatibility with the accounting system, therefore the program must be aligned with chart of accounts and the reporting used by OHADA. This system is used by large companies, has a specific numbering and also includes fixed schemes for the balance sheet presentation, the profit and loss account and the capital flow account. During the preliminary stages, the Cellules requested the collaboration of the Conseil Permanent de Comptabilité au Congo (CPCC). From then on, the Banana's project to train students on our accounting software has begun.

 

The begin of the project and the first difficulties faced with Agile

In normal situations, we organize meetings between the different stakeholders and the developers. In that way, we can clearly define the project functionalities

But the project with the Cell did not start in a smooth way. Domenico Zucchetti, CEO and founder of Banana.ch travelled to Nairobi (Kenya) for a brief training session, but after it was no longer possible to meet in person. Other means of communication were very limited, so it was not easy to efficiently collaborate and carry out the project. Therefore, we proposed the integration of an alternative solution.

Within Banana.ch we have always applied the Agile methodology for any project, it is normal for us to follow a progressive, tackling one problem at a time. We are aware that going step by step, with close interaction between stakeholders is essential to work remotely and with very different cultural and operational contexts. That is why we decided to suggest a new method for the project in Congo, and we convinced the Cellules to apply Agile.

Thanks to the Agile modeling, Banana.ch and the Cellules of the Minister of Education have been able to face the hard project path. Slowly, this methodology was applied to each phase of the project. 

Regarding the first phase, that is developing a software that meets OHADA's accounting rules, we solved the various snags thanks to Agile.

  1. COMMUNICATION
    As the main contact, Zucchetti turned to Didier Kinano, the Cellules Director. Directives were typically reported via email and phone calls. In turn, the Banana Accounting CEO explained the Banana functionalities to achieve certain results and then he gave directions  to his software development team.
  2. THE FIRST CRITICAL STEPS
    Even though there was a good collaboration, the division of tasks was too complex and the communication possibilities were not fully exploited. In addition, we had to face limited work progressions. After numerous iterations, the chart of accounts was finally completed with the corresponding balance sheet printouts and income statement.
  3. THE COMPLEX PHASE
    Banana.ch then tackled the most complex part, that is the creation of the capital flow account, with the related revision of the chart of accounts. Mr. Kinano gave instructions and then checked the results’ correctness.
  4. A FLEXIBLE VERIFICATION SYSTEM
    Having reliable test is an important element of the Agile methodology. In the case of the project with the Cellules, our developers had difficulties because they were not familiar with the OHADA system and did not know how to test the functionalities.  Hence, Kinano had to prepare accounts that were used as tests. This facilitated rapid progression because the developers could avoid regressions, without being in contact all the time.
  5. A NEW DEVELOPER
    Banana.ch was also able to make progress at the level of capital flow reporting. Later, we started a collaboration with a developer based in Kinshasa, who received instructions directly from Kinano and turned to Banana.ch for the programming part.
  6. THE LAST STEPS
    Finally, Banana.ch was able to realize other reports and to implement the management and printing part of the VAT statement according to the templates required by the local tax authorities.

 

Agile: winning collaboration for the accounting project in Congo

Using the Agile method to implement the accounting project in Congo turned out to be a winning choice.

Our role was limited to technical assistance for the installation and use of Banana Accounting, as well as the adaptation to the OHADA System. Moreover, not being on site, we had a very limited view of what was going on and we were not particularly familiar with the educational system of Congo. Although we did not have a clear management view (the Ministry was in charge), the Agile method allowed us to achieve goals.  

Didier Kinano had become our reference person. The talks were focused on technical aspects, but sometimes we discussed the project in a broader way. Little by little, Domenico Zucchetti got a better view of the various stakeholders, the context in which they operated and their available resources.  At one point we could start with the implementation of the new digital accounting system in Congo.

The implementation of the digital accounting system in Congo

As a first step, the Ministry's plan was to provide schools with computers, then install the software and train teachers and students. However, most of the schools did not have computer rooms, and some did not even have electricity!

The available resources were very limited and it was not possible to ask more from the Congo Government, since it was already busy ensuring the free basic education. Support from third parties was also unlikely, so the prospect to have more computers appeared remote. There was a lot of concern on the project realization. But with Zucchetti's suggestion, something began to change:

"The situation didn't seem that bad to me. In fact, the Ministry was in the same situation as many start-ups, where you find very ambitious and transformative ideas, united by great motivation and capacity, but with many obstacles and very limited financial resources. I told that it would probably be very beneficial if the Ministry adopted start-up-like operation modes, that aims to make the most of existing resources."

Unexpectedly, this remark aroused a lot of interest, which is quite uncommon in government departments that have operating modes very different from the start-ups ones. Instead, in the following meetings, the Ministry became open to approach problems in a different way.

One reason for this acceptance of the Agile may lie in the different level of predictability between Europe and Africa. In Europe, the degree of unpredictability is very low and, especially, there is little flexibility in public administration. On the contrary, in Africa, the population and public officials are faced with great unpredictability. Unforeseen difficulties force them to come up with new solutions. In essence, Banana.ch saw that in Congo people are more willing to adopt and use the Agile methodology.

Exploiting available resources for great results

The next step in the project included defining the path implementation through existing resources.

The Democratic Republic of Congo has a large territory, even though most schools did not have appropriate infrastructure, a few of them had computer classrooms. As we could expect, there weren’t the next generation of computers, but they were perfectly suited to install and use Banana Accounting.

We then provided the software in some schools in the capital Kinshasa. The accounting teachers showed great interest and requested training in order to familiarize with Banana Accounting. The Cellules prepared the informative material, being very competent in its role. Thus, in a short time, they set up a 13-day training course, both for the software and for the OHADA system. The teachers who attended the course were very satisfied, so, the Ministry set a plan to train more teachers with the existing resources. 

 

Thanks to the gradual change in methodology towards Agile, the project progressed without major hiccups. We didn’t have to wait for all schools to be equipped with computers. With time, Banana Accounting was installed in several computers and the number of trained teachers was raising too. We then moved on to the phase of teaching to students, with considerable success. Installation and software training expanded to other provinces, always with great interest.

New issues arose regularly, but by applying the Agile methodology, the Ministry was able to solve them shortly. We developed small-scale solutions, making adjustments quickly and then implementing them in other schools. For example, Congo's program involved using handwriting for exams. The Ministry then introduced  the option to have exams with computer to schools with suitable classrooms. This experience then served as a basis for solving new or similar problems, improving the system and then introducing it to other schools. The strategy was constantly improved sprint after sprint, reducing unforeseen problems and making the best use of available resources.


 

From small goals towards a long-term vision

Usually Agile helps achieving short-term results, but it is also extremely effective for a long-term vision.

Keeping in mind that technological development rapidly evolves, we are aware that some solutions can become obsolete in no time. Therefore, it is very important to update the long-term project vision and check whether we are going in the right direction.  

In large-scale projects such as the accounting in Congo, one of the most important tasks of the technological partner (Banana.ch) is to find lasting solutions to integrate new technologies. In this case, as seen above, the main problem was the difficulty to equip all Congolese schools with computer classrooms.

 

How to solve the IT classrooms’ problem

Banana.ch has been providing its software to Swiss schools for many years. However, in Switzerland a shortage of computer rooms is not a problem at all; moreover, all the students of professional schools already have a laptop. So, in Switzerland, schools are adopting the Bring Your Own Device (BYOD) model and are no longer investing in IT classrooms. On the other hand, in Congo the situation is different because the buying power is lower and teachers and students cannot afford a laptop.

Bring Your Own Device

Working closely with ministry officials, we came up with an alternative scenario. In the DRC, all teachers and students from professional schools have a cell phone. Thanks to technological advances, we predicted that students will soon have smartphones as well. So, we adapted to their current situation and we have focused on:

  • Improvements of Banana Accounting on the mobile operating systems (Android and iOS) until it is almost in line with the desktop version.
  • Possibility, also on mobile, to keep the accounting without connecting to the Internet, since in Congo the connections are not always fast and have significant costs.

Keeping accounts on a cell phone is certainly not the ideal solution. But knowing that learners will have a smartphone, we are sure they will keep accounts by using ERP functions (enterprise resource planning software), even without connecting to the Internet. As a result, by the time students find a job, they will already be ready to use accounting software.

We have noticed an increase in the use of the mobile version of Banana.ch in Congo, a sign that the strategy is working.  

 

Adaptation to new technologies: the BYOD model in Congolese schools

At the moment, we see a convergence between the use of mobile and desktop software. The Ministry of Education in Congo presented a new technology available, for now, on high-end smartphones. Teachers can activate the Android Desktop Mode by connecting a monitor and keyboard to the latest generation smartphone. The small device is thus transformed into a real computer.

In the years to come, thanks to technological progress, this feature will certainly be available also for less expensive smartphones. Even Congolese students will have the chance to use a phone that becomes a computer. In that way the BYOD model can be adopted, and we will eliminate the problem of computer classrooms.

This scenario seems more and more realistic, and the Ministry is looking for a new plan to train teachers with the new modalities. In the future, when desktop mode will be possible on smartphones, Ministry officials should be ready to deliver a training that fits this new technology. 

 

The MEPSP has already set up a plan for training several people in the different provinces, who in turn will train teachers on the OHADA accounting system and on the use of Banana Accounting.

With time, the Agile methodology has become integral in the collaboration with the various stakeholders, but we also used it to experiment with new technologies and new interesting solutions. You don’t need to change the current NGO project management system to see results with Agile, but in our case a wide application made the achievement of many objectives a lot easier.


 

Financing the project in Congo

In the case of the educational project in Congo financing, the Ministry had not a lot of money source. Then there was the COVID pandemic in 2020, which brought the finances of many states, including the DRC, to their knees. We had to find other ways, so we decided to present the project to possible financing entities. Following the Agile method, we develop a documentation and fundraising structure starting with very limited funding, necessary to offer the training and to find new solutions. Then, in later stages, these solutions can eventually be applied on a larger scale. We divided the project for extending the training in new provinces into blocks, making the figures affordable for many foundations and organizations.

Indicative budget for seminary in the provinces 

*Taking in mind the difficult financial situation of the provinces, we planned an external fundraising that will cover 50% of the costs (possibility of public-private partnership). It was calculated a total investment of 30.000 CHF for a group of 6 educational provinces.  The cost per province depends on the isolation, logistic situation and number of actual participants. 

Activities Cost
Accomodation for 2 educators (13 nights) $ 800
Catering for 2 educators $ 400
Lunch break for 52 participants (12 days)  $ 6.000
Remuneration 2 educators (14 days)  $ 4.000
Round trip 2 educators $ 1.500
Total investment for 1 seminary  $ 12.700
Total investment for the 37 provinces  $ 427.000
Fundraising (50% of costs) *

$ 223.500

However, we encountered a major limitation: the Agile methodology is not well known in the international cooperation sector, and funding is usually granted for complete projects, with rather complex and bureaucratic decision-making processes.

In our case, all the stakeholders could see that the project managed with Agile was valid and suitable. In fact, the different phases made possible the consolidation of the existing school system. The positive impact of the project is evident because the beneficiaries, or the new generations of students, will be better prepared for their job and will have a greater chance of finding employment.

Despite the results, at the moment we have not yet found support from foreign fundings. The amounts required are small, but unfortunately in the cooperation world it is still complicated and expensive to develop funding strategies, since planning is only done with the waterfall method. Contrary to the world of start-ups, there is not yet a predisposition on granting support in a progressive manner, open to the development of new solutions.

A perspective towards widespread use of agile in NGOs

The successful project management of digital accounting in Congo is just one of the examples that show the effectiveness and suitability of Agile in the non-profit area. We are not there yet, but so far we have considerably progressed in a difficult context. This model made possible to make the most from available resources, skills and organizations that are already well structured and widely present in the area.

Agile applied to NGOs opens perspectives that were unthinkable a few years ago. Surely, the integration of this method will be very useful to international cooperation projects, all characterized, more or less, by a high degree of difficulty, variability and unpredictability. Agile can become a project management option, without affecting the currently-used non-profit methodologies.

We hope that this project in which we are involved demonstrated you the high potential of  the Agile methodology. NGOs could consider to apply it to improve the effectiveness of interventions and to facilitate the granting of small amounts for humanitarian projects.

With the hope that Agile will be integrated in many non-profit projects, we invite you to reach us if you have any questions on the educational accounting project in Congo or about the use of Agile in the cooperation sector.

References

Helms, B. (2019, 10 settembre). Can the Development Community Adopt Agile?. DAI. https://dai-global-developments.com/articles/can-the-development-community-adopt-agile.

Manifesto for Agile Software Development. (2001). Agile Manifesto. https://agilemanifesto.org/

Modernisation de la formation en comptabilité au Congo RDC. (2020, gennaio). Banana.ch. https://www.banana.ch/fr/formation/comptabilite-rdc.

Terbeche, M., Carrier, M. (2019, 26 marzo). An “Agile Manifesto” for humanitarian and development projects. Groupe URD. https://www.urd.org/en/review-hem/an-agile-manifesto-for-humanitarian-and-development-projects/.

(2018, 2-4 ottobre). Humanitarian Aid on the Move No. 20. [Relazione a convegno].  Groupe URD. Autumn School on Humanitarian Aid. https://www.urd.org/en/review-hem/humanitarian-aid-on-the-move-n20/.

Shafiq, M., & Soratana, K. (2019). Lean and Agile paradigms in humanitarian organizations' logistics and supply chain management. LogForum, 15 (1).

Trish. ( n.d.). Agile for Nonprofits: A Project Management Method. Springly. https://www.springly.org/en-us/blog/agile-method-project-management-method-nonprofit/.

 

Templates for Family Management in Banana Accounting (Universal)

Banana Accounting offers a range of ready-to-use templates to help families, students, and young people manage their personal finances. Whether it's a family unit, a young person just starting to save, or a university student, the templates meet every need with simple yet effective tools.

Cash Manager: Families / Youth / Students

Templates based solely on cash flow management (cash, bank account, cards), ideal for keeping daily expenses under control in a simple way.

  • No accounting knowledge required
  • Easy recording of income and expenses
  • Automatic charts and summaries for cost analysis
  • Different versions available based on the target audience (families, youth, students)

Income/Expenses: Families

Template designed for those who want more detailed household finance tracking, with the ability to generate balance reports while keeping a simplified structure.

  • Expense category control (food, transport, housing...)
  • Periodic summaries
  • Helps in planning the family budget

Double-entry: Families

For families who want a more rigorous accounting system, the double-entry template provides a complete view of assets, debts, receivables, and transactions.

  • Greater precision and traceability
  • Complete and customizable balance sheets
  • Suitable for those also managing property, loans, or side activities

Multi-currency: Families

Perfect for families who travel often or manage accounts in different currencies.

  • Integrated multi-currency management (e.g. EUR, USD, CHF)
  • Automatic conversion to base currency
  • Convenient for foreign expenses or multi-currency accounts

Each template can be adapted to specific needs and provides an excellent foundation for improving financial awareness and control in daily life.

Free Accounting for Kids - Achieve your Goals and Learn how to Manage your Money

Free Accounting for Kids - Achieve your Goals and Learn how to Manage your Money
Description

 

Good money management is the starting point for a lasting investment for your financial well-being. That is why it is important to acquire this skill at a young age. In order to save money and have more resources in the future, you will learn to plan how you will spend your money, trying to correct the wrong habits and avoiding unnecessary expenses. 

 

Banana will guide you in this new learning through simple steps.

The addressees of this model and its benefits

 

  • Parents and teachers: Money management is a skill that is often not taught at school but can be very useful in children's lives. Banana becomes an excellent tool for parents and teachers who want to guide the new generations in managing their pocket money or their first earnings. The aim is to raise young people's awareness of money and make them conscious and responsible for their expenses. In this way, young people will be able to self-discipline and become independent in managing small income, money received as a gift or the salaries of the first summer jobs.

 

  • Kids are the main recipients of this model. They can easily keep track of their income and expenses without having to constantly ask their parents for more money. Learning the art of saving has never been so easy with Banana Accounting: thanks to the Budget function you can plan your expenses, such as a holiday with friends, and make sure in advance that your savings are enough to achieve your goals.

 

Increase your digital skills

Digital skills help to master new technologies in a conscious way.

Besides learning the basics of accounting and thus managing one's money, Banana Accounting will enable you to increase your digital skills. You will learn how to use a new software, to work with documents and digital links, saving paper and time. You will be able to transfer these skills into various areas of your life, for example work and private life.

 

How to use Banana Accounting

ATTENTION: If you close the browser without saving, you will lose your file. Always save the file to your computer.

To reopen the saved file, click on File > Open.

Basic functions: How to use Banana Accounting in a few simple steps

Cash

The cash register shows your current balance, which indicates how much money you have at the moment. This will allow you to check your financial availability at any time. 

 

To start managing your money, the first thing to do is to open your Cash Account. Then click on the Accounts table and the "Cash" item will appear. In the Description column you can add your personal notes. Then click on Opening and enter your balance.  

Cash

 

Categories

To the right of the table Accounts you will find the Categories Table. In this section there are both income and expenses, i.e. the money you receive or earn and the money you spend. Categories are included for both income and expenses and are useful to immediately recognize the nature of your movements. On the template that you can download on this page by clicking on download template, we have inserted some entries that will guide you. For example, in the income we have: Pocket Money, Family/Gifts and the income from the summer job, while for the expenses some examples are: Food, Clothing, Going Out, etc. ...

You can also change the categories and their descriptions as you like or add others simply by inserting some lines.

Categories

Transactions

The transactions are simply registrations of your earnings and outgoings. To make the transactions, click on the Transactions table. Now enter the date, description, e.g. "Pizza with friends", and enter how much money you spent in the Expenses column. Do the same with the income but put the amount in the Income column. Then enter the category and, typing only the first few letters, the program will display a list of suggestions (autocompletion) with the words you had previously entered.

Transactions

At this point the program will do everything for you. You can go back to the Accounts table to check your updated balance, or go to the Categories table and check your income and outgoings in the various categories.

categories total

 

Final Check

If you want to be sure you haven't made any mistakes, Banana Accounting helps you with a very useful check function. It reports errors and shows you the lines where exactly they are located (for example if you forgot to record a category or an amount). 

To check your accounting, go to the menu Actions > Check accounting.

 

In a nutshell: Why Banana? 

  • Free downloadable without installation
  • Quick and easy
  • Planning to set goals
  • Learn the art of saving and become an entrepreneur

 

 

References

Peachery, Kevin. How much pocket money should we give our kids? (bbcnews.com, 2019)

Raisiningchildren. Pocket money. (Raisingchildren.net.au, 2018)

Ubs. Why pocket money is important for your child. (ubs.com)

 

francesca
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/11088/11088_Template_EN.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/11088/11088_Tutorial_EN.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Private
ac2 publisher

How to make a Family budget and manage the Household accounts | Cash Manager (Free)

How to make a Family budget and manage the Household accounts | Cash Manager (Free)
Description

Creating a family budget with Banana Accounting is like creating it with Excel, but faster, more secure, and completely free. Thanks to the ready-to-use template with tailor-made accounts, you start right away, you just enter the data.

Quickly create forecasts and see where you can save money and what payments you can postpone. Quickly record your income and expenses and know if you're on a budget and if you can pay your bills at the end of the month. You can edit and correct data at any time, so it's easy to update your forecasts and get the most out of your money and save as much as possible.

Don't worry, you don't need accounting knowledge to start managing your accounts with Banana, and once you have control over your finances, you will think about the end of the month with more serenity and less stress.

This is how in a few steps you will be able to improve your financial situation:

improvement cycle for family

Only by following all three steps will you learn how to manage your finances in the best possible way and achieve maximum success. It will take a little effort at first, but once you understand the mechanism, you'll be able to go on with it!

Are you ready? Start from here!

Create your file

How to use Banana Accounting

ATTENTION: If you close the browser without saving, you will lose your file. Always save the file to your computer.

To reopen the saved file, click on File > Open.

Adapt accounts and categories tables

Before creating your own budget, you need to quickly adapt your account and categories to your specific needs.

Accounts table

The Accounts table only shows the Liquidity account, or rather, the liquidity in your possession. You can customize it by changing the account number, description and opening balance.

account chart

Categories table

This table contains the income and expense categories, of which you can see the updated balances at any time. There are also the Cost centers, which are used to know in detail the amount of expenses and income for each member of the family.

The categories are divided according to the same structure explained in detail in the Planning paragraph:

  • Revenue
  • Fixed expenses
  • Variable expenses

You can also edit categories and cost centers by adding new items, changing the category number, changing the order and deleting lines that you don't need.

categories

Create your budget

Insert your expected income and expenses

Now it's time for the planning phase, you have to insert the expected expenses and revenues: go to the Budget table. The creation of the budget is really easy, you just have to enter the amounts of income and expenditure that you expect to have during the year, giving it a category of expenditure.

  • In the template you already find lines for the various expenses, which you complete with your amount
  • Enter the repetitive operations only once, indicating the code Repeat

If you make mistakes you can always correct, so you're sure you can make your own perfect forecast!

To create the budget correctly, follow three simple steps:

  • Insert your income
  • Insert fixed expenses
  • Insert variable or extra expenses

For more technical information, please consult the documentation page of the Budget table.

Insert income

Start by thinking about all the fixed income you have and the amount of it. Salary is the main income, but there may also be others depending on your work and your assets.

Revenue may include:

  • Salary
  • Real estate rents
  • Maintenance cheques
  • Bank and postal interests

Tip: Only rely on assured income.

budget

Insert fixed expenses

Now it’s time to think about all the fixed costs. This type of expenses includes both annual and monthly expenses and you can estimate them based on those of the previous year. For expenses that vary slightly from period to period you can make an average estimate, rounding up the amount to be more cautious. It’s better to make an inaccurate forecast at the beginning of the year, and then adjust it, than to have surprises of higher expenses.

For example, to insert the monthly rent expense you must enter the start date (usually the beginning of the year), the repetition (how often this expense is repeated), the description, the amount in the expense column and the expense category.

In the template you can already find examples of fixed expenses that you can easily modify and eliminate, according to your needs. You can still insert new items.

Fixed costs may include:

  • Rent or mortgage for the house
  • Taxes and duties
  • Insurance
  • Medical expenses (health insurance)
  • Television fee
  • Electricity, water and gas
  • Foodstuffs
  • Transport (fuel, season ticket for public transport)
  • Personal care costs (personal hygiene, household hygiene)
  • Education costs (university fees, school books, newspaper subscription)

family cash budget fixed expenses

Insert variable or extra expenses

Now do the same thing, but thinking about all those expenses not of basic necessity (we can call them extra expenses), which are usually variable during the year.

Variable expenses may include:

  • Holidays
  • Meals and drinks in restaurants and bars
  • Cinema, theatre and shows
  • Shopping
  • Various gifts
  • House breakdowns
  • Car repairs
  • Hobbies
  • Cigarettes

Also in this case you have to make a presumed estimate of all the extra expenses, thinking about how many times you incur each single expense and of course its amount.

Tips:

  • For each extra expense, set a monthly ceiling, which is a maximum amount that you should not exceed monthly. Respecting it will allow you to keep your spending under control.
  • Unforeseen expenses, such as car repairs and house breakdowns, estimate them annually, divide them by 12 and report this figure monthly.

budget extra costs

View the monthly forecast

An action that is often underestimated is the control of budgeted expenses and income, to determine from the beginning how you are managing your money.

To do this visualization is very easy: just go to Report > Enhanced statement with groups, and from the list that appears choose the Monthly Forecast report (is the most important report to consult in this situation). Press OK to view the report. The program shows you for all months and for the year:

  • Liquidity status
  • Total income and expeses
  • The surplus or deficit of the month

In addition to the monthly forecast, you can freely view annual, quarterly and 4-year reports in Report > Enhanced statement with groups, or create your own customized report.

Improve your financial situation

Surely the goal you want to achieve is to save as much as possible. Check the Change in cash item (highlighted in red in the image above) and make sure you have a positive value, especially at the end of the year. In this case it means that you are generating savings, and that's good!

On the other hand, if your expenses are greater than your income, it means that you're mismanaging your money or you've made a mistake in your budget. Check if you have overestimated some expenses and change it correctly or choose one or more extra expenses that you will commit to reduce during the year.

  • See if you have months with a deficit
  • Check to see if there are any months in which your liquidity goes into negative (means you have a problem)
  • Check which expenses affect this deficit
  • You can make improvements:
    • By eliminating expenses that are not essential
    • By reducing expenses
    • Moving expenses later in time
    • Checking if you have a chance to increase revenue

monthly forecast

It's time to actually keep your accounts!

With the budget under control, including the "savings goal", you can start register the various real transactions of money and compare them from time to time with the expected values.

Daily transactions must be inserted in the Transactions table. To make a registration you must enter the date, the description, the amount in or out and the respective category, just like you did for the forecast a while ago. Easy, isn't it?

For each expense you can also enter the code of the cost center (family member) in the column CC1, so you can update the amount of expense for each member of the family.

transactions

View the transactions with account cards

When you register your transactions, you may want to check how a particular expense category or cash account has evolved over time. To do this, you can check the  respective Account Card.
For example, by selecting the Liquidity account card you will have a summary of all its movements. By also clicking on the chart option below, you have an even more immediate view of the account's performance.

Tip: Check your Liquidity account at least once a month to see instantly how it is performing and compare it with the months that are passing.

liquidity chart

Check the difference between balance and budget

For more control over your performance, you can go to the Categories table and look at the Diff. Budget column, which shows you, for each category, the difference between the real balances and the values you had budgeted. In this way you have an additional indicator to understand if you are following the budget well and to make better decisions.

difference budget

 

Compare the forecast with the report 

During the year you can compare at any time your current situation with the budget, to understand if and where you are spending more, in order to adapt your buying habits and save more! At the end of the year you can make the final comparison between the actual report and the budget to see if you have achieved the desired savings.

Create the control report from the menu Report > Enhanced statement with groups > Yearly report compared to Budget.

yearly report

Also in this case, if you want to have a more precise and targeted view, you can create reports with the monthly subdivision, which also include the difference between the balance and budget of each month. This gives you an overview of the months in which you had the most financial difficulties and those in which you saved the most.

When you get to the end of the year, you will have to re-plan the next one by creating a new forecast, using exactly the same procedure as before. A new savings goal awaits you!

Try the income/expense method

You're getting on well with the Cash Book system, but do you need to manage more accounts like the bank or postal account? You can then switch to the Income/Expense accounting: it is more complete and works in the same way as the Cash Book!

Page Family budget and Household account (Income & Expense)

For the Income/Expense accounting you will have a limit of 70 transactions and 20 lines for the budget, but if you want to exceed this limit and use Banana Accounting without limits, you can buy a license key and explore all types of accounting.

 

michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10217_family_basic_cash.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10217/10217_family_basic_cash_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Private
ac2 publisher

Free Student Accounting - Manage your Money and Achieve your Goals

Free Student Accounting - Manage your Money and Achieve your Goals
Description

Life as a student isn't always all peaches and cream. After secondary school you find yourself in a new life full of responsibility. Among them is the money management. For students away from home or those who have to pay for their studies by working, it can be challenging to keep up with bills, rent, tuition, etc. 

Banana Accounting is an easy and intuitive program that will guide you through this difficult task and help you to realize your future projects.

 

Why you should download Banana Accounting

  • Constant control of your balance: one of the main features of Banana Accounting is that you can keep track of your income and expenses over time. This will allow you not to overspend and avoid reaching the end of the month without money. For a student is very important to understand how they are spending their money, especially when they have to pay for a study loan or have to pay for their studies with limited money available.

 

  • Planning and saving: thanks to the Budget function you can finally plan your study expenses, the purchase of a car or the repayment of a loan. In fact, this function will let you know how much money you will have in a certain period.

 

  • Quick and easy: If you want to start your accounting, just download the template on this page, which contains all the items for your student needs. Just add the amounts and the program will do the rest.

 

  • Increase your digital skills: Digital skills help to master new technologies in a conscious way. Besides learning the basics of accounting and thus managing one's money, Banana Accounting will enable you to increase your digital skills. You will learn how to use a new software, to work with documents and digital links, saving paper and time. You will be able to transfer these skills into various areas of your life, for example work and private life.

 

Banana Accounting in comparison with other programs


Compared to accounting recorded in Excel or other programs, Banana allows you to process your budget in simple steps. In addition, you can obtain the liquidity plan, a tool that will keep track of the liquidity trend over time and will be able to report when there will be a shortage or lack of money.

 

How to use Banana Accounting

ATTENTION: If you close the browser without saving, you will lose your file. Always save the file to your computer.

To reopen the saved file, click on File > Open.

 

Actual revenues and expenses records

We now go straight to the transactions. You will need to enter the date, the description, the amount and the category. To simplify the entry of the category, the program will suggest you the list of categories simply by entering the initial of the word. 

 

Be careful to enter the amounts in the correct column: if it is money you receive, write the amount under "Income", and if it is money you spend, under "Expenses".

transactions

 

 

Loans and scholarships

If you have loans or scholarships, you will need to register them separately in order to distinguish between your income money and money that is not yours. If it is a student loan, you can also record the repayment, and keep track of how much money you still have to pay back. 

Loans and scholarships

 

Attach invoices, receipts, pay checks...

In the Transactions table, Banana Accounting allows you to attach PDF files of receipts, bills, invoices, pay checks, etc.. Simply move under the DocLink column and choose the file you want. This way you will also have proof of your expenses and income details.

 

To enter the DocLink column, move to the Data Menucolumns setup → activate DocLink.

DocLink

 

Final Check

If you want to be sure you haven't made any mistakes, Banana Accounting helps you with a very useful check function. It reports errors and shows you the lines where exactly they are located (for example if you forgot to record a category or an amount). 

To do the check, go to the menu ActionsCheck accounting.

 

 

Let's get a better understanding of Accounting: What is Accounting and what is it for?

 

The word "accounting" can give us the idea of being a complex and obscure concept.  It's actually less complicated than we think.  In simple terms it is the recording and control of our money or that of someone else or a company.  By "transactions" or "registrations" we mean the income and outgoings, i.e. the money that comes in and the money that is spent. 

 

The control of income and expenses is fundamental in the management of a company, which aims to maximize revenues while reducing costs. Through accounting you have immediate information about the economic trend, which allows you to make timely strategies to correct or improve the management of the company with a view to future achievements.

 

Accounting also makes it easier to fill out the tax return because you have an immediate view of your income and expenses, where your income comes from, how you spent the money and the status of your balance. 

In addition to large companies and small businesses, accounting also helps individuals in their everyday life, for example to keep track of family expenses or for small or important plans, such as buying a house. 

 

Accounting will enable each of us to become a real entrepreneur.

 

The basic concepts of Accounting

 

Budget

The Budget is a forecast of your income and expenses with the indication of the category. The Budget will allow you to check that your outgoings do not exceed your income and, where necessary, avoid expenses.

In order to make a proper budget you will have to write down type of income you think you will have and all fixed and extra expenses at the beginning of every year.  By predicting your expenses and income you will have a very clear vision from the beginning and a greater control over your money that will allow you to plan and optimize your savings in order not to spend more than you have. With the budget you will be able to compare your forecasts with the real evolution of your money in order to correct your expenses in case you spend your money improperly. 

 

Cash plan

The cash plan is the real evolution of income and expenditure over time. Through the categories, Banana allows you to control where your money comes from (e.g. from your part-time job), the type of expenses you make (party night with friends) and when these movements take place.

 

Cash Flow Forecasting

Through the budget you can see the future balance (expected evolution of the liquidity balance). In fact, Banana will also allow you to enter the date of your registrations, which will allow you not only to plan and optimize your expenses, but above all to know in advance a possible lack of money and avoid unnecessary expenses. In view of a more substantial expense, such as a new phone, you will be able to predict when and how much money you will need to have to afford this expense. 

 

In conclusion, the cash plan and the budget are two complementary tools extremely useful to learn how to manage your money, optimize your expenses or move in time to change them in order to achieve a certain goal. This will allow you to make your spending consciously and avoid running out of money. 

 

In a nutshell: Why Banana? 

  • Free downloadable application on your mobile phone or computer
  • Quick and easy
  • Planning to set goals
  • Learn the art of saving and become an entrepreneur

 

References

Burek, Owen. How to Budget at University. Save The Student (2019).

Roberts, Amy. Student Budgeting Planner. Tools including spreadsheets to get yo ur budget in order. MoneySavingExpert 

Segal, Troy. Money Management for College Students. Investopedia (2020).

Vohwinkle, Jeremy. Financial Planning for College Students. Learning the Financial Ropes at a Young Age Can Pay Dividends. The Balance (2018).

francesca
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/11087/11087_Template_EN.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/11087/11087_Tutorial_EN.ac2
| Tags: Universal
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Private
ac2 publisher

Income & Expense Accounting for a Family Budget and Household accounts

Income & Expense Accounting for a Family Budget and Household accounts
Description

This template is based on the management of Household accounts. In the Budget table you will be able to enter all the fixed and variable revenues and costs that you forecast to arise during the year. Reports can be generated automatically, at any time and will allow you to have an immediate overview of the accounts in their current and forecasted status.

Create your file

 

Adapt accounts and categories tables

Before creating your own budget, you need to quickly adapt your account and categories to your specific needs.

Accounts table

The Accounts table only shows the Liquidity account, or rather, the liquidity in your possession. You can customize it by changing the account number, description and opening balance.

accounts table

Categories table

This table contains the income and expense categories, of which you can see the updated balances at any time. There are also the Cost centers, which are used to know in detail the amount of expenses and income for each member of the family.

The categories are divided according to the same structure explained in detail in the Planning paragraph:

  • Revenue
  • Fixed expenses
  • Variable expenses

You can also edit categories and cost centers by adding new items, changing the category number, changing the order and deleting lines that you don't need.

 

Create your budget

Insert your expected income and expenses

Now it's time for the planning phase, you have to insert the expected expenses and revenues: go to the Budget table. The creation of the budget is really easy, you just have to enter the amounts of income and expenditure that you expect to have during the year, giving it a category of expenditure.

  • In the template you already find lines for the various expenses, which you complete with your amount
  • Enter the repetitive operations only once, indicating the code Repeat

If you make mistakes you can always correct, so you're sure you can make your own perfect forecast!

To create the budget correctly, follow three simple steps:

  • Insert your income
  • Insert fixed expenses
  • Insert variable or extra expenses

For more technical information, please consult the documentation page of the Budget table.

Insert income

Start by thinking about all the fixed income you have and the amount of it. Salary is the main income, but there may also be others depending on your work and your assets.

Revenue may include:

  • Salary
  • Real estate rents
  • Maintenance cheques
  • Bank and postal interests

Tip: Only rely on assured income.

budget revenues

Insert fixed expenses

Now it’s time to think about all the fixed costs. This type of expenses includes both annual and monthly expenses and you can estimate them based on those of the previous year. For expenses that vary slightly from period to period you can make an average estimate, rounding up the amount to be more cautious. It’s better to make an inaccurate forecast at the beginning of the year, and then adjust it, than to have surprises of higher expenses.

For example, to insert the monthly rent expense you must enter the start date (usually the beginning of the year), the repetition (how often this expense is repeated), the description, the amount in the expense column and the expense category.

In the template you can already find examples of fixed expenses that you can easily modify and eliminate, according to your needs. You can still insert new items.

Fixed costs may include:

  • Rent or mortgage for the house
  • Taxes and duties
  • Insurance
  • Medical expenses (health insurance)
  • Television fee
  • Electricity, water and gas
  • Foodstuffs
  • Transport (fuel, season ticket for public transport)
  • Personal care costs (personal hygiene, household hygiene)
  • Education costs (university fees, school books, newspaper subscription)

budget fixed costs

Insert variable or extra expenses

Now do the same thing, but thinking about all those expenses not of basic necessity (we can call them extra expenses), which are usually variable during the year.

Variable expenses may include:

  • Holidays
  • Meals and drinks in restaurants and bars
  • Cinema, theatre and shows
  • Shopping
  • Various gifts
  • House breakdowns
  • Car repairs
  • Hobbies
  • Cigarettes

Also in this case you have to make a presumed estimate of all the extra expenses, thinking about how many times you incur each single expense and of course its amount.

Tips:

  • For each extra expense, set a monthly ceiling, which is a maximum amount that you should not exceed monthly. Respecting it will allow you to keep your spending under control.
  • Unforeseen expenses, such as car repairs and house breakdowns, estimate them annually, divide them by 12 and report this figure monthly.

budget extra expenses

Check the budgeted expenses and revenues

To complete your budget, there is only one last step left to take, which is very important to start taking into account real expenses and revenues: you have to compare the budgeted income and expenses.

This is very easy to do: just go to ReportEnhanced Statement with groups, and from the list that appears choose the report you want (usually the most useful in this case is the Annual Budget). Press OK to view the report.

Surely, the goal you want to achieve is to save as much as possible. So check the Profit and Loss Statement and make sure your income is higher than your expenses, in this case it means you are saving money, and that's good!

By contrast, if the expenditure is greater than the income, it means that you are mismanaging your money or you have made a mistake in the budget. Check to see if you have overestimated some expenses and change them correctly or choose one or more extra expenses that you will strive to reduce during the year.

yearly budget

Insert your transactions

With the budget under control, including the "savings goal", you can start register the various real transactions of money and compare them from time to time with the expected values.

Daily transactions must be inserted in the Transactions table. To make a registration you must enter the date, the description, the amount in or out and the respective category, just like you did for the forecast a while ago. Easy, isn't it?

For each expense you can also enter the code of the cost center (family member) in the column CC1, so you can update the amount of expense for each member of the family.

transactions

Compare the forecast with the report 

During the year you can compare at any time your current situation with the budget, to understand if and where you are spending more, in order to adapt your buying habits and save more! At the end of the year you can make the final comparison between the actual report and the budget to see if you have achieved the desired savings.

Create the control report from the menu Report → Enhanced statement with groups → Yearly report compared to Budget.

yearly report compared to budget

When you get to the end of the year, you will have to re-plan the next one by creating a new forecast, using exactly the same procedure as before. A new savings goal awaits you!

michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10685_family_basic_income.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10685/10685_family_basic_income_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Private
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Family Budget and Household accounts

Double-Entry Accounting for a Family Budget and Household accounts michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10741_family_basic_double.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10741/10741_family_basic_double_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Private
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting for a Family Budget and Household accounts (foreign currencies)

Double-Entry Accounting for a Family Budget and Household accounts (foreign currencies) michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10771_family_basic_multi.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/family/english/10771/10771_family_basic_multi_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Private
ac2 publisher

Die Organisation persönlicher Finanzen

Banana hat ein Haushaltsbuch entwickelt, das das Verwalten der Konten zu Hause erleichtert. In Kürze:

  • Sofortiger und vollständiger Überblick über die finanzielle Situation
  • Detailansicht der zukünftigen Entwicklung der Finanzen

Im Gegensatz zu anderer Buchhaltungssoftware ermöglicht Ihnen unsere Methode, in die Vergangenheit, die Gegenwart und die Zukunft zu blicken.

Vorteile unserer Vorlagen für die Verwaltung der Finanzen zu Hause

In Banana Buchhaltung wird die Kakebo-Methode mit einer eigenen Technologie kombiniert, damit Sie auch die Finanzen im Haushalt besser verwalten können.

Die Methode Banana hat folgende Vorteile:

  • Ordnungsgemässe und genaue Klassifizierung der Ausgaben je nach Bedürfnis
  • Prognose der Ausgaben und Einnahmen
  • Täglicher Überblick über die Ausgaben für ein besseres Konsumverhalten
  • Hilft sparen zu lernen
  • Fördert die Selbstdisziplin
  • Sie sind entspannt, weil Sie nie mehr ausgeben, als zur Verfügung steht.

Klassifizierung der Einnahmen und Ausgaben

Banana übernimmt von der Kakebo-Methode die Struktur der Kategorien (Ausgaben), mit Hinzufügen einer Business-Kategorie, um die mit einer Nebentätigkeit verbundenen Kosten unter Kontrolle zu halten.
Die Struktur der Ausgabeposten ist nur ein Ausgangspunkt; sie kann zu Beginn oder während des Jahres angepasst werden, um besser auf Ihre Bedürfnisse und deren Entwicklung einzugehen (wenn Sie z.B. Immobilien besitzen und diese vermieten, ist es sinnvoll, eine Gruppe zu bilden, in der alle Einnahmen und Ausgaben im Zusammenhang mit der Immobilie zusammengefasst sind).

 

  • Einnahmen
    Alle Einnahmen jeglicher Art
  • Ausgaben
    Die Ausgaben werden so klassifiziert:
    • Fixe Ausgaben
      Sind die Ausgaben, die regelmässig anfallen und die nicht umgangen werden können (wie Miete, Hypothek, Versicherung, Telefonabonnements, öffentliche Verkehrsmittel, Fitnessstudio, Sozialversicherungsbeiträge)
    • Veränderliche Ausgaben
      Ausgaben, die mehr oder weniger nötig sind, wobei die Möglichkeit besteht, selber Produkte aufgrund des Preises auszuwählen
      • Alltag
        Die üblichen, unvermeidbaren Ausgaben für Lebensmittel, Gesundheit, Verkehr oder andere Zwecke
      • Fakultativ
        Ausgaben für Freizeit und Vergnügen
      • Kultur
        Ausgaben, die Geist und Körper bereichern
      • Extra
        Alle Ausgaben, die nicht in andere Kategorien fallen oder die langzeitig sind.
        Bei der Einnahmen/Ausgaben-Rechnung sowie der doppelten Buchführung werden langzeitige Ausgaben wie Investitionen behandelt und als Aktiva gebucht
      • Business.
        Ausgaben im Zusammenhang mit Nebentätigkeiten

Effektive Ausgaben und Einnahmen buchen

In der Tabelle Buchungen werden alle Ausgaben angegeben. Neben Datum, Beschreibung und Betrag definiert man die Kategorie einer Ausgabe

  • Bewegungen können aus dem Kontoauszug der Bank importiert werden.
  • Belege erhalten eine fortlaufende Nummer in der Spalte Beleg
    So ist es einfach, Dokumente wieder zu finden
  • Buchung können an ein digitales Dokument gebunden sein, das gescannt und auf Ihrem Computer gespeichert ist

 In der Tabelle Kategorien haben Sie einen sofortigen Überblick über Ihre finanzielle Situation.

Finanzplanung

In der Tabelle Budget können Sie Bewegungen eingeben, die Sie voraussehen.

Die Daten werden zu Beginn des Jahres eingegeben, aufgrund von dem, was Sie erwarten zu verdienen und auszugeben; periodisch können Sie alle Ausgaben und Einnahmen überprüfen und mit dem Budget vergleichen. So können Sie eine detaillierte Finanzplanung erstellen und wissen, wie sich Ihre Finanzen im laufenden und in den folgenden Jahren entwickeln werden.

  • Sich wiederholende Bewegungen, geben Sie sie nur einmal ein
    • Alle festen Ein- und Ausgaben, die sich nie ändern
    • Sie müssen die variablen festen Ausgänge schätzen.
    • Die anderen Ausgaben können Sie auch schätzen und als wiederkehrende Ausgaben eingeben
  • Wichtige Ausgaben, wie z.B. der Kauf eines Autos, müssen Sie vorhersagen und auch das voraussichtliche Datum angeben

Sie werden augenblicklich wissen, wie sich Ihre Finanzen entwickeln werden

  • Sie sehen sofort, ob Sie genug Geld für Ihre Ausgaben haben
  • Sie sind in der Lage, Liquiditätskrisen frühzeitig zu erkennen
  • Bei grösseren Ausgaben können Sie simulieren, wie sie sich auf Ihre Finanzen auswirken würden

Die Art der Buchhaltung, die Ihren Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht

Sie können die Art der Buchhaltung wählen, die Ihren Bedürfnissen am besten entspricht. Es stehen gebrauchsfertige Vorlagen mit Konten und Kategorien zur Verfügung:

  • Kassenbuch
    Für eine einfache und effiziente Kontrolle der Ausgaben und der Finanzplanung
    Alle Einnahmen und Ausgaben werden so betrachtet, als ob sie von einem einzigen Konto stammen
  • Einnahmen-und Ausgabenrechnung
    Neben dem Ausgabeposten wird auch das Herkunfts- oder Bestimmungskonto angegeben. Ausserdem haben Sie einen klaren Überblick über Ihr Vermögen, Ihre Bankkonten und Kreditkarten. Sie können auch andere Aktiva wie Investitionen, Autos, Möbel, Wohnungen und sogar kurz- oder langfristige Darlehen im Auge behalten.
  • Doppelte Buchführung
    Das ist die professionelle Art und beruht auf internationalen Standards. Buchungen werden eingegeben, indem man das Konto Soll und Haben angibt.
  • Doppelte Buchführung mit Fremdwährungen.
    Wird verwendet, wenn Sie Konten und Ausgaben in verschiedenen Währungen verwalten möchten.

Wenn sich Ihre Bedürfnisse ändern, können Sie Ihre Buchhaltung auch während des Jahres in eine andere umwandeln. (Z.B. von der Einnahmen-Ausgabenrechnung auf die Doppelte Buchhaltung übergehen).

Geschichte und Struktur unserer Methode für Hauskonten

Die Banana Methode für Haushaltskonten basiert auf der Kakebo-Methode, einem innovativen japanischen System, das Anfang des 19. Jahrhunderts entwickelt worden ist. Die Kakebo-Methode kombiniert die Planung von Ausgaben für den Haushalt mit dem Erfassen von Ausgaben. Zu Beginn des Monats werden Einnahmen, fixe Ausgaben, die variablen Ausgaben und Sparziele definiert. Während des Monats werden die tatsächlichen Ausgaben erfasst, so dass am Ende des Monats Ihre finanzielle Situation und erreichten Ziele leicht zu erkennen sind. Diese ständige Arbeit von Voraussehen und Kontrolle ermöglicht es Ihnen, eine ganze Reihe von Wissen zu erwerben, das es Ihnen ermöglicht, Ihre finanzielle Situation besser zu managen.

Die Methode Banana verfolgt das gleiche Konzept, indem sie die Planung mit der tatsächlichen Datenerfassung kombiniert, aber im Gegensatz zur Kakebo-Methode bietet sie neben dm Anzeigen der monatlichen festen Einnahmen und Ausgaben auch eine vollständige Planung mit allen Einnahmen und Ausgaben für das nächste Jahr oder die nächsten Jahre. Diese Zukunftsvision ermöglicht es Ihnen, Ihre Ressourcen besser zu kontrollieren und wichtige Entscheidungen mit grösserer Sicherheit zu treffen. Während Sie Ihre tatsächlichen Ausgaben buchen, sind Sie immer auf dem neuesten Stand Ihrer finanziellen Situation und können sehen, wie weit Sie gekommen sind.
Die Finanzplanung von Banana basiert auf der Buchführung. Prognosen werden mit den gleichen Ausgabepositionen und durch Erfassen von Budgetbuchungen erstellt. Es besteht eine totale Symbiose zwischen Prognose- und effektiven Daten, die eine effiziente Kontrolle der Ausgaben und eine Verbesserung der Prognosen ermöglicht.

Offensichtlich ist die Methode Banana optimiert, um die Konten mit dem Computer zu verwalten. Alle Rechnungen und Projektionen werden von der Software Banana Buchhaltung durchgeführt. Das ist einfacher und Sie verfügen immer über aktuelle Informationen. Die für Banana typischen Funktionen erleichtern die Buchführung und erlauben, einfach und schnell machen.

 

Accounting Education

Basic Education Templates

Basic Double-entry accounting for Accounting Teaching

Basic Double-entry accounting for Accounting Teaching
Description

This template presents a very simple chart of accounts, ideal for teaching the basics of double-entry accounting, with Assets, Liabilities, Costs and Revenues, without subgroups.

For more information on Education:

To learn how to use Banana Accounting:

Chart of Accounts

The Chart of Accounts, with Balance Sheet and Income Statement at a glance, is visible in the Accounts table.

It can be adapted by modifying, adding, and deleting accounts, according to the needs. More details on how to set up the chart of accounts are available in the online lesson Chart of Accounts.

An important aspect is that from an IT perspective, accounting software generally relies on the equation "Debits = Credits", which is rewritten as "Debits - Credits = 0". The developers have chosen to maintain this format, so debit amounts are associated by the system with the plus sign "+," while credit amounts are associated with the minus sign "-".

Chart of Accounts in Banana

Opening Balances

In the Opening column, you enter the opening balances of Assets and Liabilities. Liabilities balances are entered with a minus sign in front.

Journal and Transactions

The Transactions table is the core of Banana Accounting and is used to enter double-entry accounting transactions. Students perform all operations here: they practice entering data, check it, and can correct any mistakes at any time.

To enter transactions in the journal, you need to complete the following columns:

  • Date, eventual document number
  • Description
  • Debit Account
  • Credit Account
  • Amount

Individual transactions can take the form of a single row or be composed of multiple rows (if more than two accounts are involved). This is exactly the same as in the traditional paper form, but quicker thanks to the use of the computer.

After each transaction, the balances of the accounts (in the Accounts table) are automatically updated. This way, students can immediately see the impact of each operation, and the accounting is always in order.

Transactions table in Banana

Balance Column

Thanks to the Balance Column, students can instantly see if there are any accounting errors or anomalies and correct the data entered immediately.

Balance Column in Banana

Account cards

The Account Cards correspond to the ledgers and therefore show the movements of each individual account. They report the initial balance, the variations due to the entries made in the journal, and the resulting final balance.

Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Statement

Once the accounting transactions have been entered, you can obtain the Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Statement. The Chart of Accounts, which has already been automatically and instantly completed with the final balances, already shows the final Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Statement.

Thanks to the Report > Enhanced Balance Sheet with Groups command, you can obtain an orderly and well-crafted presentation of the Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Statement to be saved in PDF or printed out. They are "enhanced" and reproduced in a traditional style for presentation purposes.

The statements can be customised by choosing the sections to be printed, the period, the subdivision of the period and more.

Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss Statement in Banana

Balance Sheet Analysis

By means of a special extension, from the menu Extensions > Cash Flow Statements and Financial Ratios, you can automatically obtain a report in PDF format containing:

  • Liquidity ratios (Cash ratio, Quick ratio, Current ratio)
  • Profitability ratios (ROE, ROI, ROS, ... )
  • Efficiency ratios
  • Cash Flow
  • DuPont Analysis and Altman Index Z-Score

Banana Accounting DuPont and Altman

 

michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/education/en/11203-education-en.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Education
ac2 publisher

Student File for the automatic correction of accounting exercises and exams

Student File for the automatic correction of accounting exercises and exams patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/education/en/11310-student-file-empty.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/education/en/11310-student-file-result.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Education
ac2 publisher

Teacher File for the automatic correction of accounting exercises and exams

Teacher File for the automatic correction of accounting exercises and exams patrick
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/education/en/11311-teacher-file-empty.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/education/en/11311-teacher-file-solution.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Education
ac2 publisher

Accounting software exercises

Students are directed towards the use of the accounting software and adopt it to perform practical accounting exercises. Teachers have the ability to easily share accounting exercises and correct them automatically in an effortless manner.

Introduction to the use of the software

Banana Accounting Tables are similar to Excel and is generally easy to understand. Students can be easily referred to the use of the software simply by using it during the lesson or completing the accounting exercises assigned to them.
For instance, the teacher may presents the Chart of Accounts by explaining its set up. The same applies to the insertion of transactions.

Students are given the opportunity to use the program and perform the exercises assigned by the teacher, either on their own or in a group. This phase is preceded by a presentation on the use of the program.

Prepare the lesson and the accounting templates

The teacher prepares accounting files that are to be used either to explain the theoretical questions or to allow students to follow the lesson and practice. The duration of this phase will depend on the length of the study program.

The teacher:

  • Prepares the accounting files for each learning phase.
  • Provides the theoretical explanations and shows how they translate into practice simultaneously.
  • Prepares exercises for students to do independently or in groups.
     

Install the program on the student's computer

The teacher provides indications on how each student can install the program on their computer.

  • It is best to provide this information in advance, so that each student has time to install the program independently.
    Having all students install the program at the same time while teaching is always problematic because connections will be slowed down.
  • Installation information must be provided for the different operating systems:
    • Banana Accounting Plus can be installed on Windows, Mac, and Linux computers. It is useful to note the Download page and the System Requirements page.
      • The installation is completely automatic, but students must be made aware, that for the installation of the software, they must operate in computer administrator mode.
      • If students have slow connections, the school can download the installation files to its school network.
        In this case, care should be taken to update the files so that students always install the latest version.
      • Urge students to start the program so that they verify that the installation has been successful.
    • Banana Accounting also has a version for Android available in the Play Store. Search for Banana Accounting Mobile and install the app.
    • Finally, there is also an iOS version available in the App Store. Search for Banana Accounting Mobile and install the app.
  • In the following lesson, the teacher verifies that all students have installed the program.

Provide accounting exercise files to students

As a rule, for each exercise, the teacher provides the accounting file that students download to their computer. At this stage, students need an internet connection.

  • How students get exercise files depends on the school's IT structure.
  • It is helpful to allocate time and the necessary connections for students to download these files.
  • Thanks to the new Banana Accounting Plus Community, schools and teachers can upload their chart of accounts templates directly within the Banana Accounting Plus program. This way, every student has access to the files necessary for carrying out accounting lessons or exercises.

Workflow for exercises performed by students

From the moment the students have installed Banana Accounting and uploaded the exercise files provided by the teacher, an Internet connection is no longer necessary.

Several possibilities are available to make students work on the exercises:

  • Do the exercises on their own computer while the teacher explains.
  • Perform the exercises in the classroom, in the time assigned by the teacher.
  • Do the exercises outside school hours.

Here is the student's working mode and the subsequent correction of accounting exercises by the teacher.

Work method of the student:

Each student works on his own accounting file and performs the tasks assigned to him by the teacher.

After the exercise, each student sends the file to the teacher per e-mail. The methods of transmission depend on the school's management infrastructure.
Generally, the files are uploaded to the e-learning platform or to the school network system or to the designated cloud (Google Drive, Dropbox, I-cloud, One drive).

Correction of accounting exercises:

The teacher opens the student's file and checks if the exercise has been completed correctly. To facilitate this work, it is also possible to use the automatic extension for exercise correction.

During the correction, the teacher can highlight lines using colors and add notes and comments to indicate any errors.

Subsequently, the student can download the corrected file from the teacher to their own computer and view the result obtained and the corrections made by the teacher.

Insegnare Contabilità

Libro “Funzionamento e logiche dei programmi di contabilità”

Scopri il libro che svela le logiche alla base dei software di contabilità, pensato per chiunque voglia comprendere a fondo il funzionamento dei programmi contabili. Questo testo offre una guida completa e accessibile, partendo dalla storia della contabilità fino alle tecnologie digitali più recenti, per mostrare come i software moderni automatizzano operazioni complesse di bilancio, calcolo e reporting.

A chi è indirizzato?

Il libro è rivolto a una vasta gamma di lettori: professionisti, sviluppatori di software, docenti, studenti e chiunque si avvicini alla contabilità per la prima volta. È ideale per chi utilizza software di contabilità senza una formazione specifica, fornendo una comprensione più profonda delle logiche e dei meccanismi che facilitano la gestione contabile e permettono di sfruttare al meglio questi strumenti.

Perché leggere questo libro?

L'automazione dei software contabili ha semplificato notevolmente il lavoro di contabilità, ma spesso ha anche nascosto i meccanismi fondamentali della contabilità a partita doppia. Questo libro è stato scritto per colmare questa lacuna, offrendo una guida chiara che permette ai lettori di comprendere come i software gestiscono automaticamente diverse operazioni contabili. La comprensione delle logiche di base dietro questi strumenti consente di usare i software in modo più consapevole e di sfruttarne al massimo il potenziale.

Anteprima libro La contabilità nell'era digitale

Cosa troverai nel libro

  • Origini della contabilità a partita doppia
    Un’introduzione storica che risale a Luca Pacioli e al suo trattato del 1494, che ha gettato le basi della contabilità moderna, tuttora alla base dei software attuali.
  • Logiche alla base dei software contabili
    Esplora come l'equazione “Dare = Avere” sia stata ottimizzata e adattata per i computer, trasformandosi in “Dare – Avere = 0”, permettendo di usare una singola colonna per i movimenti contabili e rendendo i calcoli automatici e rapidi.
  • Componenti principali dei sistemi contabili
    Una guida pratica alla gestione di bilanci, saldi e schede conto nei software, con un’analisi delle operazioni automatiche che semplificano il lavoro contabile.
  • Funzionalità avanzate e tecnologie innovative
    Una panoramica delle funzionalità avanzate e delle tecnologie recenti, come la gestione dell’IVA, il reporting XBRL e l'uso della blockchain per la sicurezza dei dati contabili.
  • Suggerimenti per l’uso pratico dei software contabili
    Consigli e tecniche per sfruttare al meglio i software di contabilità e ottimizzare la gestione aziendale, grazie all’automazione e alla verifica dei dati.

Informazioni sull’autore

Domenico Zucchetti, contabile, giurista e programmatore, è un pioniere nello sviluppo di soluzioni per la contabilità digitale. Con oltre 40 anni di esperienza nel settore, ha fondato Banana.ch SA e creato Banana Contabilità, uno dei software più accessibili per la gestione contabile. Zucchetti ha dedicato la sua carriera a rendere la contabilità intuitiva e automatizzata, focalizzandosi sulle esigenze delle piccole imprese e sull’efficacia didattica dei suoi strumenti. La sua profonda conoscenza dei principi contabili e delle tecnologie emergenti lo rende una figura di riferimento per chiunque voglia migliorare la gestione finanziaria aziendale.

Condividi la tua opinione

Siamo sempre interessati a conoscere le opinioni dei nostri lettori. Dopo aver letto “Funzionamento e logiche dei programmi di contabilità” ti invitiamo a condividere i tuoi feedback e suggerimenti. Facci anche sapere se dovessi trovare che alcuni argomenti vadano spiegati in maniera più semplicistica. Le tua opinione è preziosa e ci aiuta a migliorare continuamente la qualità del nostro lavoro.

Puoi inviare il tuo feedback tramite questo modulo. Grazie per il tuo contributo!
 

Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams: extension for exercises preparation and correction [BETA]

Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams: extension for exercises preparation and correction [BETA]

[This extension and this documentation is in development and is not in its final form]

Banana Accounting+ is accounting software designed to make it easier to teach the essential principles of double-entry bookkeeping, while also preparing students to use any other accounting software.
One of the most effective ways to learn double-entry bookkeeping is through practice with different types of accounting entries. This extension allows for the automatic correction of students’ bookkeeping exercises and exams, saving teachers a significant amount of time.

Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams is an innovative tool created specifically for educators who teach double-entry accounting. It transforms the way accounting exercises are created, corrected, and integrated into the learning process.

  • Efficiency in correction: significantly reduces the time teachers spend on corrections, freeing up more time for teaching and student interaction.
  • Practical application: supports a hands-on approach to teaching by integrating directly with Banana Accounting Plus, moving away from traditional manual correction methods.
  • Designed for educators: built to provide a more engaging and practical learning experience in business accounting.

Overall, Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams enhances both teaching and learning in accounting education by streamlining the preparation and correction of exercises. It is particularly valuable for those who prefer to teach using modern software tools rather than relying solely on manual bookkeeping methods.

▶ Video: Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams

How it works

  • Students complete the double entry accounting exercises using Banana Accounting.
  • Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams compares the student file with the solution file, highlights errors, shows the correct solution and calculates the score. 

This process largely automates the correction work, allowing teachers to focus more on providing personalized feedback to their students.

Prerequisites

The extension requires the Advanced subscription plan of Banana Accounting Plus.

A Free subscription is available for schools.

The workflow for using the extension

The extension assumes that the teacher gives the student an exercise composed of different assignments on how to record transactions with double-entry accounting:

  • The teacher prepares:
    • The exercise-assignment-file, usually a Word or PDF document, which in some cases may also include documents such as invoices or receipts.
      • The exercise, which consists of multiple assignments or documents.
      • Each assignment or document should have a unique number or identifier (numeric, alphabetic, or similar).
      • Instructions on how students should record accounting entries when they span multiple lines.
    • The student-file-empty, a ready-to-use Banana Accounting template that already contains an accounting plan. If necessary, the teacher can import a different plan into the file.
    • The teacher-file-solution, which contains the correct transactions in the Transactions table:
      • Each transaction must include the exercise number or identifier in the Doc column.
        • If the transaction spans multiple lines, the number must be repeated.
  • The student will then:
    • Receive the student-file-empty.
    • Create their own student-file-result by renaming the file with their name.
    • Enter the required transactions in the file.
    • Return the file to the teacher via e-mail or by saving it to a cloud platform such as Moodle, Google Classroom, or similar.
  • Teacher correction process:
    • All student-result-files received are saved in a directory named student-original.
    • These files are also copied into another directory named student-corrections.
    • The sequence of exercises in either the student’s file or the teacher’s file is not important. The extension associates the exercise numbers or identifiers with the corresponding solutions.
    • For each student’s file in the student-corrections folder, the teacher will:
      • Open the file in Banana Accounting Plus.
      • Execute the command Extensions > Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams > Correct the exercises.
      • Select the teacher-file-solution when prompted.
      • Let the extension update the student file with corrections, automated score calculations, and other information.
      • Save the corrected file.
      • Return the file to the student.

Preparing the accounting exercise 

As usual, the teacher prepares the double-entry accounting exercise using a word processor.

  • Transaction number: each exercise is assigned a unique number.
  • Transaction description: each exercise begins with a description of a financial transaction that has occurred within a business. This could involve activities such as purchasing goods, selling services, paying expenses, receiving payments, or acquiring loans.

The teacher also prepares a Banana Accounting template with the accounting plan, but without any transactions entered.

Students use Banana Accounting to enter the transactions in order to solve the exercise. They then submit the completed file to the teacher.

Below is an example of an accounting exercise prepared by the teacher.

Example image of an accounting exercise provided from the teacher.

Teacher Solution File

The teacher creates a Banana Accounting file containing the double-entry records for each exercise.

  • In the Transaction Table the teacher enters the transactions corresponding to each exercise.
    • The solution has multiple lines.
  • Each transaction must include the exercise number in the Doc column which can be numeric or alphanumeric.
    • The number should match the one in the assignment file or in the related document (such as an invoice, receipt, or other supporting document).
    • If a transaction requires multiple lines, the same exercise number must be repeated on each line.
    • The order of exercises in either the student’s file or the teacher’s file is not important.
    • The sequence of accounting transactions across multiple lines does not affect the functioning of the correction or the calculation of scores.

Below is an image showing an example of the teacher’s solution file.

Example image of the teacher's file containing solutions to the exercise.

Auto Score Calculation

In collaboration with accounting teachers we are experimenting with automating the process of score calculation.

  • Each row in the exercise is evaluated separately.
  • If an exercise has multiple rows, each row receives its own score.

The settings in the teacher’s file are configured to assign partial points for each element of the accounting transaction, even when the transaction spans multiple lines. Specifically, points are awarded for each of the following correct entries:

  • debit account
  • credit account
  • amount
  • date
  • VAT code
  • currency amount
  • currency
  • exchange rate

Scores can be reduced down to zero if all columns are incorrect. Teachers can also customize the scoring system by adjusting the settings.

At the bottom of the student-result-file, the total score obtained by the student is displayed, along with the maximum possible score.

Correction of the Student's Files 

We assume that:

  • Each student has completed the exercise using Banana Accounting.
  • Each student has created a file and submitted it to the teacher.

The correction process will add information directly to the student’s file. To preserve the original work, it is recommended to first make a copy of the file.

When the teacher runs the Correct command, the extension automatically adds the following information to the student’s file:

  • Max Score: the maximum possible score that can be achieved.
  • Auto Score (Calculated): the score automatically calculated by the extension.
  • Adjusted Score (Teacher adjusted score): the score after the teacher’s review or manual adjustment.
  • Corrections Notes: feedback showing which values were incorrect.

Correcting a Single Student File

  • Open the student's accounting file.
  • Click on the Extensions menu in Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Click on Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams and then, on the right, click on Correct the exercises.
  • A window will appear asking you to select the Banana Accounting Plus file containing the exercise solutions. Once the solution file is selected, click Open.
  • A preview window, similar to the one shown below, will open with the information that will be automatically added to the file. Click Ok button to confirm and view the results in the Transactions table.
Preview window of the file result for the accounting exercises correction on Banana Accounting Plus

How to read the result

In the image below, the student’s accounting transactions are displayed alongside the teacher’s solutions for easier comparison:

  • Teacher’s solutions – shown in bold, so teachers can quickly identify errors.
  • Square brackets – placed before and after accounts from the teacher’s solution file, indicating transactions that do not affect the balance sheet or income statement in the Accounts table.
  • Highlighted rows – red rows mark errors, while green rows indicate correct entries.
  • Max Score column – shows the maximum possible points for each exercise, based on the teacher’s settings (e.g., Date, Debit Account, Credit Account, Amount, etc.).
  • Auto Score column – displays the automatically calculated score. Each incorrect entry (such as a wrong debit account, credit account, amount, or date) deducts points from the Max Score.
  • Adjusted Score column – initially copied from the Auto Score, but can be modified by the teacher if adjustments are needed.
  • Corrections Notes column – provides details about which values were incorrect.

Result file view using the accounting exercise correction extension for students and teachers

Resources for testing the extension

To try out the student accounting exercise correction extension, you can download the following pre-prepared templates:

Resources to start using the extension

To begin using the Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams extension, download these pre-prepared templates:

How to install the extension

Installing the extension is quick and will help you save time when correcting students’ exercises. Follow these steps:

  • Click on the Extensions menu in Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Click on Manage Extensions...
  • In the window that opens, search by typing the term "automatic corrections" in the empty text field at the top left of the window.
  • Click on Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams in the middle of the window.
  • In the right column of the window, click the Install button.

 

Easily Share Educational Content with Students

Schools and teachers can now share accounting materials created in Banana directly within the Banana Accounting Plus software.

This makes it simple and fast to adopt Banana files for use in both classroom teaching and individual learning in business accounting.

For more information and resources, visit the Banana Accounting Plus Community pages.

patrick
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/education/extensions/ch.banana.app.exercisecorrection/ch.banana.app.exercisecorrection.sbaa
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.app.exercisecorrection
Title for application - displayed in "manage apps"
Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams [BETA]
Description Application - displayed in "File New"
The extension for the Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams allows teachers to save time during exercise correction and makes the management of accounting exercises convenient.
Release Date Stable

Adapt an existing template for automatic exercise corrections

[This extension and this documentation is in development and is not in its final form]

The Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams extension can adapt existing files or use the chart of accounts templates available directly in Banana Accounting+. This makes them suitable for training purposes as well as for exercises and exams in double-entry accounting. 

  • Create or open a double-entry accounting file.
  • From the Banana menu, click on Extensions.
  • Click on Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams.
  • Click on File Preparation.
  • The extension asks you to prepare either a teacher file or a student file.
  • Choose the file type you want to prepare and click the Ok button.
File Type Preparation for Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams

 

 

  • Click the OK button in the window that appears. The modifications shown in the image below will then be applied to the file.

File Preparation Dialog for accounting exercises correction

The extension will automatically add the necessary columns to the file, while preserving your existing transactions.

If the required columns are already present, they will not be added again. If the file is already prepared, this function will make no changes.

If your file is already ready to be used this function will not make any modifications.

The following columns are added:

  • Auto (the first column on the left).
  • Max Score.
  • Auto Score.
  • Adjusted Score.
  • Corrections Notes.

This feature is available only for double-entry accounting templates.

Instructions Added for the Teacher’s File

  • A hash symbol (#) is inserted in the Doc column of the Transactions Table.
  • The key teacherfile is added in the Description column (without quotation marks and written entirely in lowercase).

Instructions Added for the Student’s File

  • The word Student is added in the Doc column (without quotation marks and with the first letter capitalized).

Correct the exercises

[This extension and this documentation is in development and is not in its final form]

The automatic correction can be executed only on the student’s file:

  • It is not available when run on the teacher’s file.
  • It can only be performed if no previous automatic corrections have been applied to the student’s file.
  • If a second correction is needed, the existing automatic corrections must first be removed using the Delete the corrections function.

Check the solution

This is the workflow for running an automatic correction with the extension:

  • From the menu, select Actions > Recalculate Accounting. The program will notify you if there are issues within the file.  
  • Run the command Extensions > Automatic Corrections for Accounting Exams > Correct the Exercises.
    • This command performs specific checks, such as verifying that account numbers and other data are correct.
      • If a transaction contains an error, a message will appear in the Corrections Notes column.
      • The Auto Score column will be updated with the calculated score.

Recalculate the total

[This extension and this documentation is in development and is not in its final form]

This functionality works only if automatic corrections have already been executed using Correct the exercises.

The Adjusted Score column allows the teacher to manually change the automatically calculated score whenever necessary. After making adjustments, the teacher can recalculate the total score for the entire exercise through the extension menu.

The last row, which displays the total score, will then be updated with the final adjusted score set by the teacher.

Delete the corrections

[This extension and this documentation is in development and is not in its final form]

This function removes the rows that were automatically added by the extension during the correction process.

The student’s original rows remain in the file, but any color highlighting, scores or error messages are removed.

In this way, the student’s file is restored to its original state.

The function can only be executed if an automatic correction has already been performed, and it applies exclusively to the student’s file.

Settings

[This extension and this documentation is in development and is not in its final form]

The settings allow you to decide whether to assign an automatic score and to define the points for each condition being verified.

All settings must be configured in the teacher’s file, and they will be applied automatically when grading the students’ files.

Available Settings in the teacher's file

The currently available settings and their descriptions are as follows:

  • Point-based assessment: enables or disables the automatic scoring of student records.
  • Points for correct date: awards points if the student’s date matches the teacher’s date.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
  • Points for correct debit account: assigns a score if the entered debit account is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
  • Points for correct credit account: assigns a score if the entered credit account is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
  • Separate debit and credit accounts : allows for separate scoring if the debit account and credit account are correct.
    • If the checkbox is checked the score is assigned separately even if one of the debit or credit accounts is incorrect.
    • If the checkbox is not selected, the score is zero when both the debit and credit accounts are incorrect, or when either one is incorrect.
    • If the checkbox is not selected, points are awarded only when both the debit and credit accounts are correct.
      • In this case the debit account score and credit account score are added together as the final score assigned to the student.
  • Points for correct amount: assigns a score if the entered amount is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
  • Points for VAT code: assigns a score if the entered VAT code is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
    • The VAT code points are only considered for templates with VAT functionalities enabled.
  • Points for currency amount: assigns a score if the entered currency amount is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
    • The currency amount points are only considered for multi-currency templates.
  • Points for currency: assigns a score if the entered currency is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
    • The currency points are only considered for multi-currency templates.
  • Points for exchange rate: assigns a score if the entered exchange rate is correct.
    • Set to zero if you do not want to grade this field.
    • The exchange rate points are only considered for multi-currency templates.
  • Penalize the amount only if Debit and Credit are correct: assigns a score to the amount if the entered Debit and Credit Accounts are correct.

At the bottom, an image of the settings window in the teacher’s file illustrates how these options are configured.

Accounting Teaching Assistant Settings Dialog

Banana Investment Accounting

Banana Investment Accounting allows you to manage shares, bonds, funds, and other investments in multiple currencies directly within your accounting file. It combines double-entry Financial Accounting with the detailed tracking of individual investments, including quantities, prices, book values, and market values.

Investment transactions update both the accounting records and the related investment data, providing an integrated view of your investments and their impact on the Balance Sheet and Income Statement.

The Investment Accounting Extension adds specialized commands and reports for tasks such as calculating realized gains or losses, creating valuation adjustments, checking balances, and preparing investment reports.

 

Templates

We provide two predefined accounting templates to help you get started

Both templates are preconfigured with sample Investment Balance Sheet Accounts and account groups, providing a ready-to-use starting point for managing investments with Banana Investment Accounting. The chart of accounts can be customized to suit your specific requirements.

The Double-Entry Accounting template is suitable for managing investments in the base currency only.

The Multi-Currency Accounting template allows you to manage investments denominated in foreign currencies. The Exchange Rates table is used to define the currencies and exchange rates, while the Accounts table includes the accounts required to record exchange rate gains and losses.

 

Double-Entry Accounting Example For Integrated Investment Accounting

Double-Entry Accounting Example For Integrated Investment Accounting michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting/ac2files/templates/portfolio_accounting_double_entry_template.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Multi-Currency Accounting Example With Investment Accounting

Double-Entry Multi-Currency Accounting Example With Investment Accounting
Description

 

For more information see:

Use for your accounting

This template is conceived to experiment with the Portfolio extension and it contains example of investments and transactions. 

The accounts list is very limited, but if you want to use as a base of your accounting simply:

  • Delete all transactions
  • Delete the opening amount in the Accounts table
  • Delete the opening values in the Items table.

 

michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting/ac2files/templates/portfolio_accounting_double_entry_multi_currency_template.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting/ac2files/tutorials/portfolio_accounting_double_entry_multi_currency_template_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Business
ac2 publisher

Investment Accounting Extension [BETA]

Investment Accounting Extension [BETA]

The extension enhances the core accounting functionality of Banana Accounting by adding specialized tools for Investment Accounting. It provides commands and reports for updating market prices, calculating realized gains and losses on sales, creating valuation adjustment transactions, checking balances, reconciling investment values with the corresponding Investment Balance Sheet Accounts, and preparing detailed investment reports.

For an introduction to the accounting concepts used in Banana Investment Accounting, see the Theoretical Introduction.

Requirements

  • This extension requires the Advanced plan of Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Record investment transactions in chronological order in the Transactions table. This is essential for extensions that calculate or use the book value, because the book value is updated progressively after each transaction in date order.

How to start

  1. Open Banana Accounting Plus
  2. Open an existing Investment Accounting file or create a new one using one of the available Investment Accounting templates.
  3. Choose Extensions > Manage Extensions and install the Investment Accounting extension.

 

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting/ch.banana.portfolio.accounting.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting
Short Description
The Investment Accounting Extension provides a wide range of commands and reports for investment accounting in Banana Accounting. It is designed to work seamlessly with files configured for investment accounting.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
portfolio_management_report.js
Title for application - displayed in "manage apps"
Investment Accounting [BETA]
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting/images/portfolio_accounting_start_screenshot.png
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/accounting/portfolioAccounting/ch.banana.portfolio.accounting.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta

Accounts settings

The Accounts Settings dialog allows you to specify the accounts used for different investment transactions, such as sales, valuation adjustments, and other investment-related entries.

These accounts are used by the Investment Accounting extension when it automatically calculates or creates accounting transactions, ensuring that the appropriate accounts are used for each type of operation.

You do not need to specify every account, only those required for your accounting setup. The accounts entered in the dialog must exist in the Accounts table. If an account does not exist, the program displays an error message when you try to confirm the settings.

Sections in the Dialog and Account Usage

Accounts settings dialog

The dialog is divided into three main sections.

Balance Accounts

This section contains the Balance Sheet accounts associated with investments and other investment-related balances.

  • Assets 
    Contains the accounts used to record investment assets.
    The first time you open the dialog, the program automatically fills this field with the Investment Balance Sheet Accounts specified in the Asset Account column of the Items table.
  • Liabilities
    Contains the accounts used for investment-related liabilities, such as margin loans or other financial obligations.
     

Value Changing Accounts

This section contains the accounts used to record realized and unrealized gains and losses, exchange rate differences, and other adjustments affecting the value of investments.

  • Realized Gain: Account for recording realized gains from investment sales.
  • Realized Loss: Account for recording realized losses from investment sales.
  • Unrealized Gain: Account for recording unrealized gains due to an increase in the market value of investments.
    Used by the Create adjustment transactions command.
  • Unrealized Loss: Account for recording unrealized losses due to a decrease in the market value of investments.
    Used by the Create adjustment transactions command.
  • Realized Exchange Rate Gain: Account for recording realized exchange rate gains arising from the sale of investments denominated in a foreign currency.
  • Realized Exchange Rate Loss: Account for recording realized exchange rate losses arising from the sale of investments denominated in a foreign currency.
  • Unrealized Exchange Rate Gain: Account for recording unrealized currency gains due to favorable exchange rate movements.
  • Unrealized Exchange Rate Loss: Account for recording unrealized currency losses due to unfavorable exchange rate movements.
  • Depreciations: Account for recording investment depreciation adjustments, if applicable.
  • Other Value Changing Costs: Account for miscellaneous expenses affecting the value of investments.
  • Other Value Changing Income: Account for miscellaneous income affecting the value of investments.
  • Rounding Differences: Account for small discrepancies due to rounding or decimal precision differences.

Profit and Loss Accounts

This section contains the accounts used to record income and expenses related to investment activities.

  • Charges: Account for general investment-related charges and fees.
  • Commissions: Account for broker or bank commissions on investment transactions.
  • Interest Earned: Account for interest income from bonds or other financial instruments.
  • Interest Paid: Account for interest expenses related to investment loans or margin trading.
  • Dividends Income: Account for dividend income received from investments.
  • Other Income: Account for any additional investment-related income not classified elsewhere.
  • Other Costs: Account for any additional investment-related costs not classified elsewhere.

Error Messages

  • Account XXX not found in the Accounts table: The account entered does not exist in the Accounts table.
    • Add the account to your Accounts table.
    • Select the “Ignore warnings/errors” checkbox at the bottom of the dialog to ignore the error.

Update market prices

This command updates the current market prices of investments in the Items table. Market price data can be imported from a CSV file or from the clipboard.

Before applying the changes, Banana Accounting displays a preview in the Commit changes dialog. Once the changes are confirmed, the imported prices are entered in the Price Current column of the Items table.

Price Current Column

The Price Current column in the Items table contains the current market price used to calculate the current value of the investment.

You can update Price Current manually, by copying and pasting values into the Items table, or by using the Update market prices command to import prices for multiple investments.

When market prices are imported and the changes are confirmed, the command updates the Price Current column of the corresponding Items.

Prepare Current Market Price Data

Current market prices can be obtained from financial information providers and prepared in an Excel or CSV file for import.

For each investment, provide:

  • the ISIN or other identifier used to identify the investment
  • the corresponding current market price.

Make sure that the identifier used in the import data corresponds exactly to the identifier entered for the investment in the Items table.

File Format

The extension expects the data to be in the following two-column format, with ISIN and current market price separated by a semicolon (;):


US123456789;11.04873
IT000792468;10.98732
...
  • First column: The ISIN or other investment identifier.
  • Second column: The current market price, without thousands separators and using a period (".") as the decimal separator.

Import Procedure

You can import the data in two different ways.

Import *.csv File

  1. Choose Extensions > Investment accounting > Update market prices.
  2. Select the *.csv file.
  3. Review the changes in the Commit changes dialog and confirm them.

Import from Clipboard

  1. Choose Actions > Import to accounting and select the Import File option.
  2. Select the extension to be used, in this case 2. Update market prices.
  3. Open the Excel file, select the data, and copy it to the clipboard.
  4. In the import dialog, select Import data from clipboard.
  5. Click OK.
  6. Review the changes in the Commit changes dialog and confirm them.

Market price doc change

Error Messages

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match the required format.
    • Make sure that you selected the correct file.
    • Check that the data follows the format described in the File Format section above.
  • Items table not found: The Items table is not present in the accounting file.
  • Asset: XXX not found in the Items table: The identifier contained in the imported data does not correspond to an investment in the Items table.
    • Check that the identifier is correct and corresponds to the one entered in the Items table.
    • If the investment has not yet been defined, add it to the Items table before importing its market price.

Calculate sales data

The Calculate sales data dialog allows you to calculate the realized gain or loss resulting from the sale of an investment and, when required, create the related accounting transactions.

The dialog provides two main functions:

  1. Calculate the Sale Result – Click Calculate profit or loss to preview the realized gain or loss based on the data entered in the dialog or automatically retrieved from the accounting file. No accounting transactions are created. This function can also be used without starting from the sale transaction row in the Transactions table.
  2. Create the Sales Record – Click Create sales record to create the accounting transactions required to complete the sale recording. To use this function, start from the sale transaction row in the Transactions table that records the net proceeds from the investment sale.

Start from the Sale Transaction Row

When creating the sales record, the program needs to identify the transaction to be completed with the additional entries required to record the sale, such as charges, realized gains or losses, and exchange rate differences. Therefore, you must start from the transaction row that records the net proceeds from the investment sale.

If this row already includes:

  • Item (security ID)
  • Quantity
  • Unit Price (Market Price)
  • Exchange Rate (for multi-currency accounting)

Stock sale transaction

The dialog retrieves this information automatically. Otherwise, you need to enter the missing information in the dialog.

The sale transaction row is the only row that must be entered manually. Once this row is available, the program can automatically create the additional entries required to complete the sale recording.

How to use the dialog

When you execute this command, a dialog titled Calculate book profit/loss on sale opens.

Calc data dialog

Enter or review the information required for the sale:

  • Security Data:
    • Id (ISIN): Select the security from the dropdown.
    • Type: Displays whether the security is a Stock or a Bond.
    • Quantity/Nominal Value: Enter the quantity or nominal value of the investment being sold.
    • Current Price: Enter the price per unit at which the investment is being sold.
    • Current Exchange Rate: For investments denominated in a foreign currency, enter the exchange rate applicable to the transaction.
    • Bank Charges: Enter any bank charges related to the sale. If no amount is entered, the corresponding transaction is not created.
    • Other Charges: Enter any additional costs related to the sale. If no amount is entered, the corresponding transaction is not created.
    • Accrued Interests: For bonds, enter any accrued interest related to the sale. This field is enabled only for bonds.
  • Results Preview: Once the required data is entered, click Calculate profit or loss to generate a preview showing:
    • Actual Quantity:  The quantity held before the sale.
    • Book Value per Unit: The current book value per unit of the investment.
    • Total Book Value: The book value of the investment quantity being sold.
    • Total at Current Price: The value of the investment quantity being sold at the entered Current Price.
    • Book Profit/Loss: The difference between the book value and the sale value.
    • Exchange Rate Profit/Loss: For investments denominated in a foreign currency, the gain or loss resulting from exchange rate differences.

Amounts are displayed using the number of decimal places defined for the corresponding columns in the Transactions table.

When you enter an amount in the dialog, make sure to use the local number format (for example, “1'234.56” in Switzerland), as this is the format expected by the program.

Recording the Sale

Once you are satisfied with the preview, click Create sales record to create the accounting entries required to complete the sale recording. The program displays a confirmation dialog showing the entries to be added or modified, allowing you to review them before applying the changes.

Transactions preview

  • Upon confirmation, the program updates the accounting records with the new or modified entries.
  • If the quantity is zero or the calculated profit/loss is zero, no transaction is created.
  • The program adds a transaction identifier to the ExternalReference column of both the original sale row and any newly created rows. This prevents duplicate entries if the command is run multiple times on the same sale row.
  • If the program detects an existing record for this sale, it will ask whether you want to overwrite it.

This procedure helps ensure that investment sales are correctly recorded while allowing you to review the accounting entries before they are applied.

Transactions added

In the example shown in the image, placeholder accounts are used. These are used when the corresponding accounts have not been defined in the Accounts Settings dialog.

The extension uses a neutral number (±123.00) in the Quantity column when recording the realized gain or loss. A neutral quantity does not change the quantity held but allows the amount of the realized gain or loss to be associated with the investment and its corresponding unit value to be shown in the Unit Price column. This is especially useful for investment funds and ETFs.

Error Messages

  • Items table not found: The Items table is not present in the accounting file.
  • Asset: XXX not foun: The selected Asset does not exist in the Items table.
  • Asset: XXX without assigned Asset Account: No Asset Account has been assigned to this Asset in the Items table.
    • Define an account in the Asset Account column for the Asset in the Items table.
  • Asset: XXX without assigned type: No Asset Type has been defined for this Asset.
  • The selected row does not contain the Asset ID: The selected row does not contain a valid Asset ID. To create the sales record, the selected row must contain the ID of an Asset defined in the Items table.
  • The selected row does not contain a valid sale Quantity: The selected row does not contain a valid quantity for an investment sale. The sale quantity must be negative. Check that the quantity is preceded by a minus sign (-) and that you have selected a sale row rather than a purchase row.
  • The selected row in the Transactions table is not correct: The selected row does not correspond to the investment sale row required to create the sales record.
  • The selected row in the Transactions table is not valid: The selected row in the Transactions table is not a valid transaction row.

Create adjustment transactions

This command automatically creates adjustment transactions to align the book value of investments with their current market value and, for investments denominated in a foreign currency, with current exchange rates. Adjustment transactions can be created multiple times during the year. For year-end adjustments, see Investment Accounting Opening and Closing the Year.

Define Current Market Values

Set Up the Current Prices

In the Items table, enter the current market price for each investment in the Price Current column.

You can:

  • Enter the current prices manually, including only for the investments for which you want to create adjustment transactions.
  • Use the Update Market Prices command to import and update current prices for multiple investments.

Current Exchange Rates

For investments denominated in a foreign currency, the current value in base currency is automatically calculated using the current exchange rate defined for the corresponding currency in the Exchange rates table.

The current exchange rate is the exchange rate entered without a specific date. For more information, see Items Table with Investments List.

Adjustment Transactions Dialog

When you run the Create adjustment transactions command, a dialog asks you to enter the date to be used for the adjustment transactions. By default, the current date is suggested.

All adjustment transactions created by the command are recorded with the specified date.

Record adjustment transactions settings dialog

Commit Changes Dialog

Before the adjustment transactions are recorded, the Commit changes dialog displays a preview of all the transactions that will be created, allowing you to review them before confirming the changes.

Record adjustment transactions doc change dialog

Adjustement Transactions

Adjustment transactions are generated and grouped by investment. If both a market price adjustment and an exchange rate adjustment are required for the same investment, the corresponding transactions are kept together.

Adjustment transactions are recorded using the Asset Account defined for the investment in the Items table, increasing or decreasing its book value. The offsetting entry is recorded in the corresponding gain or loss account.

If the following accounts are defined in the Accounts Settings dialog, the program uses them to record the adjustments:

  • Unrealized Gain / Unrealized Loss for market price adjustments.
  • Unrealized Exchange Rate Gain / Unrealized Exchange Rate Loss for exchange rate adjustments.

If the required accounts are not defined in the Accounts Settings dialog, the program inserts descriptive placeholder accounts in the generated transactions.

Record adjustment transactions

Once the adjustment transactions have been recorded, verify that the balances of the Asset Accounts match the current values of the corresponding investments in the Items table. For more information, see Create Adjustment Transactions.

In the following cases, no adjustment transactions are created:

  • The book value already corresponds to the current market value and, for investments denominated in a foreign currency, the book exchange rate corresponds to the current exchange rate.
  • The investment has a current quantity of zero.
  • No current market price is defined for the investment.

Error Messages

  • Items table not found: The Items table is not present in the accounting file.
  • No Asset found in the Items table: The Items table does not contain any valid Assets.
  • No Asset with current price found in the Items table: No Asset with a valid current price was found in the Items table.
  • The carrying amounts are already aligned with the current market prices. No unrealized gains or losses have been generated: The book values of the investments are already aligned with their current market values and, where applicable, current exchange rates. No adjustment transactions are required.

Check balances report

The Check Balances report verifies that the values of individual investments are consistent with the balances of the Asset Accounts to which they are assigned.

Check balances report

This check is particularly useful at the beginning of a new accounting year to verify that:

  • Opening and closing balances have been recorded correctly.
  • The values of individual investments are consistent with the balances of their corresponding Asset Accounts.

Currently, the check is performed only for the current accounting year.

Why Use This Report?

The report helps you:

  • Identify discrepancies between investment values and the balances of the corresponding Asset Accounts.
  • Verify that investments and their assigned Asset Accounts remain consistent.
  • Check the consistency of balances after year-end closing.

The report can be exported and saved at any time. For more information, see Printouts/preview.

Error Messages

Reconciliation report

The Reconciliation Report provides a detailed overview of the transactions recorded for investments and verifies that the balance of each Asset Account in the accounting records is consistent with the balance calculated from the transactions of the investments assigned to that account.

At the end of the report, a reconciliation summary shows the opening balance, the net change during the period, and the closing balance, allowing you to verify that the Asset Account balance matches the balance calculated from the corresponding investment transactions. Any differences are shown in the Differences fields, with the corresponding amounts highlighted in red.

Selection Dialog

Select the Asset Account(s) for which you want to generate the reconciliation report.

Security card report

Report Structure

The structure of this report is similar to the Security Card report, as it lists the transactions for each investment assigned to the selected Asset Account.

For each selected Asset Account, a separate table is generated on a new page of the report.

Security card report

Saving and Exporting the Report

The report can be exported and saved at any time. For more information, see Printouts/preview.

Error Messages

Security card report

The Security Card report provides a detailed overview of all transactions recorded for a specific investment. Its structure is similar to the Account Card, but the report is filtered by investment and also shows how the quantity held and the book value change after each transaction.

Selection Dialog

Select the investment for which you want to generate the Security Card report. By default, the dialog displays the list of investments defined in the Items table.

If the selected investment is not found in the Items table, an error message is displayed. Make sure that the investment is correctly defined in the table.

Security card dialog

When you reopen the dialog, the investment selected the last time is displayed again.

Report structure

  • Date: Transaction date.
  • Doc: Transaction number.
  • Description: Transaction description.
  • Debit (item Currency): Debit amount in the item currency.
  • Credit (item Currency): Credit amount in the item currency.
  • Quantity:
    • Purchased: No sign.
    • Sold: With minus '-' sign.
    • Neutral: With neutral number symbol: '±'.
  • Unit Price (item Currency): purchase or sale (unit) price of the investment.
  • Balance (item Currency): Balance amount in the item currency.
  • Quantity Balance: Current quantity of securities.
  • Book value per unit (item Currency): Current book value per unit of the investment.
  • Debit (Base Currency): Debit amount in base currency.
  • Credit (Base Currency): Credit amount in base currency.
  • Balance (Base Currency): Balance amount in base currency.

Security card report

Saving and Exporting the Report

The report can be exported and saved at any time. For more information, see Printouts/preview.

Error Messages

Evaluation of investments report

The report provides a comprehensive overview of your current investments. It is divided into two main sections:

  • Appraisal Report: Offers a snapshot of your investments, comparing the book value of each investment with its current market value.
  • Investment Accounting Transactions: Displays a detailed list of all transactions carried out for each investment.

Appraisal Report

The Appraisal Report helps you quickly assess the situation of your investments. It displays key information such as book value, current market value, and any unrealized gains or losses for each investment.

To obtain an up-to-date appraisal, enter the current market price for each investment in the Price Current column of the Items table.

  • Type/Security: Name of the group or investment.
  • ISIN: ISIN or other identification number of the investment.
  • Currency: Currency in which the investment is denominated.
  • Current quantity: Current quantity of the investment held.
  • Book value per unit: Current book value per unit of the investment.
  • Book value: Total book value of the investment.
  • Market value per unit: Current market price per unit of the investment, as defined in the Price Current column of the Items table.
  • Market value: Current market value of the investment.
  • % of Port: Percentage of the total portfolio represented by the investment.
  • Un.Gain or Loss: Unrealized gain or loss on the investment.
  • % G/L: Ratio of the unrealized gain or loss to the market value.

Investment Accounting Transactions Report

The report summarises the accounting transactions recorded for each investment.

Portfolio Appraisal report (transactions)

Saving and Exporting the Report

The report can be exported and saved at any time. For more information, see Printouts/preview.

Error Messages

Management accounting and Cash Management

Banana Accounting is a sophisticated a flexible accounting solution designed to complement existing accounting systems with powerful tools for Cash and Management Accounting.

It enhances and does not replace statutory or tax accounting typically structured around fiscal deadlines and compliance requirements.

Management Accounting

Banana Accounting supports a management-driven approach to accounting, starting with one of the most critical aspects of business control: liquidity management.

Effective financial management requires up-to-date information on cash availability, expected inflows, and planned payments. Liquidity control cannot rely solely on accounting prepared for tax deadlines or year-end reporting. It requires regular and systematic updates so that management always has a clear and reliable view of the company’s financial position. Banana Accounting enables continuous cash monitoring and forward-looking planning, helping organizations anticipate cash shortages and make timely decisions.

Beyond liquidity, Banana Accounting supports full Management Accounting functions. Companies can analyze costs and revenues by project or cost center, compare budget and actual figures, and generate customized management reports for any period. This makes it possible to monitor performance throughout the year and adjust strategies based on current data.

The objective is not only compliance, but control. Instead of focusing exclusively on statutory and tax-driven accounting, Banana Accounting complements existing solutions by providing timely financial insight that strengthens internal management and supports informed, proactive decision-making.
 

Trust Accounting

Double-Entry Accounting for Trust

Double-Entry Accounting for Trust jessica.matti
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/trust/english/Trust-Double-Entry.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Banana Wertschriftenbuchhaltung

Banana Buchhaltung ist eine vollständige professionelle Buchhaltungssoftware, die auch eine integrierte Lösung für die Wertschriftenbuchhaltung enthält, wie sie normalerweise nur in hochwertigen oder spezialisierten Systemen zu finden ist. Die Lösung Banana Investment Accounting ermöglicht es jedem, Obligationen, Aktien, Fonds und andere Finanzinstrumente, auch in mehreren Währungen, direkt innerhalb der Buchhaltungsdatei einfach zu verwalten.
Sie hilft Finanzfachleuten und privaten Anlegern, ihre Anlagen zu überwachen, zu verwalten und zu berichten. Sie verfolgt Anlageaktivitäten über verschiedene Anlageklassen wie Aktien und Obligationen und liefert wertvolle Informationen für bessere Entscheidungen. Sie wird bereits von Unternehmen und Pensionskassen verwendet, die Wertschriften und Kryptowährungen im Wert von Hunderten von Millionen verwalten.

Banana Investment Accounting bietet eine zentrale Übersicht über alle Anlagen und ermöglicht es, verschiedene Anlagearten und Währungen zu verwalten und zu kontrollieren. Es ist nicht mehr nötig, komplizierte Tabellen zu benutzen, da alles an einem Ort mit derselben Genauigkeit, Flexibilität und Zuverlässigkeit verwaltet wird, wie man sie von professioneller Buchhaltungssoftware erwartet.

Banana Investment Accounting ergänzt die Online-Portfoliowerkzeuge, indem es eine vollständige, transparente und professionelle Aufzeichnung aller Anlageaktivitäten bietet. Es sorgt für Klarheit und volle Kontrolle über jedes finanzielle Detail, einschliesslich Kosten, Kommissionen, Gewinne und Verluste, in jeder Währung.

Vorteile der integrierten Wertschriftenverwaltung in der Buchhaltung

Banana Buchhaltung ist eine der wenigen Software, die es erlaubt, die Wertschriften direkt in der Buchhaltung zu verwalten.

  • Sie haben eine komplette Buchhaltungsansicht in Bezug auf die Wertpapiere, ohne dass Sie externe Tabellen führen müssen.
  • Sie sparen Zeit, weil Sie gleichzeitig mit der Verbuchung der Finanztransaktion (Kauf oder Verkauf von Wertpapieren) in der Buchhaltung auch die Mengen und Preise eingeben.   
  • Sie können den buchhalterischen Gewinn/Verlust und den Kursgewinn/-verlust des einzelnen Wertpapiers zum Zeitpunkt des Verkaufs oder des Abschlusses ermitteln. 

Nachstehend finden Sie eine Buchungstabelle mit Transaktionen für den Verkauf und den Kauf von Wertpapieren in verschiedenen Währungen.

example purchase transactions

Käufe und Verkäufe von Wertpapieren erfassen

Die Tabelle Buchungen, das Herzstück der Buchhaltung, kann durch Hinzufügen der Spalten 'Menge und Stückpreis' individuell angepasst werden. So können Sie bei der Erfassung von Wertpapiergeschäften alle Informationen, die für die Wertpapierverwaltung erforderlich sind, direkt eingeben:

  • Die gekaufte und verkaufte Menge und den entsprechenden Preis eingeben.
  • Der Bankkostenanteil trennen.
  • Der Gewinn oder Verlust zum Zeitpunkt des Verkaufs erfassen.
  • Der Wechselkursgewinn oder -verlust zum Zeitpunkt des Verkaufs erfassen.

In der obigen Abbildung sehen Sie Beispiele für Kauf- und Verkaufsbuchungen, die Mengen und Preise angeben. Zum Zeitpunkt des Verkaufs wird auch der Gewinn verbucht, so dass der Buchwert der Wertpapiere dem Buchwert entspricht.

Liste der Wertpapiere

In der Buchhaltung können Sie die Tabelle Artikel hinzufügen, die wie ein integriertes Mini-Lager in der Buchhaltung funktioniert.     
Sie wird für die integrierte Rechnungsstellung und Kostenkontrolle verwendet, eignet sich aber auch hervorragend für die Wertpapierverwaltung.    

  • Sie können alle von Ihnen erworbenen Wertpapiere auflisten und dabei alle erforderlichen Informationen eingeben.
  • Sie können die Wertpapiere nach Wunsch gruppieren und Anleihen von Aktien trennen.
  • Die Tabelle "Artikel" ist über den Positionscode mit der Tabelle "Buchungen" verknüpft. Wenn Sie eine Bewegung eingeben, aktualisiert das Programm die aktuelle Menge, so dass Sie immer wissen, welche Menge für jedes Wertpapier verfügbar ist.

accounts table (assets example)

Berechnung des Buchwerts

Das Ziel der Wertpapierverwaltung von Banana Buchhaltung ist es, den Buchwert jedes Wertpapiers zu kennen.    
Der Buchwert eines Wertpapiers wird für die Erstellung der Bilanz verwendet und ist allgemein der Selbstkostenpreis oder der Durchschnittspreis.

  • Der wird zur Berechnung des buchhalterischen Gewinns oder Verlusts verwendet, wenn die Wertpapiere verkauft werden.
  • Der wird zur Berechnung des buchhalterischen Gewinns oder Verlusts verwendet, wenn die Wertpapiere zum Marktpreis neu bewertet werden.

Der ist daher sehr wichtig, da er zur Bestimmung des Buchwerts des gesamten Portfolios, des Unternehmensergebnisses und damit auch der Besteuerung beiträgt.

Die Instrumente zur Verwaltung von Wertpapieren, die von den Finanzinstituten zur Verfügung gestellt werden, sind sehr ausgeklügelt, aber sie verwalten nicht immer den Buchwert. Normale Buchhaltungsprogramme erfassen nicht die gekauften Mengen und Preise. Um den Buchwert der einzelnen Wertpapiere im Auge zu behalten, müssen die Buchhalter daher viel Zeit damit verbringen, Transaktionen zu rekonstruieren oder Excel-Tabellen zu führen.

Berechnung des Gewinns/Verlusts aus Wertpapieren

Wenn Sie eine Buchung für einen Wertpapierverkauf eingegeben haben, rekonstruiert die Erweiterung zur Gewinn-/Verlustberechnung den Buchwert und berechnet den Gewinn und Verlust.    
Wenn Sie eine Buchhaltung mit Fremdwährungen verwenden, berechnet sie auch den realisierten Wechselkursgewinn/-verlust.    
Diese Werte werden verwendet, um die Verkaufsbuchung abzuschliessen.

accounts table (calculate sale data dialog)

 

Bestandsaufnahme der Wertpapiere

Anhand der detaillierten Angaben in der Tabelle Buchungen und des Marktwerts der Wertpapiere in der Tabelle Positionen kann das Programm die aktuellen Werte der Wertpapiere sowie die nicht realisierten Gewinne und Verluste berechnen.

accounts table (Evaluation report)

Erste Schritte

Sie können sich die Funktionsweise anhand einer unserer Vorlagen ansehen. Wenn Sie bereits über eine eigene Buchhaltung verfügen, können Sie Ihre aktuelle Buchhaltung in wenigen Schritten anpassen. Nutzen Sie die Erweiterungen, um den Gewinn oder Verlust aus dem Verkauf von Wertpapieren zu berechnen und verschiedene Berichte zu erhalten.

Dokumentation (auf Englisch)

Brauchen Sie mehr?

Die Erweiterungen für die Verwaltung der Wertpapierbuchhaltung befinden sich noch in der Beta-Version. Wenn Sie Vorschläge haben, wie der Inhalt der Vorlagen und Berichte verbessert werden können, oder wenn Sie denken, dass es nützlich/interessant wäre, neue Funktionen hinzuzufügen, senden Sie uns bitte Ihr Feedback über unseres Formular.

Forensic Accounting, Reconstruction, Auditing and Cleanup of Financial Records

Banana Accounting Software helps accounting professionals quickly rebuild, verify, reconcile, and reorganize financial records in a clear, reliable, and professionally structured environment. It combines the flexibility of a spreadsheet with the control of double-entry accounting, making complex cleanup, reconstruction, and audit work faster and more effective.

With its table-based structure, Banana Accounting greatly reduces the time needed to rebuild accounting records and makes it much easier to view the data. The powerful filtering tools let you quickly find information and categorize movements. It generates professional financial reports, including balance sheets, income statements, account cards, and detailed transaction listings. It also includes advanced features such as investment accounting, which are not available in standard ERP systems.

Use in Investigative Units

Banana Accounting is used with satisfaction by several Swiss investigative units for accounting reconstruction in the context of financial investigations.

A Precious Tool for Accounting Professionals

For many accounting professionals, Banana Accounting has become a very valuable tool that complements accounting systems and Excel. It allows them to take on complex and interesting assignments and make them economically worthwhile while ensuring full client satisfaction. The professionalism and efficiency demonstrated often become the starting point for consulting activities and other value added services that are highly appreciated and well paid.

This documentation introduces the principles of forensic accounting and the cleanup and reconstruction of financial records, and explains how Banana Accounting can be used to support these activities effectively.

Accounting Cleanup

Accounting cleanup refers to the systematic correction and reorganization of financial records that have become inaccurate, inconsistent, or incomplete during normal business operations. It is commonly required when a CPA takes over a new client, prepares year-end financial statements, or discovers discrepancies during routine review work.

Typical cleanup tasks include reconciling bank and credit card accounts, resolving unexplained balances, correcting misclassified transactions, rebuilding opening balances, clearing suspense or temporary accounts, and ensuring that receivables, payables, and tax liabilities are properly stated. In some cases, it may also involve partially reconstructing prior periods to restore continuity and accuracy.

The objective of accounting cleanup is to re-establish a coherent and internally consistent accounting structure that produces reliable financial statements. Unlike daily bookkeeping, cleanup work focuses on identifying accumulated errors and restoring confidence in the underlying data before further reporting, advisory, or tax activities can proceed.

Auditing of Accounting

The auditing process often requires checking the accounting data managed with the company’s accounting software. In many cases, the accounting software does not provide the tools needed for this work. As a result, auditors often export the data and rebuild the accounting situation in Excel.

A useful alternative is to import the chart of accounts and the transactions into Banana Accounting. The program is based on double entry accounting logic and rebuilds the accounting situation from the start. This makes it possible to verify that the results match correctly.

Once the data is in Banana Accounting, it becomes easier to perform additional checks, filter the information, and export the data to other formats. 

Accounting Reconstruction

Accounting Reconstruction is the rapid and systematic restoration and analysis of financial information in cases of fraud, legal disputes, insolvency, data loss, or abrupt management changes, when reliable accounting records are missing, incomplete, or inconsistent. It may also be necessary to obtain more detailed information when the current system does not allow it, for example during an M&A due diligence process.

The primary objective is to swiftly rebuild a structured and verifiable accounting system from available source documents, including bank statements, invoices, contracts, and tax filings. By organizing transactions through the double-entry bookkeeping method, Backlog Accounting Reconstruction ensures internal data consistency, highlights discrepancies, and restores full operational control over financial records.

The final output is a clear, accurate, and legally defensible representation of the organization’s financial position—including the Balance Sheet, Income Statement, and detailed transaction ledgers—enabling informed decision-making in legal, financial, or operational contexts.

Emergency accounting is the rapid reconstruction and analysis of financial information in crisis situations, such as fraud, disputes, insolvency, data loss, or sudden management changes, when reliable accounting records are missing, incomplete, or inconsistent.

Forensic accounting

Forensic Accounting is the application of accounting and auditing techniques to legal, judicial, and investigative matters. The goal is to reconstruct the financial truth when data is missing, incomplete, manipulated, or suspicious. Financial investigations often analyze existing accounting records and require a solid understanding of accounting practices. They are usually conducted by experienced accountants, often with specific training.

The popularity of crime investigation series like CSI has led to associating the term "forensic" mainly with crimes such as fraud or money laundering. In reality, it also includes the collection of evidence and investigations in civil matters, such as shareholder or inheritance disputes, or in tax cases like overdue taxes.

Forensic accounting includes all investigative activities related to reconstructing financial situations, such as:

  • Legal audits, assessments, financial consulting, damage quantification, and analysis.
  • Bankruptcies, company liquidations, and financial restructurings.
  • Disputes between partners, inheritance transfers, or checks during due diligence.
  • M&A due diligence. 
  • Legal and tax compliance failures.
  • Fraud, bankruptcy, or money laundering.
  • Monitoring the use of funds, illegal expenses, and corruption.
  • Lack of access to or problems with the original IT system.

Shortcomings of Pre-Existing Tools

Professional accountants and CPAs already rely on established tools such as ERP systems, accounting platforms, and spreadsheets. These solutions are highly effective for routine bookkeeping, compliance, payroll processing, and periodic reporting.

However, situations involving reconstruction, cleanup, data verification, due diligence, or other non-recurring operations present different requirements. These tasks are exploratory, corrective, and often temporary in nature. They require flexibility, transparency, and the ability to reorganize data without disrupting operational systems.

In these contexts, traditional tools may reveal structural limitations.

Shortcomings of ERP and Standard Accounting Systems

Enterprise accounting software and ERP systems are designed primarily for structured, ongoing operations. They are optimized for efficiency, internal control, and compliance within a stable workflow.

In reconstruction or cleanup scenarios, these characteristics can become constraints:

  • Rigid process flows and approval structures.
  • Complexity caused by the need to cover all requirements.
  • Multiple integrated modules that do not communicate well with each other.
  • Reduced transparency and control due to increased automation. 
  • Standardized charts of accounts and predefined reporting formats.
  • Emphasis on periodic tax and regulatory reporting.
  • Many constrains importing and reorganizing raw transactional data.
  • Risk associated with modifying historical records in live systems.
  • Difficulty testing alternative classifications or adjustments without affecting official books.
  • Vendor lock-in, with the need to move to a more expensive version to access certain features.

Such systems are excellent for daily operations but are not specifically designed for investigative, corrective, or one-time analytical work.

Shortcomings of Excel

When faced with reconstruction or cleanup tasks, many professionals turn to Excel because it allows rapid data collection, filtering, and analysis. Spreadsheets are flexible and familiar, and they support quick experimentation.

However, Excel lacks the structural safeguards of accounting software:

  • It requires careful management of formulas and links.
  • It does not enforce double-entry accounting logic.
  • It does not automatically ensure that debits and credits balance.
  • Categorization is manual and not inherently based on accounting rules.
  • Standard financial statements must be built manually.
  • Errors can remain undetected in complex models.

Excel is a powerful analytical tool, but it was not designed to function as a controlled accounting system.

Banana Accounting for Reconstruction and Cleanup

Reconstruction, cleanup, and other non-recurring accounting tasks require a working environment that combines flexibility with accounting control. Banana Accounting provides a structured and independent space where financial data can be reorganized, verified, and recalculated without affecting the operational system.

Unlike ERP systems, it is not constrained by rigid workflows. Unlike spreadsheets, it enforces double-entry consistency automatically.

Banana Accounting allows professionals to:

  • Work in a separate accounting file without modifying the client’s live system.
  • Import and reorganize raw transactional data quickly.
  • Use a fully customizable chart of accounts.
  • Automatically ensure debit/credit balance and internal consistency.
  • Detect discrepancies through built-in double-entry controls.
  • Test reclassifications and adjustments safely.
  • Instantly generate balance sheets, income statements, and detailed account cards.
  • Present results in a clear and professionally recognized accounting format.

By combining spreadsheet flexibility with accounting discipline, Banana Accounting bridges the gap between rigid ERP systems and unstructured Excel files, making it particularly suited for reconstruction and cleanup work.

 

Interface of Banana Accounting

Similar to Excel 

Banana Accounting is similar to Excel, does not require specific training, and offers great flexibility. It is therefore a very useful tool for reconstructing financial situations and managing accounting for forensic analysis.

  • The accounting is a file that contains multiple tables.
  • The tables are similar to Excel sheets: you can move freely, insert and select cells, copy and paste.
  • You can create as many files as you want, each with its own settings.
  • The file can be saved and moved wherever you want. 

Local data management

Unlike other accounting software that operates only in the cloud, Banana Accounting allows you to choose where to save and store your accounting file. This way, you can keep your data locally without uploading it to cloud systems, avoiding the need for specific authorizations. Accounting records can be easily linked to digital supporting documents stored on your computer, allowing you to quickly and thoroughly check the reason for specific expenses during data analysis.

This feature can be especially useful in the preliminary analysis phase, not only for privacy reasons but also because it makes it easier to share information and reuse data in later stages.

Importing data 

Banana Accounting is based on tables, so it is quite easy to import existing data, whether it concerns the chart of accounts, customers or suppliers, product or investment lists, VAT codes, or other information. For more information, please refer to the page:

  • Importing data from other programs.
  • Once you have imported the data you can complete it and modify.
  • You can filter, select multiple cells, copy and paste, search and replace, and fix multiple rows almost instantly. 
  • You can undo and redo operations. 

Ideal for various fields

Banana Accounting is not a specialized forensic analysis software, but it can be extremely helpful for professionals such as:

  • Accountants and auditors.
  • Family offices.
  • Fiduciary, financial, and real estate management firms.
  • Lawyers and law firms.
  • Restructuring specialists.
  • Court-appointed or party-appointed technical consultants.
  • Inspectors or experts working within legal teams.
  • Departments of large organizations. 

Try Banana Accounting with the WebApp

If you want to see how easy it is to collect and categorize accounting data:

To manage accounting regularly and completely, we recommend using the desktop version of Banana Accounting (to download and install on your computer). The Free plan of Banana Accounting lets you create accounting files and use most features, with a saving limit of 70 transactions. It's the ideal way to get started and see if the tool fits your needs.

Our customer service is available for more information. Our specialists can also advise you on how to proceed with data recovery or other specific needs.

Use Banana Accounting for Reconstructing the Financial Situation

Below you’ll find an explanation of how to use Banana Accounting to reconstruct accounting records for forensic accounting activities.
Keep in mind that reconstruction can be done in two phases:

  • Preliminary data collection and analysis to assess the situation.
  • Data collection and analysis with more specific goals.

The financial reconstruction, whether preliminary or final, is generally structured as follows:

  • Defining the objectives of the investigation.
  • Collecting documents, bank statements, and other financial information.
  • Re-entering transactions into an accounting system, completing and categorizing them.
  • Verifying, evaluating, and analyzing the data.
  • Presenting the financial information.
  • Economic and legal evaluations, with preparation of reports. 

Create accounting starting from a template 

What makes Banana Accounting particularly suitable for forensic accounting is that it is a professional international accounting tool, not designed solely for corporate accounting. It is modular, so you can have double-entry accounting setups for foundations, associations, individuals, in different currencies and languages. For simpler situations, you can also use the income & expense method, which can still manage the balance sheet.

To start a new accounting file, use a predefined template for a specific purpose:

  • Menu File > New.
    A dialog will appear where you can choose a template by region and type of accounting.
  • Templates for specific regions.
    These are set up according to national accounting standards.
    The chart of accounts usually has numerical account IDs.
  • Universal templates.
    These are for more general use. The account IDs are usually descriptive text.
Create a new accounting from a template

Chart of accounts and opening balances

After choosing the template that best suits your needs, you will need to customize the Accounts table by modifying, adding, or removing accounts. You can adjust the chart of accounts and grouping structure at any time.

You can create account plans with grouping structures that reflect those used in existing accounting systems managed with other software.

If you're reconstructing an accounting file, you will likely need to enter opening balances using the “Opening” column in the Accounts table.

Note that in Banana Accounting’s double-entry system, amounts are displayed according to the logic of accounting programs, so Debit amounts are positive and Credit amounts are negative. Opening balances in Credit must therefore be entered as negative values.

Chart of accounts and opening balances

 

Entering and importing transactions

In the Transactions table you enter accounting transactions:

  • You can enter and edit them manually.
    • Entering and modifying data within the tables is very easy.
    • You can copy and paste from Excel or other programs. 
    • In the Recurring Transactions table you can set up repeating entries.
  • You can import data:
    • You can import from CSV or other file formats.
    • You can import digital bank statements.
      • Several import extensions are available.
      • You can create Import Rules that automatically complete the offset account and other elements.
  • Modify and complete the transactions:
    • When you enter or import transactions, the software will alert you to any errors or differences.
    • You can apply rules for automatic completion.
    • You can modify the transactions.

Banana Accounting was designed for small businesses, but in theory, there are no limits to the number of transactions or accounts you can manage. The software keeps all data in memory, so performance depends on your computer’s RAM and processor. Some clients successfully manage very large accounting files, with tens of thousands of accounts and hundreds of thousands of entries.

Insert and import transactions

Automatic transaction categorization

Banana Accounting provides a deterministic rule system, configured by the accountant, to automatically categorize and complete transactions imported from bank statements. Thanks to these rules, you can quickly process large volumes of data. The applied rules are always visible in the Recurring Transactions table, where they can be printed and reviewed by auditors. Still, it is good practice to always check individual account statements.

There are many tools that digitize paper documents and, through artificial intelligence, extract information, analyze, and categorize content based on probabilistic logic. These tools can be very helpful and save time. However, it's important to note that categorization based on probabilistic logic is not a reliable source and always requires thorough verification.

AI-based tools often allow data export in CSV or Excel format, so you can easily import the data into Banana Accounting for manual review, corrections, and completion.

Automatic import with Rules

Review and add additional information

Once transactions are imported, you can review, edit, and complete them manually with the information you need:

Add links to digital documents

Error detection, reconciliation, and closing procedures

Banana Accounting provides built-in tools for identifying errors, performing reconciliations, and preparing adjusting entries and period-end closings. Thanks to the double-entry structure, inconsistencies are immediately visible, and the accounting check function systematically verifies the chart of accounts and all recorded transactions.

Bank and account reconciliations are simplified through clear account cards, transaction filtering, balance controls, and automatic calculation of differences. This makes it easier to detect missing entries, duplicated postings, or incorrect classifications.

The structured framework also supports the preparation of accruals, deferrals, provisions, and other adjusting entries required for accurate financial reporting. As a result, period-end closings can be completed efficiently and with a high level of reliability, even in complex reconstruction or investigative contexts.

Filtering and other useful features 

There are many useful features that allow you to analyze and complete data quickly, including:

  • The Balance column in the Transactions table indicates if there is an imbalance between Debit and Credit, due to account coding errors or unbalanced multi-account entries.
  • The Temporary row filter function shows only the rows containing a specific text. There is also advanced syntax available for more powerful searches.
    When the filter is active, you can edit transaction content, select, copy, and paste cells just like in Excel.
  • With Temporary row sorting, you can view rows in ascending or descending order based on a column. You can remove the temporary sort to return to the original order.
  • Find and replace.
  • The Copy rows command copies the selection with column headers. When you paste into Excel, the headers are already included so you can easily apply filters or create pivot tables.
  • The Check accounting tool rechecks the chart of accounts and all entries and alerts you if there are errors or discrepancies.
The Filter rows function

Balance sheet and Account cards 

The main advantage of Banana Accounting compared to Excel is that, once transactions are entered, you automatically get the Balance Sheet, the Income Statement, and the account cards for each account.

In the Accounts table, you have an immediate view of all accounts and groups, with updated movements and balances. This way you instantly see the current situation of your Balance Sheet and Income Statement. Of course, it’s essential to verify that bank balances match those in your accounting.

Balance Sheet

Additional accounting features 

At any time, you can adapt your accounting setup and add or remove features. See:

Extensions 

Banana Accounting, like Excel, provides a programming language that allows you to perform all kinds of processing.
It is commonly used to create custom reports, but it can also be used, for example, to create import extensions or modify existing data:

We have also created ChatGPT assistants to help you create extensions for generating reports. The extensions run locally in Banana, so you don’t need to send your data to the cloud AI assistant.

Analisi e revisione dei dati contabili

Banana Contabilità permette di analizzare e revisionare facilmente i dati contabili. L’impostazione a tabelle, simile a Excel, consente di visualizzare e ricercare con immediatezza tutte le informazioni. Inoltre, i dati sono strutturati secondo le regole della contabilità in partita doppia, quindi il programma esegue automaticamente una serie di controlli, segnala eventuali errori e mette a disposizione tutti gli strumenti e i report necessari per l’analisi contabile.

Comando Controlla contabilità 

Quando si ricostruisce una contabilità capita spesso che non tutte le operazioni possano essere completate, vengano lasciate in sospeso e che magari si cambi anche in modo importante la struttura del piano dei conti. 

Banana Contabilità mette però a disposizione il comando che permette di lavorare con la massima libertà e tranquillitaà.

Che azzera tutti i valori e ricalcola e ricontrolla il piano dei conti e tutte le operazioni come se si stessero inserendo manualmente. Se ci sono operazioni in sospeso, errori o differenze queste vengono nuovamente segnalate. 

Filtra righe

È certamente una delle funzioni più utili nella ricostruzione contabile, poiché consente di ricercare e modificare rapidamente le operazioni di interesse.
Offre inoltre comandi di filtro avanzati, per esempio per visualizzare solo le righe colorate o le celle che contengono un testo specifico.

Un aspetto molto importante è che, anche quando si applica un filtro o un ordinamento temporaneo, è possibile continuare a utilizzare le funzioni di selezione e copia-incolla. Si possono, per esempio, cercare tutte le righe che contengono un determinato nome e sostituire il conto di tutte le righe in un’unica operazione.
 

The Filter rows function

 

Scheda conto 

Il vantaggio principale di Banana Contabilità rispetto a Excel è che, una volta inserite le registrazioni, ottieni in automatico il Bilancio, il Conto Economico, le schede con i movimenti di ogni conto, principale o centro di costo o profitto. 

L'estratto conto è ovviamente uno strumento insostituibile in contabilità, perché puoi vedere l'elenco di movimenti specifici che sono stati categorizzati in un preciso conto e quindi avere tutti i dettagli.

Bilanci e Conto economico

Nella tabella Conti hai una visione immediata di tutti i conti e i gruppi, con i movimenti e i saldi aggiornati. Così vedi a colpo d'occhio la situazione aggiornata del Bilancio e del Conto economico. Rimane naturalmente fondamentale verificare che i saldi bancari corrispondano a quelli registrati in contabilità.

Balance Sheet

Estensioni 

Banana Contabilità, come Excel, mette a disposizione un linguaggio di programmazione che consente di effettuare elaborazioni di ogni genere. 
Viene generalmente usato per creare dei report personalizzati, ma può anche essere usato ad esempio per creare estensioni di importazione o che modificano i dati esistenti:

Abbiamo anche creato degli assistenti in ChatGPT che ti permettono di creare delle estensioni per generare report. Le estensioni vengono poi eseguite localmente da Banana, pertanto non si devono inviare i dati all’Assistente AI cloud.

Ricostruzione della situazione contabile e finanziaria

Questa pagina introduce alle particolarità dell'attività di ricostruzione contabile finanziaria, dette anche di Forensic Accounting, che pur avendo molte similirità con la tenuta contabile abituale, presenta molte diversità,. 
Spiega i come usare al meglio Banana Contabilità in questo ambito e ottere velocemente i risultati desiderati. 

Particolarità della ricostruzione contabile

L'attività di ricostruzione contabile è un progetto a se stante, che, da un punto di vista operativo, si differenzia dalla normale tenuta contabile:

  • Ha degli obiettivi più specifici (non necessariamente strumento di controllo di gestione).
  • Il lavoro viene svolto da un numero limitato di specialisti che ha generalmente accesso illimitato ai dati (situazione diversa rispetto a un ERP).
  • Gli specialisti possono non avere o avere poche conoscenze circa l'attività da investigare.
  • L'attività viene svolta in un periodo di tempo definito e non ha carattere ricorrente.
  • Si ha la possibilità e necessità di elaborare tutti i dati in blocco.
  • I dati da trattare non sono stati necessariamente predisposti per servire allo scopo e devono quindi essere rielaborati.

Queste particolarità aiutano a comprendere perché non tutti i software di contabilità, e in particolare gli ERP, siano adatti.
Banana Contabilità, invece, grazie alla sua flessibilità e modularità, è un software ideale per le ricostruzioni contabili e finanziarie di qualsiasi genere.

Fasi per la ricostruzione della situazione finanziaria

La ricostruzione finanziari e generalmente strutturata in più fasi: 

  1. Definizione degli obiettivi dell’indagine.
  2. Raccolta documenti, estratti conti bancari e altre informazioni finanziarie.
  3. Ripresa dei movimenti in un sistema contabile, completamento e categorizzazione.
  4. Verifica, valutazione e analisi dei dati.
  5. Presentazione delle informazioni economico finanziarie.
  6. Valutazioni economico e legali, con preparazione dei rapporti. 

Durante la fase di verifica e valutazione dei dati, può rilevarsi un'insufficienza di elementi e la necessità di raccogliere ulteriori dati e informazioni. 

Organizzare i dati del progetto

La ricostruzione contabile consiste principalmente nel categorizzare i movimenti finanziari relativi a una determinata attività, con l’obiettivo di accertare la provenienza dei fondi o il modo in cui sono stati utilizzati. Si tratta quindi di esaminare documenti che testimoniano i movimenti finanziari, individuare gli elementi più rilevanti e inserirli in un sistema contabile, affinché possano essere classificati ed elaborati per ottenere le analisi e i report necessari.

La ricostruzione contabile parte dunque da un insieme di informazioni digitali o cartacee, che potranno eventualmente essere digitalizzate. Nel corso di un’indagine ci si troverà a gestire una quantità significativa di informazioni digitali, e quindi di file. Idealmente, è opportuno creare una cartella di progetto nel proprio sistema informatico, all’interno della quale salvare tutti i documenti, organizzandoli in sotto-cartelle. Si presume che la gestione degli accessi avvenga tramite le funzioni del sistema operativo, e che gli utenti con accesso ai file siano anche autorizzati a prenderne visione. Se così non fosse, sarà necessario creare cartelle separate, in modo da suddividere i dati e regolare l’accesso in base alle autorizzazioni.

Banana Contabilità è un software che lavora localmente e presuppone che i file contabili su cui opera siano accessibili localmente, direttamente o tramite collegamenti di rete o sistemi di sincronizzazione:

Ovviamente la situazione di un’indagine è generalmente diversa, ma è utile tenerne conto per comprendere la logica di funzionamento del programma e il collegamento con i giustificativi.

Raccolta e digitalizzazione dei documenti

Ogni contabilità si basa su dei giustificativi contabili e quindi il primo passo per avviare un'indagine finanziaria è quello di raccogliere tutti i dati necessari, come   

  • Giustificativi contabili, come ricevute, fatture, note spese e tutte le informazioni che certificano un cambiamento nella situazione finanziaria.
  • Estratti conto bancari, dei clienti o dei fornitori.
  • Contratti di diverso genere.

È inutile evidenziare che i risultati di un indagine dipendono in larga misura dalla possibilità di avere informazioni il più possibile precise e dettagliate. Queste devono poi essere valutate e categorizzate, generalmente facendo uso di software atti alla ricostruzione contabile. 

Se le informazioni non sono disponibili in formato digitale, sarà necessario riprenderli, tramite degli scanner e software in grado di trasformare delle immagini in dati che possono essere più facilmente trattati. Se il volume di dati è limitato, come può essere il caso di una situazione di un'anziano, i datti possono anche essere ripresi manualmente. Se invece si l'indagine richiede di valutare una grande quantità di informazioni ecco che saranno indispensabili degli strumenti che possano ridurre i tempi e contenere i costi. 

Ci sono molti software che si concentrano sulla digitalizzazione e l'estrazione di dati da documenti esistenti, per poi mettere a disposizioni le informazioni in un formato leggibile da Excel, programmi di analisi o software di contabilità. 

Creazione del file di contabilità

Il primo passo consiste nel creare un file di contabilità che conterrà il piano dei conti e nel quale saranno registrati e categorizzati i movimenti finanziari. Ciò che rende Banana Contabilità particolarmente adatto all’ambito del forensic accounting è il fatto di essere uno strumento contabile professionale di livello internazionale, modulare e altamente flessibile, che consente di creare contabilità perfettamente adattate alle esigenze specifiche delle indagini, rendendo il lavoro più semplice, rapido e accurato.

È possibile creare un numero illimitato di contabilità, ognuna in lingue e valute diverse, utilizzando sia il metodo delle Entrate e Uscite sia quello della Partita Doppia. Si tratta di una soluzione molto efficace, poiché permette di utilizzare lo stesso strumento per ricostruire qualsiasi tipo di situazione finanziaria: di imprese, fondazioni, associazioni o privati, oppure per analizzare in modo mirato attività specifiche, come la gestione dei fondi di un singolo progetto.

Banana Contabilità è stato concepito per contabilità di piccole imprese, ma teoricamente non esistono limiti al numero di registrazioni o conti che si possono gestire. Il programma tiene tutti i dati in memoria, quindi le prestazioni sono dipendenti dalla quantitià di memoria (RAM) del computer e dalla potenza del processore. Alcuni nostri clienti gestiscono con successo contabilità molto estese, con anche decine di migliaia di conti e centinaia di migliaia di movimenti.
 

Creare una contabilità partendo da un modello 

Il modo più veloce per creare una contabilità è quello di scegliere un fra i tanti modelli disponibili nel Template store:

  • Menu File > Nuovo.
    Ti appare un dialogo dove scegliere il modello in base alla regione e tipo di contabilità.
  • Modelli per specifiche Regioni.
    • Sono impostati secondo degli schemi contabili nazionali.
    • Il piano dei conti ha l’identificativo dei conti generalmente numerico, usato nella nazione.
  • Modelli Universali.
    • Sono per un uso più generale.
    • L’identificativo dei conti è generalmente testuale (conti descrittivi).

Create a new accounting from a template

Il periodo contabile e numero di file

Generalmente con Banana Contabilità si crea un file di contabilità per ogni anno contabile, pertanto nei dati base della contabilità, la data inizio e fine corrisponderà all'anno civile o fiscale. 

Per una ricostruzione contabile che riguarda più anni, può comunque risultare più facile tenere un file unico con tutte le registrazioni. In questo modo si potranno vedere e modificare direttamente tutte i movimenti. Ai fini della reportistica si sceglierà poi il periodo di reporting.
Tenere dei file separati per più anni può risultare utile, specialmente se vi è una gran mole di dati. Con più file separati più persone possono dividersi il lavoro e ciascuno può lavorare così indipendentmente dagli altri. In questi casi è comunque utile tenere un piano dei conti che è identico, così che si può anche creare un file riassuntivo nel quale sono integrati tutti gli anni contabili.

Impostazione del Piano dei conti 

Dopo aver scelto il modello più adatto alle tue esigenze, dovrai personalizzare la tabella Conti, modificando, aggiungendo o rimuovendo conti. L’adattamento del piano dei conti e la modifica dei raggruppamenti possono essere eseguiti in qualsiasi momento.

Puoi creare dei piani dei conti con strutture di raggruppamento che riprendono quella di una contabilità esistente gestita con altri programmi.

Inserimento dei saldi d'apertura

Se stai ricostruendo una contabilità dovrai probabilmente inserire i saldi iniziali utilizzando la colonna “Apertura” nella tabella Conti.

Considera che Banana Contabilità, nella contabilità in partita doppia, visualizza gli importi esattamente seguendo la logica interna dei programmi di contabilità, quindi gli importi in Dare sono in positivo e gli importi in Avere sono in negativo. I saldi di apertura in Avere devono quindi essere inseriti in negativo.

Chart of accounts and opening balances

Multi-moneta, Criptocurrency, Gestione titoli e altro

Come accennato in precedenza, Banana Contabilità è uno strumento estremamente modulare. Si possono creare contabilità molto semplici, con solo gli elementi essenziali, ma, quando necessario, è possibile aggiungere un’ampia gamma di funzionalità aggiuntive, tra cui la gestione:

  • Gestione Clienti e fornitori.
  • Gestione IVA.
  • Gestione quantitativi e magazzino integrata in contabilità.
  • Contabilità Titoli. 
    Questa funzionalità è generalmente disponibili sono il software contabili specializzati e con costi molto alti.
  • Tabelle note.
    Puoi integrare direttamente in contabilità informazioni che hai raccolto.

Inserire e importare registrazioni 

Una volta impostato il file di contabilità, ti rimane la parte principale del lavoro di ricostruzione finanziaria, ovvero importare o inserire nella tabella Registrazioni i movimenti contabili, competandoli e categorizzandoli:

In poco tempo la contabilità è fatta! Quando inserisci o importi i movimenti, il programma ti segnala eventuali errori o differenze.

Insert and import transactions

Categorizzazione dei movimenti

Elemento centrale di un'indagine forense è la categorizzazione dei movimenti. Se si sospetta una frode i movimenti leciti verranno registrati sui conti considerati leciti, mentre quelli sospetti su altri conti specifici.  Se invece se dovrà ricostruire la contabilità per delle indagini tributarie, si dovrà categorizzare i movimenti in base alle specifiche necessità di rendicontazione. 

Il primo livello di categorizzazione offerto da Banana Contabilità è quello relativo ai conti impostati nel piano dei conti. I movimenti bancari verranno quindi registrati sul conto apposito e poi si sceglierà il conto di contropartita.  Se un'importo deve essere assegnato a più conti di spesa o entrata, la registrazione dovrà usare più righe, ciascuno con il proprio conto e importo.
Con questa categorizzazione tipica di tutti software contabili si avranno già importanti informazioni relativamente alla situazione patrimoniale (Bilancio) e all'evoluzione finanziaria (Conto Perdite e Profitti). Ovviamente si avrà poi l'estratto conto che mostra tutti i movimenti del conto. Se si necessitano di categorizzare con un maggiore livello di dettaglio si possono creare più conti, per esempio, creare un conto "Benzina", in aggiunto a quello "Spese auto" e modificare le registrazioni di conseguenza. 

Banana Contabilità consente però anche di categorizzare contemporaneamente gli importi anche usando altre logiche. Ci sono diversi possibilità.

  • Puoi evidenziare e colorare le righe, oppure metterle in grassetto o cambiare la dimensione del carattere.
  • Centri di costo e profitto,
    Permettono di categorizzare i movimenti logiche diverse da quelle contabili. 
    Sono certamente quelli più adatti per una ricostruzione contabile, perché sono facilmente utilizzabili e danno una visione immediata di certe situazioni.
  • Segmenti
    Permettono di suddividere l’attività per ambiti, succursali o altro.
  • Colonne Note e altre predefinite.
    Con il comando Menu Dati > Disponi colonne puoi rendere visibili diverse colonne predisposte per inserire altre informazioni, come la data valuta, note, ecc.
  • Sempre con Menu Dati > Disponi colonne puoi aggiungere nuovi tipi di colonne.

Collegamento ai documenti digitali

Ogni riga di qualsiasi tabella ha una colonna già predisposta dove inserire il collegamento a un documento digitale.

Se vuoi collegare più documenti, puoi aggiungere altre colonne per collegamenti.

Add links to digital documents

Completamento e categorizzazione automatica 

Banana Contabilità mette a disposizione un sistema di regole deterministiche, impostate dal contabile, per categorizzare e completare in automatico i movimenti importati dagli estratti conto bancari. Grazie a queste regole, è possibile processare velocemente un grande volume di operazioni. Le Regole applicate sono sempre visibili nella tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti, dove possono essere stampate e verificate da periti. Rimane comunque una buona prassi controllare sempre le singole schede.

Esistono numerosi programmi che digitalizzano documenti cartacei e che, grazie all’uso dell’intelligenza artificiale, estraggono informazioni, analizzano e categorizzano i contenuti basandosi su logiche probabilistiche. Questi strumenti possono essere molto utili e permettere un notevole risparmio di tempo. Bisogna però considerare che la categorizzazione fondata su logiche probabilistiche non rappresenta una fonte sicura e richiede sempre una verifica puntuale.

Gli strumenti basati sull’AI danno la possibilità di esportare i dati in formato CSV o Excel, così da poterli facilmente importare in Banana Contabilità per poi essere controllati, modificati e completati manualmente.

Automatic import with Rules

Verifica e modifiche a mano 

Gli strumenti di automazione sono molto utili, ma non possono di certo sostituire il controllo e la verifica dei dati da parte dello specialista. Il fatto di essere simile a Excel, di potere vedere tutti i conti, i movimenti e gli estratti conti e molti report disposti in tabella rende le verifiche molto più facile. 
Si possono infatti scorrere i dati Banana Contabilità, selezionare celle e completare o apportare modifiche molto velocemente, grazie anche a delle funzionalità che pochi software di contabilità hanno:

  • La funzione Filtro righe temporaneo ti mostra solo le righe che contengono un determinato testo. C’è però anche una sintassi avanzata, che permette ricerche molto più potenti.
    Quando il Filtro è attivo, puoi modificare il contenuto dei movimenti, selezionando e copiando e incollando celle esattamente come fai con Excel.
  • Con l'Ordine temporaneo delle righe 
    Visualizzi le righe nell’ordine ascendente o discendente di una colonna. Diversamente da Excel, dove il sort è definitivo, con Banana Contabilità puoi togliere l'ordine temporaneo per ritornare alla sequenza originale delle righe.
  • Cerca e sostituisci.
  • Il comando Copia e Incolla.
  • Il comando Copia righe che è un anche un copia incolla potenziato, in quanto include anche le intestazioni colonne. Così quando incolli i dati in Excel, hai già le intestazioni per applicare facilmente filtri o creare tabelle pivot.
  • La colonna Saldo nella tabella Registrazioni indica se vi è uno sbilancio fra Dare e Avere, dovuto ad errori nella codifica dei conti oppure a registrazioni su più conti che non si compensano.
  • I grafici nella finestrra Info che mostrano l'evoluzione di un conto o gruppi nel tempo.

Filtra righe

È certamente una delle funzioni più utili nella ricostruzione contabile, poiché consente di ricercare e modificare rapidamente le operazioni di interesse.
Offre inoltre comandi di filtro avanzati, per esempio per visualizzare solo le righe colorate o le celle che contengono un testo specifico.

Un aspetto molto importante è che, anche quando si applica un filtro o un ordinamento temporaneo, è possibile continuare a utilizzare le funzioni di selezione e copia-incolla. Si possono, per esempio, cercare tutte le righe che contengono un determinato nome e sostituire il conto di tutte le righe in un’unica operazione.
 

The Filter rows function

Comando Controlla contabilità 

Quando si ricostruisce una contabilità capita spesso che non tutte le operazioni possano essere completate, vengano lasciate in sospeso e che magari si cambi anche in modo importante la struttura del piano dei conti. 

Banana Contabilità mette però a disposizione il comando che permette di lavorare con la massima libertà e tranquillitaà.

Che azzera tutti i valori e ricalcola e ricontrolla il piano dei conti e tutte le operazioni come se si stessero inserendo manualmente. Se ci sono operazioni in sospeso, errori o differenze queste vengono nuovamente segnalate. 

Revisione e analisi dati 

Banana Contabilità permette di analizzare e revisionare facilmente i dati contabili grazie all’impostazione a tabelle, simile a Excel, che consente di visualizzare con immediatezza tutte le informazioni. Inoltre, i dati sono strutturati secondo le regole della contabilità in partita doppia, quindi il programma esegue automaticamente una serie di controlli, segnala eventuali errori e mette a disposizione tutti gli strumenti e i report necessari per l’analisi contabile.

 

Crea una contabilità con i dati di una contabilità preesistente

Banana Contabilità è un software molto flessibile e modulare, che consente di creare facilmente una nuova contabilità partendo dai dati di una contabilità esistente gestita con un altro programma. Avere tutti i dati della contabilità disponibili in Banana Contabilità può essere molto utile in divesti ambiti e specialmente per indagini nell'ambito del forensic accounting

Di seguito viene illustrata la tematica e come procedere in modo efficace, fornendo anche rimandi alle informazioni utili per ogni fase.

Perché riprendere i dati in Banana Contabilità

Banana Contabilità visualizza tutti i dati contabili in forma tabellare, permettendo di scorrerli, ricercarli rapidamente e ottenere immediatamente i report contabili. Consente inoltre di modificarli, aggiungendo informazioni o categorizzando i movimenti secondo criteri personalizzati. In molti casi riprendere una contabilità esistente in Banana Contabilità può essere molto utile:

  • Si dispongono dei dati contabili, ma il software originale con cui era stata tenuta la contabilità non è più disponibile, oppure riattivarlo risulterebbe troppo complesso o costoso.
  • La ricostruzione contabile ha uno scopo limitato e non giustifica la riattivazione dell’intera applicazione.
  • Le persone che svolgono l’indagine non possono accedere all’applicativo contabile oppure dispongono di un accesso molto limitato, che restringe le possibilità di analisi.
  • L’accesso ai dati contabili in modo strutturato facilita attività di controllo, audit, analisi e permette di estrarre nuovamente informazioni o stampare rendiconti.
  • Il software originario è ancora operativo, ma non offre sufficiente flessibilità nelle indagini, né consente di aggiungere facilmente nuove informazioni o riclassificare i dati.
  • L’impresa desidera un metodo più flessibile per accedere ai propri dati contabili.
  • È necessario conformarsi a un obbligo legale che prevede la disponibilità continua dei dati contabili.
  • Si vuole abbandonare l’altro software e utilizzare Banana Contabilità, proseguendo il lavoro già iniziato.

La ripresa dei dati contabili risulta utile anche per indagini finanziarie di forensic accounting, per attività ispettive o di revisione dei conti, oltre che per facilitare analisi e ricerche.

I dati preesistenti

Gli elementi principali di una contabilità sono:

  • Informazioni circa la società, periodo contabile e altro.
  • Il piano dei conti, con la relativa classificazione.
  • I movimenti contabili.
  • I giustificativi contabili.
    In Banana Contabilità ci si limita a mettere un link che collega la registrazione al documento.
  • Informazioni supplementari circa gestione IVA, clienti e fornitori, fatture.

Queste informazioni possono essere già disponibili in un formato che può essere trasformato o importato in Banana Contabilità. Se non è il caso si dovrà procedere alla trasfromazione. 

Probabimlente non si andrà a riprendere tutti i dati, ma solo quelli che sono necessari per lo scopo che ci si prefissa.

I passi per creare una contabilità e riprendere i dati

Per potere arrivare ad trasferire tutti i dati in Banana Contabilità ci sono dei passi da seguire:

  1. Creare un nuovo file di contabilità.
    Generalmente è utile partire da un modello esistente, configurato in modo simile a quello che sono le proprie necessità.
  2. Impostare i dati base. 
    Nome della ditta, moneta base, periodo contabile e altro necessario.
  3. Impostare o importare il piano dei conti sulla base di quello esistente.
    Si stratta di riprendere nella Tabella Conti il piano dei conti.
  4. Impostare altre informazioni, come per esempio la tabella dei codici IVA.
  5. Importare i movimenti contabili nella Tabella Registrazioni.
    È utile ovviamente automatizzare il più possibile questa operazione. 
    I dati importati potranno comunque anche essere aggiustati manualmente.
  6. Controllo e verifica.
    Si deve controllare che i saldi della contabilità corrispondano a quella originale.

Creazione contabilità e ripresa dati in un passo unico

Se i dati della contabilità sono disponibili in un formato che contiene tutte le informazioni necessarie è possibile creare un'estensione che crea, in base alla struttura dati esistenti, la nuova contabilità e vi traferisce tutti i dati in modo automatico. 

Il presupposto è che l'applicativo originale salvi o esporti i dati in un file unico e che vi sia un'estensione di Banana Contabilità predisposto per questo scopo, tipo:

  • Audit file for Taxation
    • È un formato file XML concepito appositamente per archiviare i dati di una contabilità in modo standard, così che possano essere resi facilmente accessibili alle autorità tributarie, per dei controlli e verifiche
    • In certe nazioni, è pure obbligatorio salvare i dati in questo formato per scopi di archiviazione.
    • Banana Contabilità ha delle estensioni in grado di leggere in automatico taluni di questi file e ricreare in automatico la contabilità.
  • Formati file proprietari
    • Ci sono applicativi contabili in grado di salvare tutti i dati della contabilità in un formato proprietario.

Per creare un nuovo file si usa:

Ripresa dati in blocco 

Il processo di ripresa dei dati viene fatto in due tempi:

Questo approccio viene usato per esempio per:

Le estensioni che usano questo approccio usano la Document Change API di Banana Contabilità che permette di apportare modifiche a più tabelle.

Ripresa dati in più fasi

Il processo di ripresa dei dati viene fatto in diversi tempi:

  • Creazione e impostazione del file di contabilità in modo manuale.
  • Importazione o impostazione del piano dei conti.
  • Importazione o ripressa dei dei movimenti.
    L'automazione del processo si concentra sull'importazione die movimenti.

Questo approccio è quello più comunemente usato, anche perché 

  • Vi sono diverse estensioni già predisposte per l'importazione dei movimenti.
  • L'importazione dei dati può essere fatta in modo semi automatico trasferendo prima i dati in Excel e poi copiandoli in Banana Contabilità.
    Vedi: Riprendere dati da altri programmi.

 

 

The Standard Audit File for Taxation (SAF-T)

 

The Standard Audit File - for Taxation (SAF-T) is a file format that specify how to package all the most important accounting data in a standard format. The SAF-T is a recommendation of the OECD’s Committee on Fiscal Affairs (CFA). The file format makes it easier for taxpayers to provide their electronic records to tax auditors in support of their tax return and for auditors to review accounting records.

Import SAF-T Files

Banana Accounting allows you to export and import accounting data in various national SAF-T formats. See:

Main SAF-T Uses

There are different uses for the SAF-T files:

  • Auditing purpose. 
    Every Auditor or VAT inspector has the discretion to demand the file at the occasion of an audit. Accounting software should be able to generate the SAF-T file when auditors require it.SAF-T allows auditors ready-access to data to perform compliance and substantive testing.
  • Archival purpose.
    The SAF-T format is used to store the accounting data for archival purpose. Accounting data  is therefore available over the times in a standard format. This use case is especially important for cloud service solution, that makes the data available only until they pay the subscription.
    Using the SAF-T file for archival purpose is a very intelligent way to have always access to the accounting data. 
    SAF-T is the standard archival format in Norwegian for companies with a minimun revenues.
  • Analytics purpose.
    You can use the accounting data for analytics and reporting that your current accounting solutions does not offer.
  • Moving data to other solutions.
    The SAF-T file allows companies that switch solution to more easily move their accounting data to other solutions. 

The structure of the SAF-T

The SAF-T file is an XML file that has been conceived to structure all the accounting data in a standard format. The SAF-T format has been conceived in a way that allows countries to create localized version that best support the local 

The forma include the most important accounting data:

  • Header information.
    Company information
  • Master Files
    • General ledger Accounts (GeneralLedgerAccounts)
      All the accounts used within the accounting solutions, with
      • AccountId and Description
      • Account grouping, account type and account standard id for country specific categorisation.
      • Opening and closing balance.
    • Accounting Taxonomy (Taxonomies)
      Information for grouping the accounts for reporting.
    • Customers (Customers)
      List of all the customers:
      • Address and company information.
      • AccountId and grouping.
      • Opening and closing balance.
    • Suppliers (Suppliers)
      List of all the suppliers:
      • Address and company information’s.
      • AccountId and grouping.
      • Opening and closing balance.
    • TAX table (TaxTable)
      Information regarding the VAT or Sales Tax.
      • Tax Code
      • Percentages and applicability date.
    • Inventory (PhysicalStock)
      • Products list
      • Quantities, opening and closing values.
    • Fixed Assets
      • Id and descriptions
      • Acquisition information
      • Valuation
  • General Ledger Entries
    Journal Entries
    • Transactions date, type
    • Source documents
    • Account id, customer or supplier info
    • Debit and credit amount
    • Tax information
    • Analysis (Cost, projects, amounts)
  • Source Documents (SourceDocuments)
    • Sales Invoice
    • Purchase invoice
    • Payments
    • Movements of goods
    • Assets transactions
       

Currently Products, Source documents and other data is not imported.

Standard Audit File for Payroll (SAF-P)

The SAF-P (AuditFilePayroll) is aimed at saving data relative the payroll. The SAF-P is structured in this way.

  • Header
    With company information.
  • MasterFiles
    With data for Employees, Branches.
  • TransactionsFiles.

For more information see the OECD Guidance document for SAF-P version 1.0 (2010).

Banana Accounting currently does not provide a reader for SAF-P files.

References

Standard Audit File Reader

Banana Accounting proficiently imports various Standard Audit File (SAF-T) formats, alongside accounting data exported from other software. Integrating your accounting data into Banana Accounting offers numerous benefits:

  • Consolidation: All accounting data is compiled into a single, savable file for your convenience.
  • Structured Clarity: Data is meticulously organized according to the double-entry accounting method, facilitating straightforward checks for formal accuracy.
  • Comprehensive Reporting: Access a full suite of typical accounting reports including account cards, journals, Balance Sheets, Profit & Loss statements, liquidity, and other key ratios.
  • Enhanced Searchability: Utilize the advanced filtering function for efficient data retrieval.
  • Annotation and Extraction: Easily mark rows and extract pertinent information.
  • Excel Integration: Seamlessly copy and paste data into Excel. The 'copy rows' command includes headers, simplifying further data manipulation in Excel.
  • Data Connection: Link your data directly with Excel for streamlined processing.
  • Automation: Leverage the powerful scripting API to automate routine checks and create reports.

Optimal Scenarios for Importing Data into Banana Accounting:

  • Auditing: When current systems impede the efficient access to necessary information.
  • Information Retrieval: If locating specific data within your existing accounting solution is challenging.
  • System Transition: When transitioning to a new accounting system but requiring access to data from the old system.

 

How to view the content of a SAF-T file

Follows this simple steps.

  • First use
  • View the audit file
    • Menu->Tools->Create file from external data.
    • Select the audit file you want to import.
      • You should have an audit file created with a country specific accounting software.
      • Select the correct extension (*.xml or *.*) to show the file on disk.

Banana will create a in memory new accounting file and import all the data. Depending on the size of the audit file, after some time, you will see all the data in the Transactions and Accounting table.
Once the data is converted you can save the file and access the data later at any time without the need to convert.

In order to import all the data you need the Advanced Plan. With the free plan or professional plan only 70 transactions will be imported.

See how the SAF-T Reader work

If you don't have any audit file and you want to see how the SAF-T Reader  work, we make available some test file you can experiment with.

Country specific SAF-T file

Each country has their own specification that is usually a derivation of the OECD SAF-T 2.0 standard.

Currently Banana Accounting has import extensions for this SAF-T format:

Other file import

There are also extensions that import data from other country specific file types.

In order to import the content of this kind of file you should proceed as explained before under import in existing files.

Structure of the accounting data in Banana

In Banana is a flexible accounting software based on the double entry accounting method. The SAF-T reader recreate a complete accounting file. In Banana Accounting the data is contained in tables that are like Excel sheets.

  • Accounts table.
    It contains the account plan, including:
    • The general ledger accounts
    • The customers and suppliers accounts with address.
    • The groups and grouping structure that form the Balance sheet and Profit & Loss statements.
    • The opening balance and current balance calculated based on the transactions.
  • Transactions table
    It contains all the journal movements including the VAT information.

View and analyze the accounting data

Once the SAF-T data is loaded in Banana, you can view the content and use the accounting specific commands. Here are some suggestion on the use the converted accounting data. Kindly let us know if you have any feedback or suggestion on getting the max out of your accounting data.

View the content

  • Scroll the Transactions and Accounts tables.
  • The Data->Find command let you search for any text.
  • The Data->Extract command to filter and sort content.

See graphic trend

  • Select the Charts window.
  • Select the account or group you are interested in seeing the graphical performance of.

nl imported auditfile graphic trend

Copy and paste to Excel

  • Select the cell of the table you want to copy and paste in Excel.
  • Select the rows and use the command Edit->Copy rows and when pasting in Excel you will also have the column header, for simple filtering.

Print or export

  • Preview and print the content of the table or any reports.
  • Export to pdf, html or any other format.

Accounting reports

The conversion process recreates a complete accounting file.  So, you can use all the double entry reporting functionalities, like:

  • The Actions->Account card give you the reconstructed card with all the transactions of any account or group.
  • Within the Accounts table you have the recalculate balance of each accounts and groups that form the Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss Statement.
  • With Reports->Advanced Balance Sheet with groups, you can print and customize the balance sheet and profit and loss statement. You can also have reporting by periods.
  • With Reports->Accounting report you get the data in table format, for period or other parameters.

Adding comments or other information

Once you have the SAF-T data in the accounting file you can add other information.

  • Make the column Notes visible.
  • Use Cost centers columns to group transactions.
  • Add any other column you need.
  • Add a linked table for further categorisation.
  • Mark the lines with colors to quickly retrieve some transactions.

Javascript extraction and reporting

The integrated Javascript interpreter let you create script:

Organizing files of more years

If you have to do analysis on more than one account  years it make sense to save the data in the Banana Accounting and connect the file of the previous year. Later you quickly open the files and create reports with data of multiple years.

  • Convert the SAF-T to Banana Accounting and save the file.
  • Set the file of the previous year.
    File->File Properties->Options.
     

Importing SAF-T In an Existing Banana Accounting File

You can also import the SAF-T in an existing accounting file.

  • Open your accounting file.
  • Menu->Action->Import
  • Import file
  • Install and select the import extension for the specific country.

 

Feedback and contacts

The SAF-T Reader is a new product. We welcome any feedback on how to improve it or to provide extensions that could make auditing and analytics more easy.

Kindly contact our costumer service specifying "audit file" and the country extension you are using.  Also briefly indicate your question or suggestion.

 

 

 

Universal Business plan templates

Free Cash Flow Planning, Budgeting And Management For Freelance And Small Companies

Free Cash Flow Planning, Budgeting And Management For Freelance And Small Companies
Description

Creating a cash flow forecast with Banana Accounting is like creating it with Excel, but faster, more secure and completely free. Thanks to the ready-to-use template, you start right away, just enter the data.

You know in advance how much liquidity you have and how long it will last, when and what expenses you will face and what income you can count on. You can simulate the reduction of expenses and see what effect it has on your liquidity and profitability, understand future sales volumes and whether your capital will be enough.

We have prepared this guide to help you make your cash flow forecast and solve your financial problems. If you follow it in detail you will succeed, because you can always modify and correct it, so it's easy to update your forecasts.

Create your file

  • Create a new file, starting from this template (Template ID  +11044), using one of the methods explained. 
  • With the command File → File properties sets the period, the company name and the basic currency.
  • With the command File Save as save the file. It is useful to enter the company name and year in the file name.
    For example "company-2020.ac2".

See also Organize accounting files locally, online or in the cloud

Adapt accounts and categories tables

Before creating your own cash flow, you need to quickly adapt your account and categories to your specific needs.

Accounts table

The Accounts table only shows the Cash account, or rather, the liquidity in your possession. You can customize it by changing the account name, description and opening balance.

cash flow accounts

Categories table

This table contains the income and expense categories and the change in capital. You can edit these categories by adding new items, changing the category name, changing the order and deleting categories that you don’t need. At any time, you can see the updated balances of each category.

cash flow categories

With the useful Capital In & Capital Out sections you can register:

  • Loan injections and reimbursements
  • Owners injections and disbursements
  • Sales and purchases of fixed assets

To know at any time how much the current cash flow will be (when you will start to entering daily transactions), you only have to look at the value in the row "Net Cash Change". In this way you will know at a glance if you are having an Inflow or an Outflow and the exact amount.

cash flow categories capital

 

Create your cash flow forecast

The interesting innovation of Banana Accounting is the possibility to create cash flow forecasts to control liquidity and make timely decisions for your business.

For this reason, we now recommend that you create your own cash flow forecast. Go to the Budget table: this table contains all the cash inflows and outflows that you will have during the year.

To create the forecast correctly, follow these simple steps:

  • Insert operating income
  • Insert operating expenses
  • Insert capital in
  • Insert capital out

Insert operating income

Start by listing all the operating income you have and the amount of it. Cash sales is the main income, but there are others depending on your activity.

Operating Income may include:

  • Cash sales
  • Miscellaneous cash receipts
  • Collections from customer credit accounts
  • Interests

To insert a transaction in the budget you must enter the date (when you expect to have that income), the end date (if needed), the repetition (how often this income is repeated, if weekly, monthly or annual), the description, the amount in the income column and the income category.

In the template you will already find typical ready transactions where you can quickly enter only the amounts. You can still insert new transactions, edit and delete them.

To be as precise as possible with the estimate, look at last year’s values, rounding down the amount when you want to be more cautious.

Tips:

  • Only rely on assured income
  • Group the income according to their repetition (weekly, monthly, annual, …)

cash flow budget income

 

Insert operating expenses

Now it’s time to list all the operating costs. As you did for the income, here you have to estimate expenses by looking at last year’s values, but rounding up the amounts when you want to be more cautious. It’s always better to make an inaccurate forecast at the beginning of the year, than to have surprises of higher expenses.

Operating costs may include:

  • Salaries
  • Payroll
  • Rent
  • Insurances
  • Advertising and promotion
  • Utilities
  • Travels
  • Telephone
  • Bank charges
  • Interests

Tip:

  • Group the expenses according to their repetition (weekly, monthly, annual, …)

cash flow budget expenses

 

Insert capital in & out

This section is very useful to have a net cash flow forecast and not just an operational one. You must then enter the expected capital in and out transactions, the investments and disinvestments in fixed assets.

Capital In may include:

  • Loan injections
  • Cash injections by owners
  • Sales of fixed assets

Capital Out may include:

  • Loan reimbursements
  • Cash disbursements to owners
  • Purchases of fixed assets

cash flow budget capital

 

Control your cash flow forecast

It’s important to know right away whether your business, thanks to your estimates, generates a positive cash flow or not. Are you curious, aren’t you? The generation of the forecast report will give you the answer!

To do this check is very easy: just go to Reports → Enhanced statement with groups, and from the list that appears choose the Yearly forecast report. Press OK to view the forecast report.

A goal of any activity is certainly to have a positive cash flow, because only this allows it to survive, or rather to pay suppliers, reimburse debts, ... Check the Net cash change item (at the bottom of the report) and make sure that you have a positive result (Inflow). If so, you can be happy, because you are managing your business well!
On the other hand, if you have a negative net cash flow (Outflow), it means that unfortunately your business has difficulties to manage liquidity. What you need to do in this case is first of all to recheck well both your estimated income and expenses, if there are any adjustments to be made or errors to be corrected, that improve the cash flow. If you still have a negative cash flow, you need to think about actions to be taken to improve liquidity management from next year or when the forecast period starts. Most likely you will have to try to reduce your operating expenses.

cash flow report yearly budget

In addition to the annual forecast, always in Reports → Enhanced statement with groups, to have even more detailed control over the liquidity trend (for example how it behaves during the year), you can choose monthly, quarterly and 4-years reports, or create your own report.

cash flow report quarterly budget

cash flow report 4years budget

 

Enter the transactions

With the cash flow forecast under control, you can start register the various real liquidity transactions and compare them from time to time with the expected values.

Insert the liquidity transactions

Daily transactions must be inserted in the Transactions table. Making a registration is the same process as you did for the forecast in the budget table (the only difference is you don’t have the repeat column). There are also some examples in the table that you can delete and edit.

cash flow transactions

Check the movements with account cards

When you gradually enter your transactions, could be useful to check how the cash account or a particular expense category has evolved over time. To do this you can view the respective Account/Category Card.
For example, by selecting the Cash account card you will have a summary of all its movements. By also clicking on the chart option at the bottom, you have an even more immediate view of the account's performance.

Tip: Check your Cash account at least once a month to see immediately how it is progressing and compare it with past months.

cash flow account card

Check the difference between balance and budget

For more control over your performance, you can go to the Account or Categories table, selecting the Budget view and look at the Diff.Budget column, which shows you the difference between the real balances and the values you had budgeted. In this way you have an additional indicator to understand if you are following the budget well and to take better decisions.

cash flow categories difference

 

Compare the forecast with the report

During the year you can compare at any time your current situation with the forecast, to understand if and where you are spending more, in order to take decisions in advance. At the end of the year you can make the final comparison between the actual report and the forecast to see if you have achieved the expected net cash flow.

Create the control report from the menu Reports → Enhanced statement with groups → Yearly report compared to forecast.

cash flow report annual comparison

If you want to have a more precise and targeted view, you can create reports with monthly subdivision, which also include the difference between the balance and budget value of each month. This gives you an overview of the months in which you had the most liquidity difficulties and those in which you earned the most.

cash flow report 3months comparison

You are arrived at the end of the year, so you will now have to re-plan the next one creating a new cash flow forecast, exactly as you have done up to now. Don't stop, only in this way will you see your cash flow improve more and more!

 

michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/cashflow/en/11044_cash_flow_forecast.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/cashflow/en/11044/11044_cash_flow_forecast_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Cash Manager Business
ac2 publisher

Financial Planning for a Startup | Income and Expense accounting

Financial Planning for a Startup | Income and Expense accounting
Description

Note: For this business plan template, the management of a bar or restaurant has been taken as an example, since it is an activity that all people are familiar with and is therefore ideal to understand the functioning of Banana Accounting. Obviously, the template can also be used for other types of activities (Startups) for which you want to do financial and liquidity planning.

Financial and liquidity planning for Luke's Coffeehouse

This section will explain how to set up a financial plan for a new entrepreneurial activity, according to the income and expense accounting model.

Consult the Benefits and Features of Financial Planning section for further information.

Luke plans to open a Coffeehouse in 2022 and is preparing a Financial Plan, including all the necessary details.

  • The financing of his project includes his proper means and a loan from a third person.
  • In January 2022 he rents the premises, redecorates and furnishes them and starts his commercial activity.
  • The Financial Planning is established for the period running from January 2022 through to December 2025.

By entering the detail of the various expenses and income, Luke will be able to generate and print financial statements (cash and other) showing his expenses and revenues, as well as the financial performance for the year, by quarter or any other subdivision of period of his choosing.

The evolution of his bank account balance, in particular, will allow him to track wether the available liquidity will be sufficient for his activity.

Report quarterly budget

Example File

Download the template file and open it with Banana Accounting Plus Software (for further information consult the following template link).

Enter your expected Income and Expense estimates into the Budget table and the financial plan and liquidity projections will immediately be available.

File properties

In the File and accounting properties menu, enter your general data.

Opening date is 1st of January 2022 and closing date December 31st 2022.

This is also the period of calculation that will be used for the Total in your Budget column.

File properties in Banana Accounting

The Chart of Accounts

The following example will explain the functioning of the Budget table.

  • The Chart of Accounts is is simplified to it's essence.
  • Comprehensive name for accounts are used to illustrate the use of Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Opening. The activity starts from scratch, so there are no opening balances.
  • Budget. This is the overall budget at the end of the accounting period.
    As you see, this represents the balance sheet and income statement at the end of the budgeting period.

If your activity is less complex, you may alter your Chart of Accounts accordingly.

If you require a more structured Chart of Accounts, it is recommended to set off with one of Banana Accounting Plus's Chart of Accounts templates and then add the Budget table.

The Accounts table

Enter your Balance Sheet data (Assets and Liabilities) here.

The Categories table

Enter your Operating data (Expenses and Income) here.

The Budget table

The Budget table (check explanations about the use of columns), is where data relative to your Financial Planning are entered.

Financial Planning is set up by entering forecasts such as income and expenses in the Budget table. The budget table offers some additional columns that make Financial Planning easier, such as:

  • Repeat.
    Entering “M” = Monthly will return your operation for each following month.
    If left blank, the operation will only take place once.
  • End (Data).
    Used in conjunction with Repeat, this will determine the last date when the operation will be repeated. 
  • Total.
    The total amount recorded in the current year.

Transactions for January

Those are identical to entering in the transactions table, because there is no Repeat yet.

This is the first month of running the Coffeehouse and there are the registration of the owner's equity, the payment of the furniture and the accession to a loan.

The entering in the below screenshot, such as first month's rent, were included as non-repetitive recordings, to illustrate some simple recordings that contain no Repeat.

Repetitive transactions for February

Operations that are occurring on a monthly basis are entered in February.

  • The rent from January to June is of 1'000 per month and increases to 1'200 as per July.
    • Doc 5:
      The first rent was paid cash. There will probably also be the downpayment of a guarantee.
    • Doc. 50: 
      The rent of 1'000 is budgeted from February to June.
      • On February 2 the rent is paid from the BANK account.
        In the following months the payment of the rent will figure on to 2nd day of each month.
      • The End date is the 30th of June.
        The last rent of 1'000 will be on the 2nd of June.
      • Repeat. M = monthly.
      • Total 5,000 (5 x 1'000), automatically calculated, is the total amount for the transaction during this period.
    • Doc 51:
      Rent is budgeted from July onwards.
      • Date 2nd of July.
        In the following months the payment of the rent of 1'200 will figure on to 2nd day of each month.
      • End
        As no date is indicated, this expense will be repeated for all the following months and years.
      • Repeat. M = monthly.
      • Total 7'200 (6 x 1'200) is automatically calculated.
        Represents six months' rent from July to December.
  • Doc. 52.
    The leasing of the Cash Register.
    • Date is 10th of February.
    • End (of lease) January 31st 2019. When the last installment on the lease is due.
    • Repeat. M = monthly.
      The operation will be repeated each month, the last time in January 2019.
    • Account the BANK.
    • Category Administrative expenses.
    • Amount 200.00 monthly lease rate.
    • Total  2'200 (200 x 11 months).
  • Doc. 53.
    Payment towards the lease redemption.
    This operation only takes place in 2019, but is included here, because it is linked to the monthly lease.
    • Date is 10th February 2019.
    • Account the BANK.
    • Category Administrative expenses.
    • Amount 400.00 the release amount.
    • Total empty because there is no expenditure in the current year.
  • Doc. 54: 

    Monthly salaries.

    • Date: 25th of February.
    • Repeat. M = monthly.
      The operation will be repeated on the 25th of each month to come.
    • Total 55'000 (5 x 11 months).
  • Doc. 55.
    Administrative expenses (this is an approximation: for a correct budgeting, entering for each separate expense will be necessary).
    • Date 28th of February.
    • Repeat is ME = Month End.
      The operation will be repeated every month on the last day of the month.
      In March it will be on 31st, April 30nd and so on.
    • Amount 300.00
    • Total  3'300 (300 x 11 months)

Budgeting for income and purchase of goods

Income and goods purchases are itemized below as monthly amounts, taking into account that there might be important monthly fluctuations.

It might prove more appropriate to use separate turnover figures for drinks or/and food.

February's Repeat column is empty, as we expect a higher figure for he next year and this will be added at a later stage.

From March onwards, the turnover is considered to be representative for the years to come.

Calculations for Income and Expense will be calculated on a monthly basis by Banana 8 Accounting Software.

  • Doc 101

    Income indications for February

    • Date 20th of February.
      Income occurs on every day of a month. We choose a date towards mid-month as an approximated level of liquidity.
    • Repeat no repetition.
      A higher figure is expected next year and will be recorded in the successive year.
    • Account Cash register receipts that are deposited in BANK.
    • Category Provenance of SALES deposited.
    • Amount 10'000.00.
    • Total The next operation falls within next year, hence, the total represents one single amount.
       
  • Doc 102

    Indication of forecasted costs for goods, on a pro rata 20% monthly basis.

    • Date 21st of February . The day after entering the sales transactions.
    • Repeat no repetition.
      The operation will be repeated on the 21st of each following month.
      Therefore, cost of goods will be calculated each month as a percentage of purchases of sales account transactions.
    • Account Payments are settled via BANK.
    • Category Purchase of GOODS.
  • Doc 103
    Two lines, which are similar to Doc 101 and 102, but for March.
    • Repeat Y= yearly. Turnover and costs for the month of March for subsequent years.
  • Doc 104 through to Doc 112
    Each 20th of the month projected sales for the different months of the year are indicated.

Following Years' Proceeds

Transactions can also be indicated for the following years.

These data will be used to establish budgets for the years to come.

The Total column will remain empty, as these values are ​​out of scope and only refer to the current accounting period.

  • Doc 151

    Transaction entering similar to the previous year

    • Date 20th of January
    • Repeat Y = yearly
      This will be repeated in the subsequent years.
    • Total empty (calculated automatically).
    • The Total column remains empty, as these values are ​​out of scope for current accounting period, and will not be indicated in the Total column which refers to the current period.

End of quarter

Indications of some typical entries that are repeated at the end of quarter.

  • Doc 70
    Indications of some typical entries that are repeated at the end of quarter.
    • Dat 31st of March.
    • Repeat 3ME 3 Months End.
    • Category ADMIN. Administrative costs, this would normally be financial bank charges.
    • Amount 150 (Automatically calculated) by multiplying the quantity by the unit price.
    • Total 600 (Automatically calculated) 150 quarterly until the end of the year.
  • Doc 71
    Interest on the loan that must be paid quarterly.
    • Date 31st of March
    • Repeat 3ME 3 Months End.
    • Account LOAN interest is added to the loan.
    • Category INTEXP interest on loan.
    • Amount interest for current quarter.
    • Total interest for the current year.
  • Doc 72
    Interest accrued on the LOAN is payed from the Bank count.
    • Date 31st of March.
    • Repeat 3ME 3 Months End.
    • Account LOAN interest owned on liabilities.
    • Category BANK account used for payment.
    • Formula "interest“ content of variable interest (value saved in the operation Doc 71).
    • Amount the result of the formula, i.e. the interest for this quarter.
    • Total interest for the current year,
      .
  • Doc 73
    Interest earned on current account with the Bank.
    • Date 31st of March.
    • Repeat 3ME 3 Months End.
    • Account BANK where interest is received.
    • Category INTINC interest income.
    • Amount is interest income for this quarter.
    • Total interest for the current year,

Year End

Some typical operations might take place at year end. Here, we use Repeat "Y" in order for them to be carried out for subsequent years.

  • Doc 200
    Attribution to staff of a 1% commission on annual sales at the end of the year.
    • Date 31st of december.
    • Repeat Y= calculation is repeated each year.
    • Account BANK
    • Category PERSON Personnel expenses.
    • Amount is the commission payed to the sales staff.
    • Total identical to Amount.
       
  • Doc 201
    Reimbursement of 10% of the outstanding loan.
    • Date 31st of december.
    • Repeat Y= calculation is repeated each year.
    • Account LOAN account (reimbursement of your loan).
    • Category BANK Bank account used for reimbursement.
    • Amount 6'000 is the equivalent of 10% of your total Loan.
    • Total identical to Amount.
  • Doc 202

    Used for depreciation for your furniture.

  • Doc 203
    Assessment of your Inventory value.
    This is non-repetitive because the assessment will be based on asset values of your inventory at each year end.

Compositions

Use the create new compositions command to generate new compositions for the printout including print parameters already preset in Budget and enhanced for groups.

You can preset the prints configuration according to your requirements.

If you understand how compositions functions, you will be able use it with other commands and create prints or other adapted to your own purpose.

 

Reports in the Accounts table

In the Accounts tab, view Budget to access the updated budget amounts.

Financial and liquidity planning for the first year

Use Command

  • Reports -> Quarterly forecast 1. evolution during the first year can be seen.

The composition that has been set up can be visualized as

  • Breakdown by Period -> Quarter
     

These two prints will allow you to apprehend:

  • The economic forecast (expenses and income) and budgeting of the current financial year.
  • The detailed evolution of liquidity in your bank's current account.

Modifying or Creating a new composition will give you a breakdown by month.

Report quarterly budget

As per month

Report monthly budget

Financial and liquidity planning for a four year period

Use Command

  • Reports -> Forecast 4 years

This will display the predefined composition for:

  • Period from 01/01/2017 to 31/12/2020
    In this report, you can specify a period that differs from the accounting period.
    The program will then project the data for the specified period.
  • Subdivision per year.

Report budget 4 years

Account Card

After opening the Budget table, click on the BANK cell and all budgeted transactions contained in the account card will be displayed.

 

 

 

 

Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/startup/en/11048_startup_lukes_coffeehouse_income.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/startup/en/11048/11048_startup_lukes_coffeehouse_income_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Income & Expense Accounting Business , Education
ac2 publisher

Double-Entry Accounting Tutorial File Budgeting and Financial Plan for a Startup

Double-Entry Accounting Tutorial File Budgeting and Financial Plan for a Startup
Description

Whether you're planning to start a new business, or setting up a business plan, it is of the utmost importance to manage your liquidity projections. Especially at the beginning of a new activity, this could easily happen to land yourself in financial difficulties.

Banana Accounting software offers you the possibility to set up your financial planning and liquidity projections, allowing monitoring on a daily basis, with a high degree of accuracy. It allows you to project your accounting into the future and manage the years ahead of you in your ledger.

Note: For this business plan template, the management of a bar or restaurant has been taken as an example, since it is an activity that all people are familiar with and is therefore ideal to understand the functioning of Banana Accounting. Obviously, the template can also be used for other types of activities (Startups) for which you want to do financial and liquidity planning.

Financial planning and liquidity management of Luke's Restaurant

This section will explain how to set up a financial plan for a new entrepreneurial activity, according to the double-entry accounting model.
Consult the Benefits and Features of Financial Planning section for further information.

Luke plans to open a restaurant in 2022 and is preparing a financial plan, including all the necessary details.

  • The financing of his project includes his proper means and a loan from a third person.
  • In January 2022, he rents the premises, redecorates and furnishes them and starts his commercial activity.
  • The Financial Planning is established for the period from January 2022 to December 2025.

Below you have an example of a monthly planning that Banana Accounting can make easy for you:

Report monthly budget

Economical forecasting and liquidity management

This model will help you to learn about the different features of Financial planning in Banana Accounting software. Some features, such as formulas, will be used in more advanced cases. The possibility to enter formulas is available in Banana Accounting Plus only with the Advanced plan. Update now!

  • Use of budgeted transactions
  • Repetitive transactions
  • Using Quantities and Price
  • Using Formulas
    • Using Variables
    • Calculation of interest on Asset and Liability Accounts
    • Carrying forward of account balances
    • Carrying forward of transactions recording
  • Budgeting for one financial year divided by quarter, including results and liquidity projection
  • Budgeting for several financial years, including results and liquidity projection

The File Properties

Opening date is 1st of January 2022 and closing date December 31st 2022.

This is also the period of calculation that will be used for the Total column in your Budget.

File properties in Banana Accounting

The Chart of Accounts

This example is intended to explain the functioning of your Budget table of forecasts.

  • The Chart of Accounts, reduced to it's essence.
  • Comprehensive name for accounts are used to illustrate the use of Banana Accounting software.
  • Opening Basic Currency. The activity starts from scratch, so there are no opening balances.
  • Budget Basic Currency. It's the overall budget at the end of the accounting period. Notice that this represents the balance sheet and income statement at the end of the budgeting period.

Assets in the chart of accounts

Income and Expenses in the chart of accounts

Create your own Chart of Accounts

The Chart of Accounts defines the elements of Expenses, Income and Investments. In case you want to subdivide the expenses more in detail, you need to add other accounts.
Rather than starting with a very simple Chart of Accounts and add on accounts and groups, it is recommended to start with a more structured Chart of Accounts. Banana Accounting software offers different Charts of Accounts templates, and it is recommended to choose and adapt the one closest to your needs and then add the Budget tab .

The Budget table

The budget table (see also explanation on columns) is where you insert recordings relative to the planning.

The financial plan is inserted via normal entering in double-entry bookkeeping in the Budget table. The budget table provides additional columns that greatly facilitate the preparation of the financial plan.

  • Repeat
    If you specify "M" = Monthly, for example, this will generate monthly registration for all subsequent months.
    If the cell is left empty, the operation will be performed only once.
  • End (Date)
    Used in combination with Repeat, setting the last date when the operation will occur. 
  • Total
    The total amount recorded in the current year.
  • Quantity, Price
    Allows for indication of the combination of values ​​on the basis of which the amount will be calculated.
  • Formula
    Allows you to specify a formula for calculating the amount.
    The formula has priority for the calculation of the amount.

Transactions for January

Those are identical to entering in the transactions table, because there is no Repeat yet.

This is the first month of the Coffeehouse's exploitation and these are the registrations of the owner's equity, payment of the furniture and the accession to a loan.

The entering shown in the below screenshot, such as first month's rent, were included as not repetitive recordings, to illustrate some simple recordings that contain no Repeat.

Budget transactions in January

Repetitive transactions for February

In  February, enter the transactions that will occur on a monthly basis

Budget transactions from February

  • The rent from January to June is of 1'000 per month and increases to 1'200 as per July.
    • Doc 5:
      The first rent was paid cash. There will probably also be the payment of a guarantee.
    • Doc. 50: 
      The rent of 1'000 is budgeted rom February to June.
      • On 2nd Februar the rent is paid from the bank account. 
        In the following months the payment of the rent will figure on to 2nd of each month.
      • End Date is 30th June.
        The last rent of 1'000 will be on 2nd June.
      • Repeat. M = monthly.
      • Total 5'000 (5 x 1'000, automatically calculated) is the total amount for the transactions during this period. 
    • Doc 51:
      Rent Budgeted from July onward.
      • Date 2nd July.
        In the following months the payment of the rent of 1'200 will figure on to 2nd of each month.
      • End
        As no date is indicated, this expense will be repeated for all the following months and years.
      • Repeat. M = monthly.
      • Total 7'200 (5 x 1,200), automatically calculated.
        Represents six months' rent from July to December.
  • Doc. 52.
    The leasing for the cash register.
    • Date is 10th of February.
    • End (of lease) January 31st 2024. When the last installment on the lease is due. 
    • Repeat M = monthly.
      The operation will be repeated each month, the last time in January 2024.
    • Debit A/C Administrative fees.
    • Credit A/C BANK (used for payment).
    • Amount 200.00 monthly lease rate.
    • Total 2,200 (200 x 11 months).
  • Doc. 53.
    Payment towards the lease redemption.
    This operation only takes place in 2024, but is included here, because it is linked to the monthly lease.
    • Date is 10th February 2024.
    • Debit A/C Administrative fees.
    • Credit A/C BANK (used for payment).
    • Amount 400.00 the release amount.
    • Total empty because there is no expenditure in the current year.
  • Doc. 54: 
    Monthly salaries.
    • Date: 25th February.
    • Repeat. M = monthly.
      The operation will be repeated on the 25th of each month to come..
    • Total 55,000 (5'000 x 11 months).
  • Doc. 55.
    Administrative expenses (this is an approximation: for a correct budgeting entering for each separate expense will be necessary).
    • Date is 28th February.
    • Repeat is ME = Month End.
      The operation will be repeated every month on the last day of the month.
      In March it will be on 31st, in April 30th and so on.
    • Amount 300.00.
    • Total 3,300 (300 x 11 months).

Budgeting for income and purchase of goods

Depending on the type of business activity, the most appropriate way to specify the revenues must be chosen.

Income and goods purchases are itemized below as monthly amounts, taking into account that there might be important monthly fluctuations.
It might prove more appropriate to use separate turnover figures for drinks or/and food.

February's Repeat column is empty, as we expect a higher figure for he next year and this will be added at a later stage.
From March onward the turnover is considered to be representative for the years to come.

Budget transactions income and purchase of goods

Indications of forecast income and merchandise costs, calculated on a monthly basis.

  • Doc 101
    Income indications for February
    • Date: 20th February. 
      Income occurs on every day of a month. We choose a date towards mid-month as an approximated level for liquidity.
    • Repeat Empty (no repetition).
      A higher figure is expected next year and will be recorded in the successive year..
    • Debit A/C Cash register receipts that are deposited in BANK.
    • Credit A/C Provenance of receipts in SALES account.
    • Amount 10'000.00.
    • Total 10'000.00 The next operation falls within next year, hence the total represents one single amount.
    •  
  • Doc 102
    Indications of forecast costs for goods, on 20%a pro rata monthly basis.
    • Date 21st February. The day after the entering of the sales transaction.
    • Repeat no repetition.
      The operation will be repeated on the 21st of each following month. Therefore, each month cost for goods will be calculated as a percentage of purchases of sales account transactions.
    • Debit A/C GOODS costs to be recorded in goods Account.
    • Credit A/C BANK payment of goods costs through the bank.
  • Doc 103
    Two lines, which are similar to Doc 101 and 102, but for March.
    • Repeat Y=Yearly. Turnover and costs for the month of March for subsequent years.
  • Doc 104 through to Doc 112: Each 20th of the month projected sales for the different months of the year are indicated.

Following Years' Proceeds

Transactions can also be indicated for the following years..
These data will be used to establish budgets for the years to come.
The Total column will remain empty, as these values are ​​out of scope and only refer to the current accounting period.

Budget transactions of Income next year

  • Doc 151
    Transaction entering similar to the previous year
    • Date 20th January.
    • Repeat Y = Yearly.
      This will be repeated in the subsequent years.
    • Total empty (calculated automatically). The Total column will remain empty, as these values are ​​out of scope and only refer to the current accounting period.

End of quarter

Indications of some typical entries that are repeated at the end of a quarter.

Budget quarterly repetitions

  • Doc 70
    Here's an example for the use of the quantity and price column.
    Known bank charges are 50 per month and we indicate the amount for a 3 months period.
    • Date 31st March.
    • Repeat 3ME=3 Months End.
    • Debit A/C ADMIN. Administrative costs, this would normally be financial bank charges.
    • Credit A/C BANK. Administrative costs.
    • Amount 150 (Automatically calculated) by multiplying the quantity by the unit price.
    • Total 600 (Automatically calculated) 150 quarterly until the end of the year.
  • Doc 71
    Interest on the loan that must be paid quarterly.
    • Date 31st March.
    • Repeat 3ME=3 Months End.
    • Debit A/C INTEXP interest expense on liabilities.
    • Credit A/C LOAN interests are added to the loan.
    • Amount interest for current quarter.
    • Total interest for the current year.
  • Doc 72
    Interest accrued on the LOAN are payed from the Bank count.
    • Date 31st March 31.
    • Repeat 3ME=3 Months End.
    • Debit A/C LOAN interest expense account.
    • Credit A/C BANK the account used to pay interest.
    • Amount the result of the formula, i.e the interest for this quarter.
    • Total total interests for the current year.
  • Doc 73
    Interest earned on current account with the Bank.
    • Date 31st March 31.
    • Repeat 3ME=3 Months End.
    • Debit AC BANK Bank account.
    • Credit A/C INTINC interest income.
    • Amount interest income for this quarter.
    • Total total interest for the current year.

Year End

These are some year-end operations. Here we use Repeat "Y" in order for them to be carried out for subsequent years.

Budget transactions of the end of the year

  • Doc 200
    Attribution to staff of a 1% commission on annual sales at the end of the year.
    • Date 31st December.
    • Repeat Y= calculation is repeated each year.
    • Debit A/C PERSON Personnel expenses.
    • Credit A/C BANK Bank account.
    • Amount is the commission payed to the sales staff.
    • Total identical to Amount.
  • Doc 201
    Reimbursement of 10% of he outstanding loan
    • Date 31st December.
    • Repeat Y calculation will be repeated each year.
    • Debit A/C LOAN Loan account (your liability).
    • Credit A/C BANK Bank account used for reimbursement.
    • Amount 6'000 is the equivalent of 10% of your total Loan.
    • Total identical to Amount.
  • Doc 202
    Use for the amortization of your furniture.
  • Doc 203
    Use for adjustment of your inventory.
    This is non-repetitive, because the assessment should be based on the asset values of your inventory.

Customization

Use the create new customization command to generate new customization for the printout including print parameters already preset in Budget and enhanced for groups.

You can preset the prints configuration according to your requirements.
If you understand how customization works, you will be able to use it with other commands and create prints or other adapted to your own purpose.

Reports in the Accounts table

In the Accounts tab, view Budget to access the updated budget amounts.

Financial and liquidity planning for the first year

With Command

  • Reports → Enhanced balance sheet with groups → Quarterly forecast 1st year, the evolution during the first year can be seen.

The customization that has been set up can be visualized

  • Breakdown by Period → Quarter

These two prints will allow you to apprehend:

  • The economic forecast (expenses and income) and budgeting of current financial year..

  • The detailed evolution of liquidity in your bank's current account.

Modifying or Creating a new customization will give you a breakdown by month.

Report quarterly budget

By month

Report monthly budget

Financial and liquidity planning for a four year period

With Command

  • Reports →Enhanced balance sheet with groups → Budget 4 years

This will display the predefined customization for:

  • Period from 01/01/2022 to 31/12/2025
    In this report, you can specify a period that differs from the accounting period. The program will then project the data for the specified period.
  • Subdivision per year.

Report budget 4 years

Account card

After opening the Budget table, click on the BANK cell and all budgeted transactions contained in the account card will be displayed.

Account card of the Bank

 

Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/startup/en/11025_startup_lucas_restaurant_double.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/startup/en/11025/11025_startup_lucas_restaurant_double_tutorial.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business , Education
ac2 publisher

Tutorial file for amortisation and interest calculation with budget's formulas

Tutorial file for amortisation and interest calculation with budget's formulas
Description

The possibility to enter formulas is available in Banana Accounting Plus only with the Advanced plan. Update now!

domenico
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/FinancialPlanning/raw/master/English/11076_mortgage_amortisation_fixed_quote.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Education
ac2 publisher

Tutorial file for using Formulas for Budgeting and Financial Planning

Tutorial file for using Formulas for Budgeting and Financial Planning
Description

The possibility to enter formulas is available in Banana Accounting Plus only with the Advanced plan. Update now!

This file contains examples of how to use the Formula tab in the Budget table, as well as the Quantity and Unit price columns.

For explanations about the use of the Budget table and columns consult Budget table page.

Keep in mind that calculations are made in chronological order and not according to the sequence in which your budget registrations were entered.

Use of Quantity and Unit price columns

In the Formula view you will see the Qt. (quantity) and Unit/Price columns.

  • Doc 10. The Qt column. The number (Unit column) of coffees sold in one month at the price of (Unit/price column) and total income from coffee sales (Amount column).
  • Values in the Qt and Unit/Price columns can also be entered as a negative number, but the amount will be shown as a positive value.

Formula in JavaScript language

The Formula column allows you to enter calculations expressed in JavaScript language.

  • If the result of the formula is a number it will be shown as Amount in the respective column.
  • Doc. 21+22. You may specify numbers or mathematical expressions.
  • Doc 40 e 41. "//" indicates that a comment is entered.
  • Doc 42. Text entered between /* e */ are treated as comment and not part of the formula.

Formula errors

In case of errors, when you enter data:

  • The row containing the error is highlighted in red.
  • An error text is shown in the “message” window.

In order to avoid constant acoustic signals and popping up of error message windows, the errors have been treated as a comment in the example file (they start with "//").

Semicolon separator ";"

JavaScript uses ";" to terminate each line of command. You may concatenate mathematical expressions into one line. The return value will be the result of the last expression.

Comma separator ","

In JavaScript, comma is used as a separator between the different expressions in a function. The result value will be the result of the last expression.
Do not use the comma as a decimal separator, because in the formula it will be considered as an expression separator, and therefore numeric values will be truncated.

Full stop separator for decimals "."

JavaScript uses full stop "." as a separator for decimals. Regardless of the settings for decimals in your operating system preferences, full stop will always be used.

Calculations with simple numbers

You can compound mathematical calculations with simple numbers in the Formula column.

Texts and variables

  • Text is contained between quotation marks, as quotes.
  • Variables are the elements that mention the values that have been assigned.
    • The name of the variable must start with a letter or an underscore.
    • First of all, variables must be defined via a “variablename = 100” assigned punctuation.

Examples:

  • Doc 70.
    "Banana" between quotation marks is a text
  • Doc 101.
    A value of 100 is assigned to the variable.
  • Doc 102.
    The content of the Amount variable will be used.
  • Doc 103.
    The content of the Amount variable will be used, with an increment of 10.
  • Doc 104.
    The content of the Amount variable is assigned to the Amount variable with an increment of 10. The Amount variable will be equal to 110.
  • Doc 105.
    The Formula will be applied on a monthly basis “Repeat=M”
    • For the first time 110+10 = 120
    • For second time 120 + 10 = 130, and so on.
  • Doc 106.
    If no comment is entered, an error message will signal that Amount1 has not been defined.
  • Doc 110.
    The name “Banana” is assigned to the text Variable.

Controls for if .. then .. else flows

You can use all the conditional expressions of JavaScript. The subject is broad and we suggest you to refer to the documentation on the JavaScript language.
In this regard we only want to point out that in JavaScript:

  • The equal sign "=" is used to assign a value to a variable "a = 10"
  • On the contrary, for comparison, two successive equal signs are used "==". If (10 == 10) {1};

  • Doc 200-203
    If the criteria given in round brackets after the word "if" is true "(10 == 10)", then the Amount column the result of the next expression contained in curly brackets "{1}" will be shown.
    If it is not true "(10 == 9)" the amount will be zero.

Properties and Functions

Predefined JavaScript functions, such as Module Math.library, can be used (see examples Doc 220-222).

To call up a function, indicate it's name followed by the parameters of the function, indicated between brackets.

  • Doc 220.
    Math.min(10, 30, 2) will return the minimum value of the values specified between commas.

“Row object” for current row

Row object is of the Banana.Document.Row type an refers to the current row.

Specifying the name of a column via the Value function, will return the content of that specific column.

Predefined Debit and Credit functions

Formula only allows for positive values.

  • The debit function returns the value entered as a parameter if it is positive.
  • The credit function returns the value with as inverted, if the entered value is negative.

Accounting functions for the entire period

Without indication of a defined period, the use of specific Budget functions will return the values relative to the present situation. 
Please note and remember, that data in rows is processed sequentially, so there will be no subsequent values to the line being processed.

Use of accounting functions for a defined period

Use of accounting functions for a defined period.

The budgetBalance function for the current period will always be the same as the function for the entire period, as the budgetBalance function returns the balance at the end of the period and the last row processed is also the last of the current period.
he budgetOpening and budgetTotal functions, on the contrary, take the initial date into account so it's indication is necessary.

Interest calculation function

The budgetInterest function calculates interest at entering date, on the indicated account on an actual days count basis (365/365.
When calculating interest for the current month, you must indicate month end as the date. 

  • Doc 500.
    The second parameter represents the interest rate, 5 meaning 5%. If debit interest is due, calculation will be effectuated for the corresponding days.
  • Doc 520.
    If credit interest is due, calculation will be effectuated for the corresponding days. This will show as a negative towards the BANK account.

Functions for calculating tax on profit

  • Doc 600.
    The tax on profit is calculated on the movement in the "budgetTotal" period of the final group of the Profit & Loss statement (in this case the 02).
    credit (budgetTotal ("Gr = 02", "YC")) * 0.10
    • You obtain the group movement in the current year
      budgetTotal ("Gr = 02", "YC")
    • The credit () function returns the value only if it is negative and converts it to positive.
      credit (budgetTotal ("Gr = 02", "YC"))
    • The result is multiplied by 0.10 (percentage 10%)
    • In the Debit account, the Tax account of the Profit & Loss statement must be indicated.
    • In the Credit account, you must indicate the Bank account or the Treasury credit account.

User-defined Functions

In the Documents table, a "_budget.js" file is added where you can define functions in Javascript that can be called in the formula column.

Calculating tax on profit with progressive rate

  • Doc 610
    The profit is first calculated and assigned to the variable
  • Doc 611
    The profit is passed on to the calcTaxes() function that applies the tax percentage based on the amount and returns the tax amount to be paid.

Other user-defined functions

  • Doc 620
    The test () function is called, which is also defined in the budget_js document, which simply returns a value.

Use of Variables for next calculations

Variables are very useful for storing values for next calculations.

  • Doc 700-704.
    Indexation of sales.
    • Doc 700.
      Fixation of the index at 1 (100%).
      Debit A/C and Credit A/C are not used here, as this row is only used for Definition of the Price index.
    • Doc 701.
      pscosts variable is used for calculation of acquisition cost (0.2=20%)
    • Doc 702.
      Sales are a 1000 multiple of the price index value.
    • Doc 704.
      As per 1st of March the index will be increased by 0.1 (=10%).
      As per this date, value of sales will increase in a monthly progression.
  • Doc 720-722
    Monthly sales figures are assigned to months function. Sales commissions are then calculated

JrepeatNumber Column

When Rows contain a Repeat, insert the Repeat number in the Formula cell as JrepeatNumber.

  • First repeat value is 0.
  • Second repeat value is 1, and so on.

Use JRepeatNumber when Repeat doesn't allow you to overwrite predefined Variables.
By using JrepeatNumber as a parameter for your object, sequences are registered and can be called at a later stage,

 

Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/FinancialPlanning/raw/master/English/10967_tutorial_formula.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Education
ac2 publisher

Tutorial File Budget Formulas For Multi-Currency Financial Planning

Tutorial File Budget Formulas For Multi-Currency Financial Planning
Description

The possibility to enter formulas is available in Banana Accounting Plus only with the Advanced plan. Update now!

This example will explain how to use formulas specific to double-entry bookkeeping with multi-currency functionalities.

Documentation on use of formula in the Budget table.

Amount calculation in base currency

The formula will calculate the value in the account's currency first and then the relative value in the base currency.

Exchange rates and historical rates

  • Doc 10 and 12.
    If an exchange rate is indicated in the exchange rate column, the program will calculate the amount in the base currency (EUR in this case) using the exchange rate indicated in this row.
  • Doc 11 and 13.

    If there is no exchange rate indicated, the program will apply the exchange rate in the Exchange rates table for this calculation as well as for the successive operation in the case a Repeat function is applied.

  • If historical exchange rates are defined in the Exchange rates table, via adding a date, the program will apply the exchange relative to the date or the previous, most recent one.

Use of formulas in the base currency

All formulas available in the Budget table can be used in the Formula column.

The following examples show the value in the base currency (EUR) calculated according to a Formula.

  • Doc 21.
    The sales value is multiplied according to the Formula EUR value. The exchange rate in the corresponding column will be ignored.
  • Doc 22.
    As in the previous example, but for the value of "AmountCurrency" which is the result of the formula.
  • Doc 23.
    In the “budget.js” document we have defined an exchange rate function calculating the value on the basis of the contents in the row.
    With these functions it is possible to create exchange rate simulations.
     

Example for Exchange rate function

The USD exchange rate is established on a monthly basis.

A constant exchange rate is used for GBP instead.

The function will result as the amount of AmountCurrency multiplied by the exchange rate.

  
  function cambio() {
    var importo = row.value("AmountCurrency");
    var cambio = 1;
    var moneta = row.value("ExchangeCurrency");
    var data = Banana.Converter.toDate(row.value("JDate"));
    var mese = data.getMonth() + 1;
    if (moneta == "USD") {
      cambio = 0.95;
      if (mese == 1)
      cambio = 0.96;
    else if (mese == 2)
      cambio = 0.97;
    }
    if (moneta == "GBP") {
    cambio = 1.30;
    }
    return importo * cambio;
  }
  

Formulas for calculation of exchange rate differences

For further information on calculation of exchange rate differences please refer to information about transactions in multi currency and to the Create exchange rate differences command.

  • The currency is always the base currency.
  • Amounts must not be entered in the account's currency.
  • Exchange rate is left blank and will be ignored, even if a value is entered.
  • The budgetExchangeDifference function calculates the exchange rate difference for an account. This value represents the non realized exchange rate profit or loss.
    .
    • The function will return a positive value if it is an exchange rate loss and a negative (credit) in case of exchange rate profit.

      Exchange rate profit and exchange rate loss need to be entered in two different rows.

    • The resulting amount represents the revaluation necessary in the base currency to ensure that the account balance in the base currency matches the balance of the account in the currency converted at the exchange rate used for the calculation of exchange rate differences.

  • The first parameter "CUSD" of the budgetExchangeDifferences function is the account in foreign currency for which the exchange rate difference will be calculated.
  • The second parameter is the exchange rate to be applied.
    • If no exchange rate is indicated, the historical exchange rate relative to the date of the entered transaction is applied.
    • When "current" is used, the exchange in the Exchange rate tables with no date will be used.
    • An exchange my also be indicated. A point "." must be used as a decimal separator.
  
  credit(budgetExchangeDifference("CUSD"))
  credit(budgetExchangeDifference("CUSD", "current"))
  credit(budgetExchangeDifference("CUSD", "0.95"))
  
Anônimo (não verificado)
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/FinancialPlanning/raw/master/English/10826_tutorial_formula_currency.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting with foreign currencies Education
ac2 publisher

Tutorial Financial Planning for Accounting Experts

Tutorial Financial Planning for Accounting Experts
Description

The precision financial planning is a method to build the company’s financial future with the same rigor as real accounting. 

In Banana Accounting, forecasting is not separate, but integrated into the same accounting file. 

In this tutorial, you will see how to create a complete forecast by entering future transactions and automatically obtaining forecast balance sheet, profit and loss statement, and cash flow. You can also simulate different scenarios.

Introduction video

To see the system in action, watch our video below:

Who this tutorial is for

This tutorial is designed for:

  • Accounting experts
  • Fiduciary companies
  • Consultants and accountants

The goal is to show you how to quickly create a complete financial plan in the same accounting file, including:

  • Forecast profit and loss statement
  • Forecast balance sheet
    • Cash flow evolution
  • Comparison between budget and actual results.

You can prepare the financial plan both for your company and for your clients, offering added value to your consulting services that goes beyond accounting management.
 

Planning structure

With Banana Accounting, you do not need to create anything new. This means you work with:

  • the same chart of accounts
  • the same Debit/Credit logic
  • the same analysis tools

To enter budget transactions, use:

  • the Budget table where you enter the transactions you expect during the year:
    • enter the transaction only once
    • define the frequency 
    • you can determine that a transaction appears within a period defined by a start and end date. 

Chart of Accounts

The accounts you use are those already available in the chart of accounts. In the Accounts table, you can display the Budget column to always have forecast balances available:

  • menu Data > Columns setup > enable Budget column

Assets and Liabilities (Balance Sheet)

  • Costs and Revenue (Profit and Loss Statement)

For a more detailed forecast, if not already present, we recommend setting up and using:

Budget Table 

The Budget table is the core of the forecasting system, where you enter the transactions you expect during the year or within a defined period.

For each future event, enter the data in the following columns:

  • Start date: the date when the transaction begins 
  • End date: the last date by which the transaction ends (a date one or more years later can also be specified).
    If the transaction will always repeat every year, you do not need to enter any date.
  • Repeat: repetition frequency (day, month, quarter, half-year, year)
  • Description: description of the transaction
  • Debit / Credit account: accounts available and taken from the chart of accounts
  • Amount: transaction amount 

If needed, you can also enter VAT code, segments, or cost centers.

Based on the entered transactions, the program automatically creates all reports, with the same speed and options available in the Enhanced Balance sheet with groups, and reports the balances in the Accounts column, in the Budget view.

Complete forecast reports and comparison with actual data

Forecast reports do not only provide aggregated yearly projections. You can also analyze the data by specific periods: if a cost or revenue occurs only during certain months, the system represents it exactly in the correct periods.

For example: if a cost occurs only in June, July, and August, in the Budget table, by defining the accrual dates, the amount will be assigned exactly to the specific period in the forecast report, without any distribution across other months.

To obtain the forecast balance sheet and profit and loss statement:

  • From the menu Reports > Enhanced Balance sheet with groups > in the section Chart of Accounts > Columns, enable Budget

In the Enhanced Balance sheet with groups, if you display the actual, budget, and Budget difference columns, you immediately get an overall view:

Balance Sheet with actual balances, budget balances, and differences

Forecasting in Banana Accounting is not a separate document, but integrates with accounting data and evolves together with real accounting.

Profit and Loss Statement with actual balances, budget balances, and differences

With this report presentation, you can evaluate whether the company will be profitable and identify possible issues in advance.

Comparison of actual vs budget account card

With Banana Accounting financial forecasting, you can go beyond traditional forecasting. With the new Account card: Current vs/Budget extension (Beta version), you can compare an account card with both actual transactions and budget transactions. 

This is a completely new feature that allows you to:

  • analyze in detail the actual transactions compared to the budgeted ones
  • easily identify variances shown in the Differences column. 
  • progressively improve your planning capabilities.

Advantage: customer account card with actual and budget data

With Banana Accounting, for each customer you have a complete account card that integrates:

  • actual data → issued invoices and real payments received
  • forecast data → future invoices and expected payments

With Banana, the customer account card does not only show what has happened, but also what will happen, with all management details already integrated. In one single view, you can see the past, present, and future

Using the new extension dedicated to the account card, which compares actual and budget transactions, you can analyze in detail:

  • Customer
  • Project
  • Cost center
  • Segment

To display the comparison between actual and budget data for an account, you need to:

  • Install the Account card current vs budget extension (Beta version)
    • From the menu Extensions > Manage extensions > Accout card: current vs budget (Beta version)
  • In the dialog window that opens:
    Double-click on Account and select from the account list the account (or category), cost center 
    • Two account cards related to the same account are displayed side by side
    • In the last column of the budget account card, the Difference column is displayed, highlighting line by line the difference in amounts between actual and budget data.

Summary

With precision financial planning, you can:

  • enter detailed forecasts transaction by transaction
  • automatically obtain all reports
  • monitor liquidity and profitability
  • compare forecasts and actual results
  • progressively improve decision-making

It is not just about creating a budget, but about using an integrated system to plan and manage the financial future with professional accounting tools.

caterina
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/doc10/raw/refs/heads/master/en/accounting/budget/account-card-budget.ac2
| Tags: Universal
ac2 language
Universal Double-Entry Accounting Business
ac2 publisher

Account Card: Current vs Budget (BETA)

Account Card: Current vs Budget (BETA)

The report provides:

  • detailed transaction data
  • progressive balances
  • differences between actual and planned values

Prerequisites

To use this extension you must download and install Banana Accounting Plus.

Create the report

Run the extension from the menu Extensions > Account Card: Current vs Budget.

The extension Settings dialogue will open. From here you can choose some options to create the report.

  • Account
    Select the account to analyze (populated automatically from the Accounts table).
  • Subdivision by period
    Select the period subdivision (none, by month, by quarter).
    • None: shows all transactions in chronological order.
    • By month: groups transactions by month; each month is visually separated.
    • By Quarter: groups transactions by quarter (Q1, Q2, Q3, Q4); each quarter is visually separated.
  • Print in landscape
    Prints the report in landscape orientation.

The report will be generated and shown in preview.

Report content

The report is structured into three main sections:

  • Current account card
    Displays current account card transactions with the columns Date, Document, Description, Debit, Credit, Balance.
  • Budget account card
    Displays budget account card transactions with the columns Date, Document, Description, Debit, Credit, Balance.
  • Difference (between budget balances and current balances).
    For each row, the difference is calculated as: Budget balance – Current balance.
    This column highlights deviations between planned and actual values.

Each row or the report includes:

  • current transaction (if available)
  • budget transaction (if available)
  • updated balance
  • difference between balances

When one side has no data, the last available balance is carried forward. This ensures continuous and consistent comparison.

Report example:

account card current vs budget

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/refs/heads/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.uni.accountcardcurrentbudget.js
Short Description
The Account Card: Current vs Budget extension allows you to display and compare, for a selected account, both current account card transactions and budget account card transactions side by side in a single report.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Release Date Stable

Immobilienbuchhaltung mit Banana Buchhaltung+

Banana Buchhaltung Plus macht die Immobilienbuchhaltung einfach, schnell und professionell – auch wenn Sie keine Buchhaltungserfahrung haben, sei es für eine Stockwerkeigentümergemeinschaft (StWE) oder eine Mietliegenschaft.

Vorlagen für die Immobilienbuchhaltung

Wählen Sie das für Ihre Liegenschaft und Ihre Buchhaltungsbedürfnisse am besten geeignete Modell von Banana Buchhaltung Plus.
Jedes Modell ist sofort einsatzbereit und darauf ausgelegt, die Immobilienverwaltung schnell, genau und transparent zu gestalten.

Immobilienbuchhaltung

Der Ausgangspunkt ist einfach: Jede Wohnung, jedes Geschäft oder Büro (Immobilieneinheit) hat einen Preis für die Nutzung und Kosten für den Betrieb.

Banana Buchhaltung Plus hilft Ihnen, alles klar im Griff zu behalten.

Um die Immobilienbuchhaltung zu verstehen, genügt es zu denken, dass jemand eine Immobilie – Wohnung, Geschäft oder Büro – nutzt, als wäre er immer der Eigentümer.

Daraus ergibt sich eine grundlegende Unterscheidung:

  • der Preis des Hauses
  • die Betriebskosten des Hauses

Diese Unterscheidung gilt in jeder Situation.

Mietliegenschaft

Wenn Sie eine Mietliegenschaft besitzen, sind Sie Eigentümer der Immobilie und führen eine vollständige Buchhaltung über Einnahmen und Ausgaben.

Die Miete, die Sie erhalten, ist der Preis, den der Mieter für die Nutzung der Immobilie bezahlt – als wäre sie seine eigene.

Dieser Betrag:

  • ist ein Einnahmenposten für den Eigentümer
  • stellt den Wert der Nutzung der Immobilie dar

Die Ausgaben betreffen alles, was für den ordnungsgemässen Betrieb der Liegenschaft erforderlich ist, zum Beispiel:

  • Heizung
  • gemeinsames Wasser und Strom
  • Unterhalt
  • Dienstleistungen und Lieferanten

Diese Ausgaben sind kein Gewinn, sondern reale Kosten, die jemand tragen muss.

In der Praxis übernimmt oder bevorschusst der Eigentümer die Betriebskosten, und der Mieter erstattet ihm den auf ihn entfallenden Anteil.

Das bedeutet, dass die Spesenrückerstattung kein echter Ertrag ist, sondern lediglich bereits entstandene Kosten deckt.

Anders gesagt: Die Miete ist der Preis des Hauses, die Spesen sind die Betriebskosten.

Diese Spesen dienen zur Deckung der Betriebskosten und gelten nicht als endgültige Ausgaben, solange die tatsächlichen Kosten nicht bekannt sind. Am Ende des Zeitraums kann man vergleichen:

  • wie viel einbezahlt wurde
  • wie viel tatsächlich ausgegeben wurde

und erhält so eine klare Übersicht für jeden Mieter.

Stockwerkeigentum

Auch im Stockwerkeigentum ändert sich das Prinzip nicht. Ein Stockwerkeigentum ist ein Gebäude mit mehreren Eigentümern, die einen Preis für ihre Wohnungen bezahlt haben und gemeinsame Teile und Kosten teilen.

Jeder Eigentümer nutzt das Gebäude anteilsmässig so, als wäre er Eigentümer des gesamten Gebäudes.

Die gemeinschaftlichen Ausgaben betreffen den Betrieb der gemeinsamen Teile, wie zum Beispiel:

  • Treppenhaus und gemeinsam genutzte Räume
  • Dach, Fassade und Anlagen
  • Garten und Aussenbereiche

Diese Ausgaben sind die Betriebskosten des Gebäudes und werden von den Eigentümern gemäss ihren Anteilen getragen.

Im Stockwerkeigentum leisten die Eigentümer periodische Beiträge.

Diese Beiträge dienen der Deckung der Betriebskosten und gelten nicht als endgültige Ausgaben, solange die tatsächlichen Kosten nicht bekannt sind. Am Ende des Zeitraums kann man vergleichen:

  • wie viel einbezahlt wurde
  • wie viel tatsächlich ausgegeben wurde

und erhält so eine klare Übersicht für jeden Eigentümer.

Nachdem Sie die Art der Immobilienverwaltung definiert haben, können Sie das passende Buchhaltungsmodell auswählen.

Was Sie mit Banana Buchhaltung Plus tun können

Mit Banana Buchhaltung Plus können Sie:

  • den Preis des Hauses und die Betriebskosten separat erfassen
  • Mieten, Rückerstattungen und Ausgaben nachverfolgen
  • sofort sehen, was eingenommen und was ausgegeben wurde
  • einen klaren und verständlichen Jahresabschluss erhalten

Alles mit einer Logik, die auf Personen ausgerichtet ist, die ihre Immobilie selbst verwalten.

Eine klare Buchhaltung macht alles einfacher, wenn Sie trennen zwischen:

  • dem, was Preis ist
  • dem, was Kosten sind

und es wird sofort einfacher:

  • die Rentabilität der Immobilie zu verstehen
  • Verwirrung zu vermeiden
  • bewusste Entscheidungen zu treffen

Gestione proprietà in affitto

Banana Contabilità Plus propone due modelli utili per tenere una contabilità immobiliare professionale per gli affitti:

Entrambi includono già il piano dei conti tipico della gestione immobiliare.

Piano dei conti per Affitti

La contabilità di una proprietà in affitto può essere vista come una normale contabilità, con una distinzione fondamentale:

  • l’affitto rappresenta il prezzo della casa
  • le spese rappresentano il costo del funzionamento della casa

L’inquilino paga entrambi, ma con significati completamente diversi.

Banana Contabilità Plus ti aiuta a tenerli sempre separati e sotto controllo.

Quando gestisci una proprietà in affitto:

  • tu sei il proprietario dell’immobile
  • tutte le entrate e le spese fanno capo a te
  • una parte dei costi di funzionamento viene rimborsata dagli inquilini

La contabilità serve a distinguere chiaramente:

  • ciò che è prezzo (affitto)
  • ciò che è rimborso di costi (spese)

Il piano dei conti per gli affitti è organizzato per rispondere alla domanda su quanto si incassa come prezzo della casa e quanto si incassa solo per coprire i costi di funzionamento.

Per farlo la contabilità è suddivisa in alcune aree principali.

Conti degli inquilini

Per ogni inquilino viene creato un conto personale che serve a registrare:

  • l’affitto richiesto
  • gli anticipi per le spese
  • i pagamenti ricevuti
  • eventuali differenze da regolare a fine anno

Questi conti funzionano come conti clienti, mostrano sempre quanto è stato richiesto e quanto è stato pagato.

Conti per gli incassi degli affitti

I conti dei ricavi per affitti raccolgono esclusivamente il prezzo della casa, cioè:

  • affitti di appartamenti
  • affitti di uffici o spazi commerciali
  • affitti di posteggi

Questi conti:

  • contengono solo l’affitto
  • non includono mai le spese

In questo modo il reddito dell’immobile è sempre chiaro.

Conti per il costo di funzionamento della casa

Per gestire correttamente le spese vengono utilizzati conti separati che servono a:

  • registrare le spese effettivamente sostenute rimborsabili dagli inquilini
  • raccogliere gli anticipi richiesti agli inquilini
  • confrontare quanto incassato con quanto speso

L’obiettivo è che i soldi incassati per le spese devono corrispondere esattamente ai costi reali sostenuti.

Conti per i costi del proprietario

Per gestire correttamente le spese vengono utilizzati anche conti separati che servono a:

  • registrare le spese effettivamente sostenute che non sono rimborsabili dagli inquilini
  • confrontare quanto incassato come prezzo della casa dagli inquilini con quanto speso che non è rimborsabile dagli inquilini

L’obiettivo è calcolare esattamente quanto sta rendendo essere proprietari dell'immobile.

Registrazione delle richieste mensili

Per semplicità immagina che l’affitto viene richiesto ogni mese.

All’inizio del mese:

  • viene registrato l’affitto richiesto all’inquilino
  • viene registrato l’anticipo per le spese

Queste registrazioni avvengono anche se l’inquilino non ha ancora pagato.

Registrazione degli incassi

Quando l’inquilino paga:

  • l’importo versato viene registrato nel suo conto
  • la contropartita è il conto bancario o la cassa

In questo modo è sempre chiaro:

  • cosa è stato richiesto
  • cosa è stato effettivamente incassato

Conteggio di fine anno delle spese

Durante l’anno:

  • gli inquilini versano anticipi per le spese
  • il proprietario sostiene i costi di funzionamento

A fine anno si confrontano:

  • gli anticipi richiesti
  • le spese effettivamente sostenute

Per pareggiare i conti:

  • a chi è stato richiesto meno paga la differenza
  • a chi è stato richiesto di più riceve un rimborso

Questo conteggio serve esclusivamente a far coincidere incassi per spese e costi reali.

Controllo dei pagamenti degli inquilini

Il conto di ogni inquilino mostra sempre la sua situazione:

  • saldo in Dare
    significa che non ha ancora pagato tutto ciò che gli è stato richiesto
  • saldo in Avere
    significa che ha versato più del necessario

Questo controllo è immediato e non richiede calcoli esterni.

Perché questo modello è efficace

Questo piano dei conti ti permette di:

  • distinguere chiaramente il reddito dell’immobile dai rimborsi
  • capire subito la redditività reale
  • gestire le spese in modo trasparente
  • evitare confusione tra affitto e spese
  • dimostrare agli inquilini le spese effettivamente sostenute che sono tenuti a rimborsare

In questo modo la contabilità riflette la realtà, ossia che l’affitto è il prezzo della casa, le spese sono il costo del suo funzionamento.

La registrazione dell'affitto e dell'anticipo periodico richiesto può essere automatizzato grazie alle registrazioni ricorrenti automatiche.

Esiste inoltre un'estensione apposita per il controllo periodico del pagamento degli affitti.

Spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini

Nella gestione di una proprietà in affitto, una parte dei costi di funzionamento della casa può essere rimborsata dagli inquilini.

Questo significa che:

  • il proprietario sostiene o anticipa questi costi
  • gli inquilini rimborsano la quota che compete loro

Le spese rimborsabili devono essere registrate in modo ordinato, documentate, suddivise correttamente tra gli inquilini.

In questo modo gli inquilini possono, se necessario, verificare:

  • quali costi sono stati sostenuti
  • come sono stati ripartiti

La possibilità di farsi rimborsare alcune spese dipende dalle normative applicabili e dagli accordi presi con gli inquilini.

In alcuni casi si concorda un importo fisso senza calcolo delle differenze ossia l’affitto include tutte le spese, e in altri casi gli inquilini versano un anticipo fisso e a fine anno si confrontano anticipi e spese reali calcolando eventuali differenze. Banana Contabilità+ è pensato per supportare entrambe le situazioni.

Nel modello più frequente:

  • l’inquilino versa regolarmente un anticipo
  • il proprietario registra i costi reali
  • a fine anno si calcola la differenza

Se gli anticipi sono:

  • inferiori ai costi l’inquilino versa il saldo
  • superiori ai costi l’inquilino riceve un rimborso

Questo importo di differenza viene definito come conteggio o conguaglio.

Questo meccanismo serve a far coincidere quanto è stato incassato per le spese con quanto è stato realmente speso.

Per gestire correttamente le spese rimborsabili è importante organizzarle in modo logico. Ad esempio, tutte le spese legate al riscaldamento possono essere raccolte in un unico gruppo, come:

  • manutenzione della caldaia
  • spazzacamino
  • gas o gasolio
  • elettricità utilizzata per il funzionamento della caldaia

Questo permette di calcolare il rimborso in modo coerente.

Se vuoi maggiore precisione, puoi creare conti separati per tipi specifici di costo e indicare chiaramente a cosa servono.

Ad esempio una parte dell’elettricità delle scale può essere attribuita al funzionamento della caldaia. Creando un conto dedicato, questa quota verrà suddivisa insieme ai costi di riscaldamento. In questo modo la suddivisione segue il criterio corretto.

Una buona pratica fondamentale è distinguere sempre le spese rimborsabili da quelle non rimborsabili.

Questo ti permette di:

  • sapere subito cosa può essere ribaltato sugli inquilini
  • evitare errori nei conteggi
  • mantenere una contabilità chiara e trasparente

Gestire le spese rimborsabili significa, in pratica tenere sotto controllo il costo di funzionamento della casa, suddividerlo in modo equo, rimborsare o richiedere solo ciò che è effettivamente dovuto. Con Banana Contabilità+ questo processo rimane sempre chiaro, anche quando la gestione diventa più articolata.

Questi rimborsi non rappresentano mai un guadagno, ma servono solo a coprire spese reali.

Nel diagramma che segue puoi vedere la maggior parte delle spese immobiliari con un esempio di suddivisione tra quelle rimborsabili (a destra) e quelle non rimborsabili (a sinistra).

Diagramma per contabilità immobiliare svizzera di un immobile a reddito

Conti contabili per spese rimborsabili

Le spese rimborsabili degli inquilini nei modelli sono posti nella parte attiva del bilancio (conti dal 1100) o nella tabella Conti per la contabilità Entrate-Uscite, proprio perché per il proprietario non sono vere e proprie spese.

Ecco le spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini in una contabilità in partita doppia:

Spese di un immobile a reddito rimborsabili dagli inquilini

Le spese in generale possono essere diverse in base all’immobile che si gestisce.
Puoi facilmente spostare, eliminare, inserire dei conti, cambiarne la descrizione.

Registrazioni delle spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini

  • Per ogni spesa rimborsabile dagli inquilini:
    • Si registra il corretto conto contabile delle spese (esempio conto 1100 in Dare).
    • La contropartita è il conto bancario o la cassa se il pagamento è avvenuto a contanti.

Calcolo e suddivisione delle spese rimborsabili

Guarda la pagina dedicata al modello Excel per la suddivisione delle spese.

Spese non rimborsabili dagli inquilini

Come per la contabilità di una qualsiasi azienda, le spese che non possono essere rimborsate dagli inquilini sono elencate nel Conto economico o nella tabella Categoria come Costi.

Nel modello sono indicati nella parte Costi le spese non rimborsabili (per esempio conti 6100 e seguenti).  Anche qui puoi facilmente eliminare, inserire dei conti, cambiarne la descrizione.

Spese di un immobile a reddito a carico del proprietario

Calcolo e suddivisione delle spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini

Il calcolo e la suddivisione delle spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini tiene conto di:

  • Il conto del Conteggio annuale che serve per registrare i conteggi calcolati per gli Inquilini.
    • Si registra ogni singola spesa che deve essere rimborsata dall'inquilino (esempio conto 1100 in Avere).
    • La contropartita è il conto di Conteggio annuale (conto Dare).
    • L'importo delle spese è quello riferito a tutto il periodo di spese da suddividere.
  • Gli anticipi sulle spese pagati dagli inquilini durante l'anno devono essere considerati nel calcolo del conteggio.
    • Si registra in un unica registrazione il totale degli anticipi richiesti durante il periodo nel conto degli Anticipi dagli inquilini (conto Dare).
    • La contropartita è il conto del Conteggio annuale (conto Avere).
    • L'importo da girare è il totale degli anticipi richiesti a tutti gli inquilini durante il periodo.
  • Differenze nel conto del Conteggio annuale.
    • Dopo le due operazioni precedenti l'importo restante del conto Conteggio annuale è uguale al totale dei conteggi da suddividere agli inquilini.
    • Questo importo deve essere suddiviso per ogni inquilino tramite un calcolo che fa uso di chiavi o coefficienti di suddivisione.
    • Quando si registrano i conteggi calcolati per ogni singolo inquilino nel conto del Conteggio annuale questo conto dovrebbe azzerarsi o dovrebbero restare pochi centesimi non più suddivisibili a tutti gli inquilini.

Suddivisione delle spese per ogni appartamento

La suddivisione delle spese è riferita a ogni singolo appartamento e eventualmente anche al periodo di tempo in cui un inquilino è stato effettivamente inquilino.

Banana Contabilità Plus permette di tenere nota delle spese rimborsabili, ma non si occupa della suddivisione, perché il tema della suddivisione è diverso per ogni immobile e a volte può avere anche delle suddivisioni molto complesse.

Per la suddivisione si consiglia quindi di creare una tabella Excel per ogni immobile e per ogni anno (o periodo di suddivisione) dove sono riportati i totali di ogni singola spesa e poi gli importi sono calcolati e suddivisi tramite delle chiavi o coefficienti di suddivisione (m2, consumo, ecc).

Vedi l'esempio di seguito e scarica il modello Excel.

Esempio di ripartizione spese riscaldamento e accessorie in Excel

Conteggio agli inquilini

Il conteggio calcolato deve essere registrato in contabilità:

  • Se l'inquilino ha versato meno rispetto alle spese a lui assegnate si chiede la differenza e si registra nel conto dell'inquilino in Dare.
    La contropartita è il conto per il Conteggio annuale.
  • Se l'inquilino ha versato di più rispetto alle spese a lui assegnate si rimborsa la differenza e si registra nel conto dell'inquilino in Avere.
    La contropartita è il conto per il Conteggio annuale.
  • Dopo avere registrato i conteggi ai rispettivi inquilini il conto Conteggio annuale dovrebbe azzerarsi o dovrebbe restare un importo di pochi centesimi che non può essere ulteriormente suddiviso su tutti gli inquilini.
    • Se il conto Conteggio annuale si azzera o restano solo pochi centesimi la suddivisione delle spese è avvenuta correttamente.
    • Se il conto Conteggio annuale non si azzera o restano importi superiori a pochi centesimi la suddivisione non è avvenuta correttamente. È quindi necessario ricontrollare i calcoli fatti per suddividere le spese agli inquilini.

Spese calcolate nel periodo successivo

  • Le spese che non rientrano nel periodo di conteggio corrente, non vengono spostate nel conto per il Conteggio annuale. Queste spese verranno spostate e calcolate solo nel periodo o anno successivo.
    • Con i conti delle spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini negli Attivi di una contabilità in partita doppia queste spese verranno riportate automaticamente nell'anno contabile successivo.
    • Con i conti delle spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini nei Costi queste spese, a fine anno, devono essere spostate tra gli importi sospesi del Bilancio per riportarle nell'anno successivo.

Spese rimborsabili dagli inquilini pro-rata

Quando due inquilini si sono alternati come inquilini dell'appartamento durante l'anno, potrebbe essere necessario suddividere le spese pro-rata:

  • Potrebbero esistere tuttavia anche altri metodi di suddivisione come quello per mesi o per periodo caldo e freddo dell'anno e così via.
  • I metodi per la suddivisione delle spese pro-rata variano secondo le normative locali vigenti o secondo i contratti di affitto dell'appartamento.
Ripartizione delle spese a carico degli inquilini pro-rata per il calcolo del conguaglio spese su Excel

Flusso di lavoro per la gestione degli affitti

Con Banana Contabilità+ puoi gestire una contabilità di una proprietà in affitto con il flusso di lavoro descritto in questa pagina e che comprende:

Guarda nel dettaglio ognuna di queste possibilità che hai a disposizione su Banana Contabilità+.

Importa gli estratti conto elettronici in contabilità

Puoi richiedere alla tua banca di fornirti l'estratto conto elettronico in formato XML (tipo di estratto Camt.053). Se necessario chiedi anche alla tua banca di continuare a ricevere l'estratto conto in formato PDF.

L'estratto conto elettronico in formato XML ti permette di ottenere la contabilità sempre aggiornata e di emettere richiami di pagamento in qualsiasi momento.

Quando il file XML è disponibile scaricalo dall'e-banking e salvalo sul computer. Potresti riceverlo giornalmente, settimanalmente o mensilmente in base a come lo hai richiesto.

Usa l’estensione Importazione estratto bancario SEPA/ISO 20022 per importare il file appena scaricato.

Quando importi un estratto conto elettronico puoi registrare automaticamente sia gli incassi ricevuti che i pagamenti effettuati grazie all'uso delle regole di completamento delle registrazioni contabili. A ogni importazione puoi creare tutte le regole necessarie. Con il tempo ti basterà importare gli estratti conto per registrare automaticamente tutta la contabilità.

Crea regole per la contabilizzazione automatica

Banana Contabilità Plus, con l'abbonamento al piano Advanced, permette di registrare automaticamente la contabilità secondo i criteri che desideri.

Per esempio puoi registrare tutte le fatture pagate a Azienda SA in un conto contabile specifico tramite il nome dell'azienda a cui paghi.

Quando nell'estratto conto elettronico appare quel nome di azienda e corrisponde a un'uscita, Banana Contabilità Plus lo registra nel conto contabile da te impostato.

Se paghi una fattura per un contratto stipulato con Azienda SA (per esempio per un'assicurazione, una fornitura di energia, ecc.) puoi aggiungere il segno + e il numero di contratto, come per esempio +Azienda SA 101.200.14, dove 101.200.14 è il numero di contratto stipulato.

Il segno + indica che è necessario trovare tutte le informazioni, in qualsiasi ordine, all'interno dell'estratto conto elettronico. In questo modo puoi registrare in maniera distinta più contratti diversi stipulati con la stessa azienda.

Allo stesso modo puoi registrare automaticamente gli incassi usando i nomi delle persone dalle quali incassi.

Con le regole registri automaticamente tutte le entrate e le uscite da tutti gli inquilini in maniera molto precisa.

Se desideri puoi anche indicare uno specifico importo alla regola. In questo modo distingui sempre di più le registrazioni, sia in entrata che in uscita.

Per usare le regole è necessario inserire nella colonna Doc della tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti il codice !Rule come negli esempi di regole seguenti.

Tabella registrazioni ricorrenti con regole di completamento automatico su Banana Contabilità

In questa tabella è anche possibile usare il codice !RuleSplit per inserire regole che registrano automaticamente con registrazioni composte da più righe.

In questo modo riduci notevolmente il tempo di registrazione contabile e ottieni la contabilità sempre aggiornata.

Registrazione di una regola di completamento su più righe con Banana Contabilità

Registra automaticamente i salari del custode

Dalla tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti registra i salari del custode su più righe inserendo per esempio nella colonna Doc il codice univoco salari su ogni riga.

Inserisci la descrizione di ogni riga inclusa nella registrazione, inserisci i rispettivi conti Dare e Avere e gli importi che si ripetono in modo ricorrente.

Tabella registrazioni ricorrenti personalizzate con registrazione del salario al custode su Banana Contabilità

Quando imposti una registrazione ricorrente usala nella tabella Registrazioni:

  • Compila la colonna Data inserendo la data.
  • Inizia a scrivere nella colonna Doc la parola salari.
  • Seleziona la registrazione ricorrente trovata da Banana Contabilità Plus.

La registrazione del salario composta da più righe apparirà già completata nella tabella Registrazioni in contabilità.

Se preferisci puoi automatizzare ulteriormente la registrazione composta da più righe con le regole per usarle quando importi l'estratto conto elettronico:

  • Nella colonna Doc inserisci i codici !Rule e !RuleSplit al posto del nome salari riportato nell'esempio precedente.
  • Inserisci il nome del custode a cui versi il salario nella colonna Descrizione della riga dove inserisci il codice !Rule.
    • Questo nome verrà cercato nell'estratto conto elettronico durante l'importazione.
  • Inserisci una parentesi quadrata aperta e una chiusa [] nel conto di contropartita della regola dove inserisci il codice !Rule. Queste parentesi indicano che si tratta di una regola per una registrazione con più righe.

Guarda l'esempio nella immagine seguente.

Regola per registrazione contabile automatica del salario su Banana Contabilità

Addebita automaticamente gli affitti

Un’altra automazione che puoi aggiungere alla tua contabilità avviene con l’uso delle registrazioni automatiche per l'addebito periodico degli affitti:

  • Crea una registrazione contabile come se stessi addebitando a un inquilino un affitto mensile e aggiungi nella colonna Doc la codifica !Auto.
  • Completa la colonna Data con la data in cui iniziare ad addebitare.
  • Completa la colonna Data Finale con la data quando l'inquilino termina il contratto di affitto.
  • Completa la colonna Ripeti con il periodo di ripetizione della registrazione (per esempio M per mensile).

Tabella registrazioni ricorrenti per l'addebito automatico degli affitti su Banana Contabilità

Banana Contabilità registra automaticamente le registrazioni impostate a ogni inizio di periodo. Se vuoi puoi decidere se essere avvisato prima di registrare automaticamente.

È possibile addebitare automaticamente l'affitto su più righe di registrazioni per ogni inquilino, per esempio suddividendo l'affitto dall'anticipo delle spese rimborsabili dall'inquilino.

Questa funzionalità è attualmente presente solo nella versione Banana Contabilità Plus Dev-Channel.

Controlla l'incasso degli affitti

Grazie all'estensione per il controllo degli affitti puoi tenere traccia e avere sempre disponibile un report con la panoramica su chi ha pagato regolarmente l'affitto, chi l'ha pagato solo parzialmente e chi non l'ha ancora pagato.

Puoi verificare facilmente anche se hai addebitato l'affitto correttamente a ogni inquilino e a ogni scadenza. Puoi anche ottenere una previsione di incasso per tutto l'anno corrente.

Crea report personalizzati in Excel

Con Banana Contabilità Plus è possibile collegare Microsoft Excel tramite l'Add-in di Banana Contabilità Plus per creare report completamente personalizzati.

Con l'Add-in puoi calcolare i conteggi di suddivisione delle spese tra gli inquilini.

Trovi l'Add-in da installare all'interno di Excel, cerca nei componenti aggiuntivi, installalo e inizia subito a generare i tuoi report personalizzati.

Per maggiori informazioni guarda anche le pagine di documentazione relative all'Add-in Excel di Banana Contabilità+.

Salva e invia la contabilità con i giustificativi in unico file PDF

Nella tabella Registrazioni è possibile abilitare e visualizzare la colonna Link. Usa questa colonna per allegare a ogni registrazione contabile il relativo giustificativo, come per esempio una fattura ricevuta o una fattura emessa.

Abilita la colonna Link in questo modo:

  • Fai doppio clic sulla intestazione delle colonne nella tabella Registrazioni (per esempio sulla colonna Descrizione).
  • Vista la casella DocLink nella colonna a sinistra della finestra che si apre, come da immagine seguente.
  • Clicca sul bottone Ok in basso a destra nella finestra per confermare.

Finestra di dialogo per aggiungere colonne alla tabella Registrazioni su Banana Contabilità

Ora allega i giustificativi dalla tabella Registrazioni. Fai doppio clic sulla cella della colonna Link e cerca e scegli il file da allegare che hai salvato sul tuo computer.

Quando desideri crea il dossier PDF in questo modo:

  • Clicca dal menu File la voce Crea dossier PDF.
  • Vista in basso a sinistra nella finestra che si apre la casella "Includi allegati", come da immagine seguente.
  • Clicca il bottone Ok in basso a destra per confermare e salva il file PDF in una posizione del computer dove preferisci.

Finestra di dialogo per includere i giustificativi contabili in un unico file dossier PDF su Banana Contabilità

Il PDF salvato è un file con il bilancio, il conto economico, le schede conto e tutti i giustificativi allegati in unico file PDF.

Scarica e guarda un esempio di dossier PDF (alcuni browser non permettono la visualizzazione degli allegati, ti consigliamo di salvarlo e aprirlo con il programma Adobe Acrobat Reader che è gratuito).

Clicca sulle icone a forma di graffetta a sinistra delle registrazioni per aprire gli allegati, come nell'esempio seguente.

Con questa funzionalità puoi inviare il file PDF con la contabilità completa anche per e-mail o decidere di conservarlo secondo le norme vigenti.

Esempio di PDF contentente allegati con link da cliccare a forma di graffetta su Banana Contabilità.

Estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti [BETA]

Estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti [BETA]

La gestione accurata degli incassi provenienti dai propri inquilini è fondamentale per garantire la redditività di un immobile.

Con l'obiettivo di agevolare questa necessità l'estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti si rivela utile per i proprietari di immobili. Consente di tenere sempre sotto controllo l'incasso degli affitti, identificare i pagamenti mancanti o parziali e fornire una panoramica completa sul corretto addebito degli affitti in contabilità.

L'estensione offre sia un report semplice che uno dettagliato. Questi report consentono una visione immediata degli affitti ricevuti e delle somme mancanti.

Report semplice per il controllo su gli incassi degli affitti su Banana Contabilità

Il report dettagliato fornisce ulteriori informazioni sulle previsioni di incasso dell'anno corrente, suddiviso mensilmente e aggregato per l'intero anno. Questo report consente ai proprietari di pianificare meglio le proprie finanze e prendere decisioni informate.

Report dettagliato sul controllo degli incassi degli affitti su Banana Contabilità

Con entrambe i report per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti l'estensione identifica chiaramente gli inquilini che non hanno effettuato il pagamento dell'affitto o che lo hanno pagato solo parzialmente. Questa funzionalità è utile per prendere azioni immediate e recuperare gli importi scoperti.

Evidenziano inoltre se l'affitto è stato già addebitato correttamente nella contabilità. Questo garantisce l'allineamento tra le entrate registrate e la situazione finanziaria reale.

L'estensione è flessibile e adatta a diversi modi di operare sulla contabilità. Infatti funziona sia con i modelli Entrate/Uscite per non specialisti della contabilità e sia con modelli per la contabilità in Partita doppia. Gli inquilini possono infine essere inseriti sia come conti contabili che come centri di costo (CC1, CC2 o CC3) adattandosi alle preferenze individuali sulla gestione contabile.

Prerequisiti

Per utilizzare questa estensione è necessario:

Come iniziare

Per iniziare a usarla è sufficiente configurare l'estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti:

  1. Clicca Estensioni dal menu di Banana.
  2. Clicca Gestisci estensioni...
  3. Nella finestra che si apre seleziona la voce Online > Produttività presente nella colonna sinistra.
  4. Cerca nella colonna centrale della finestra l'estensione chiamata Estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti [BETA].
  5. Nella colonna destra della finestra clicca sul bottone Installa.
  6. Una volta installata, per funzionare è necessario impostare il Gruppo o conto dei clienti dal menu Report > Clienti > Impostazioni.
Finestra di dialogo delle impostazioni dei clienti su Banana Contabilità.

Imposta le registrazioni ricorrenti

Per utilizzare l'estensione tieni traccia degli affitti, degli anticipi per le spese e delle cadenze temporali degli affitti richiesti a ciascun inquilino nella tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti.

  • Usa la colonna Data per indicare in che data iniziare ad addebitare automaticamente
  • Usa la colonna Data Finale solo per indicare in che data l'inquilino terminerà il contratto di affitto dopo avere dato disdetta dal contratto
  • Usa la colonna Ripeti per indicare la cadenza temporale di richiesta dell'affitto (Y anno, 6M semestrale, 4M quadrimestrale, 3M trimestrale, 2M bimestrale e M mensile).
Tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti con registrazioni automatiche impostate su Banana Contabilità.

Inserisci nella colonna Descrizione la descrizione per l'affitto e quella per l'anticipo sulle spese, come ad esempio "appartamento", "acconto spese", "garage".

Inserisci i conti contabili della registrazione degli addebiti come ad esempio il conto contabile dell'Inquilino 1 nella colonna Dare e il conto Ricavo da affitti nella colonna Avere.

Inserisci quindi l'importo corrispondente alla descrizione da addebitare.

Scopri il flusso di lavoro per la gestione degli affitti

Banana Contabilità Plus con il piano di abbonamento Advanced permette di facilitare e velocizzare molto la gestione di appartamenti in affitto attraverso un flusso di lavoro che sfrutta diverse funzionalità incluse nel programma.

Scopri il flusso di lavoro per la gestione degli affitti su Banana Contabilità+.

patrick
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/realestate/extensions/rentsreport/ch.banana.ch.rents.sbaa
Short Description
L'estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti è una soluzione ideale per i proprietari che desiderano mantenere un controllo accurato delle proprie entrate da affitti, agevolare e velocizzare il lavoro contabile.
Country
Universale
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Produttività
Help ID
ch.banana.ch.rents
Title for application - displayed in "manage apps"
Controllo degli incassi degli affitti [BETA]
Description Application - displayed in "File New"
L'estensione per il controllo degli incassi degli affitti permette di avere una panoramica di insieme su chi ha pagato l'affitto, chi l'ha pagato parzialmente e chi non l'ha pagato. Il report dettagliato permette anche di controllare se l'affitto è stato addebitato correttamente in contabilità a ogni nuova scadenza e di avere una previsione di incasso per l'anno corrente.
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta
Release Date Insider

Centri di costo per inquilini

Per contabilità con un numero limitato di inquilini che si conoscono e pagano con regolarità potrebbe risultare troppo impegnativo addebitare mensilmente gli affitti da pagare.

È comunque sempre utile avere un controllo di quello che hanno pagato i singoli inquilini, per cui, invece di creare dei conti inquilini negli Attivi si possono creare dei conti inquilini come centri di costo CC3, preceduti dal punto e virgola ";".

Questa soluzione risulta utile nel caso che si vogliono registrare gli affitti secondo il metodo di cassa, per cui vengono considerati i ricavi solo al momento dell'incasso.

Questa soluzione è più semplice, ma permette comunque di avere un certo controllo e viene spiegata qui di seguito.

Conti inquilini come centri di costo

  • Crea gli inquilini come centro di costo.
    • Nella colonna Conto della Tabella Conti inserisci il numero dell'inquilino preceduto da un punto e virgola ";".
    • Somma ogni inquilino (colonna Somma in "INQ") in un Gruppo "INQ" per ottenere il totale di tutti gli inquilini.
    • Abilita la Vista Indirizzi per inserire i dati anagrafici di ogni inquilino.

Partitario inquilini con centri di costo nella Tabella Conti di Banana Contabilità Plus

Registrazione degli affitti sui centri di costo

  • Nella Tabella Registrazioni.
    • Guarda la Vista Centri di costo o abilita la colonna CC3 (Centro di Costo 3) nella Vista Base.
    • Registra l'incasso dell'affitto come nell'immagine seguente, inserisci:
      • l'incasso (conto della banca o cassa se l'affitto è stato pagato in contanti  in Dare).
      • la contropartita (conto Ricavi affitti in Avere).
      • l'importo pagato dall'inquilino.
      • nella colonna CC3 seleziona il nome dell'inquilino che ha pagato.
Registrazione di esempio di un incasso dell'affitto da un inquilino con centro di costo in Banana Contabilità

Registrazione del dovuto

Se si vuole tenere conto del dovuto sarebbe meglio registrare avendo dei conti di bilancio per ogni singolo inquilino.

Questa norma è consigliata soprattutto se si registra con il metodo sul fatturato.

Tuttavia puoi registrare anche con i centri di costo secondo il metodo di cassa:

  • Tieni traccia del dovuto di un inquilino usando i centri di costo.
    • Registra l'addebito usando i centri di costo, inserisci:
      • la data.
      • la descrizione.
      • l'importo.
      • il centro di costo dell'inquilino.

Non inserire il conto Dare e il conto Avere come nell'immagine seguente.

  • Registra quindi il versamento dell'inquilino in contabilità, inserisci:
    • l'incasso (conto della banca o cassa se l'affitto è stato pagato in contanti in Dare).
    • la contropartita (conto Ricavi affitti in Avere).
    • l'importo pagato dall'inquilino.
    • il centro di costo scrivendo un segno meno davanti "-Inquilino 1".

Vista della Tabella Registrazioni di Banana Contabilità con indicazione del centro di costo CC3 per gli inquilini.

Scheda conto inquilino

In ogni momento puoi visualizzare la scheda conto del centro di costo dell'inquilino desiderato.

Apri la scheda conto con un clic sul simbolo che esce nell'angolo in alto a sinistra quando passi il mouse sul centro di costo dell'inquilino, oppure usa il menu Report > Schede conto.

Se hai registrato anche l'addebito mensile dell'affitto la situazione dopo l'incasso è rappresentata nella immagine seguente.

La scheda conto permette di avere traccia del dettaglio degli affitti pagati per ogni singolo inquilino.

Scheda conto centro di costo inquilino su Banana Contabilità

Modelli Universali Gestione Affitti

Contabilità Entrate/Uscite per Gestione appartamento o immobile in affitto (Universale)

Contabilità Entrate/Uscite per Gestione appartamento o immobile in affitto (Universale) michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/it/11192-apartment-property-basic-income.ac2
ac2 language
Universale Contabilità entrate / uscite Altro
ac2 publisher

Contabilità in partita doppia per Gestione appartamento o immobile in affitto (Universale)

Contabilità in partita doppia per Gestione appartamento o immobile in affitto (Universale) michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/it/11191-apartment-property-basic-double.ac2
ac2 language
Universale Contabilità in partita doppia Altro
ac2 publisher

Verwaltung von Stockwerkeigentum

Verwaltung von Stockwerkeigentum

Eine Stockwerkeigentümergemeinschaft ist ein Gebäude mit mehreren Eigentümern, die sich die Ausgaben und die Gemeinschaftsbereiche teilen. Banana Buchhaltung Plus bietet eine hilfreiche Vorlage für eine professionelle Verwaltung, die bereits einen für die Immobilienverwaltung typischen Kontenplan enthält.

Kontenplan für Stockwerkeigentum

Die Buchhaltung eines Stockwerkeigentums kann wie eine normale Buchhaltung betrachtet werden, mit einem wichtigen Unterschied: Die Ausgaben des Gebäudes werden von den Eigentümern vorausbezahlt und müssen genau den tatsächlichen Betriebskosten entsprechen.

Anders gesagt: Das Stockwerkeigentum soll weder Gewinn noch Verlust machen, und die Eigentümer zahlen nur das, was notwendig ist, um den Betrieb des Gebäudes sicherzustellen.

Diese Buchhaltungsvorlagen für Stockwerkeigentum dienen genau dazu:

  • die tatsächlichen Kosten im Blick zu behalten
  • zu überprüfen, ob jeder Eigentümer seinen korrekten Anteil bezahlt hat

Im Stockwerkeigentum stellen die Ausgaben die Betriebskosten des Gebäudes dar. Die Eigentümer leisten dafür Vorauszahlungen.

Am Jahresende müssen die einbezahlten Beträge den getätigten Ausgaben entsprechen. Die Buchhaltung hilft dabei, diesen Vergleich klar und nachvollziehbar zu machen.

Der Kontenplan des Stockwerkeigentums ist so aufgebaut, dass er die Frage beantwortet, ob die Eigentümer genau den Betrag eingezahlt haben, der für den Betrieb des Gebäudes ausgegeben wurde.

Dazu ist die Buchhaltung in mehrere Hauptbereiche unterteilt.

Konten der Eigentümer

Für jeden Eigentümer wird ein persönliches Konto erstellt, um folgendes zu erfassen:

  • wie viel ihm als Vorauszahlung in Rechnung gestellt wurde
  • wie viel er tatsächlich einbezahlt hat
  • ob er noch bezahlen muss oder zu viel bezahlt hat

Diese Konten ermöglichen es, jederzeit die Situation jedes Eigentümers zu sehen.

Konto Einnahmen für Betriebskosten

Das Konto Einnahmen für Betriebskosten stellt die Gesamtheit der Beträge dar, die den Eigentümern zur Deckung der Betriebskosten des Gebäudes in Rechnung gestellt wurden.

Auf dieses Konto fliessen:

  • die von den Eigentümern verlangten Akontozahlungen
  • allfällige weitere Einnahmen im Zusammenhang mit dem Betrieb des Gebäudes

Der Gesamtsaldo dieses Kontos muss den getätigten Ausgaben entsprechen.

Weitere Einnahmen des Stockwerkeigentums

Das Stockwerkeigentum kann auch andere Einnahmen haben, zum Beispiel:

  • Nutzung der gemeinschaftlichen Waschküche
  • Vermietung von Parkplätzen oder Räumen an Dritte

Auch diese Einnahmen tragen zur Deckung der Betriebskosten des Gebäudes bei.

Die Summe der Einnahmen für Betriebskosten und der weiteren Einnahmen muss der Summe der im Jahr angefallenen Immobilienkosten entsprechen.

Konten der Immobilienkosten

Die Kostenkonten erfassen alle Ausgaben, die für den Betrieb des Gebäudes notwendig sind, wie zum Beispiel:

  • Unterhalt
  • Reinigung
  • Energie
  • Eingriffe an den Anlagen
  • andere gemeinsame Kosten

Die Gesamtausgaben stellen die tatsächlichen Betriebskosten des Gebäudes dar.

Wie die Akontozahlungen der Eigentümer verbucht werden

Wenn einem Eigentümer eine Akontozahlung in Rechnung gestellt wird:

  • wird der Betrag auf dem Konto des Eigentümers erfasst
  • die Gegenbuchung erfolgt im Konto Einnahmen für Betriebskosten

Diese Buchung wird auch dann vorgenommen, wenn der Eigentümer noch nicht bezahlt hat.

Wenn der Eigentümer die Akontozahlung leistet:

  • wird der Betrag als Zahlung auf dem Konto des Eigentümers verbucht
  • die Gegenbuchung erfolgt im Bank- oder Kassenkonto

Auf diese Weise ist jederzeit klar ersichtlich:

  • wie viel verlangt wurde
  • wie viel tatsächlich bezahlt wurde

Kontrolle der geleisteten Akontozahlungen

Das Konto des Eigentümers zeigt jederzeit seine Situation:

  • Sollsaldo
    bedeutet, dass der Eigentümer noch nicht alle geforderten Akontozahlungen geleistet hat
  • Habensaldo
    bedeutet, dass der Eigentümer mehr als nötig einbezahlt hat

Diese Kontrolle ist sofort verfügbar und erfordert keine externen Berechnungen.

Jahresabrechnung

Am Jahresende werden folgende Punkte verglichen:

  • die insgesamt verlangten Beträge
  • die tatsächlich angefallenen Ausgaben

Um die verlangten Akontozahlungen mit den Ausgaben auszugleichen:

  • wird jenen, denen zu wenig verlangt wurde, der fehlende Betrag nachbelastet
  • wird jenen, denen zu viel verlangt wurde, die Differenz zurückerstattet

In beiden Fällen erfolgt die Gegenbuchung im Konto Einnahmen für Betriebskosten.

Dieser Kontenplan ermöglicht es:

  • sofort die Betriebskosten des Gebäudes zu verstehen
  • die Richtigkeit der einbezahlten Beträge zu überprüfen
  • eine transparente und verständliche Verwaltung zu gewährleisten

So widerspiegelt die Buchhaltung des Stockwerkeigentums genau die Realität – die Eigentümer tragen die Kosten des Gebäudes, nicht mehr und nicht weniger.

Banana Buchhaltung Plus verteilt die Ausgaben nicht automatisch auf die einzelnen Eigentümer, da jede Liegenschaft eine eigene, teils komplexe Aufteilung haben kann. Sie können jedoch die in Banana erfassten Daten exportieren und gezielt in Excel weiterverarbeiten. Sehen Sie sich dazu die Seite über die Excel-Vorlagen zur Aufteilung der Betriebskosten im Stockwerkeigentum an, um die Abrechnung an die Eigentümer zu erstellen oder die Spesen für eine eventuelle Steuererklärung aufzuteilen.

patrick

Verteilung und Abrechnung der Nebenkosten zulasten der Miteigentümer

Die Berechnung und Aufteilung der Immobilienkosten für die Eigentümer einer Stockwerkeigentümergemeinschaft berücksichtigt:

  • Die Summe der angefallenen Kosten.
  • Die Summe aller Einnahmen (Akontozahlungen der Eigentümer, Einnahmen aus der Waschküche und allfällige weitere Einnahmen), die einen Teil der Immobilienkosten decken.
  • Die Differenz zwischen der Summe der Kosten und der Summe der Einnahmen ist der Saldo, also der Betrag, der am Jahresende von den Eigentümern eingefordert wird:
    • Diese Differenz wird als Abrechnung oder Ausgleich bezeichnet.
    • Wenn die Einnahmen höher sind als die Kosten, ergibt sich ein Überschuss, der den Eigentümern zurückerstattet wird.
    • Wenn die Einnahmen geringer sind als die Kosten, ergibt sich ein Differenzbetrag, der von den Eigentümern eingefordert wird.
    • Die Abrechnung ist individuell für jeden Eigentümer: Es ist daher möglich, dass ein Eigentümer Anspruch auf eine Rückerstattung hat, während ein anderer eine Nachzahlung leisten muss.
    • Nach der Erfassung der Abrechnungen aller Eigentümer entspricht die Summe aller Kosten genau der Summe aller Einnahmen (kein Gewinn und kein Verlust).

Individuelle Aufteilung der Immobilienkosten

Die individuelle Aufteilung der Immobilienkosten bezieht sich auf jede einzelne Wohnung und auf den Zeitraum, in dem eine Person (natürliche oder juristische) effektiv Eigentümer war (bei Käufen und Verkäufen während des Jahres müssen Pro-rata-Abrechnungen erstellt werden).

Banana Buchhaltung Plus ermöglicht es, die Kosten zu erfassen, übernimmt jedoch nicht die Aufteilung, da diese für jede Liegenschaft unterschiedlich ist und teilweise sehr komplex sein kann.

Für die Aufteilung wird daher empfohlen, für jede Liegenschaft und für jedes Jahr (oder jeden Abrechnungszeitraum) eine Excel-Tabelle zu erstellen, in der die Totale jeder einzelnen Kostenart aufgeführt sind und die Beträge anschliessend mittels Verteilerschlüssel oder Koeffizienten (m2, Verbrauch, Wertquoten usw.) berechnet und aufgeteilt werden.

Siehe Beispiel unten sowie die beigelegte Excel-Vorlage.

Verteilung der Nebenkosten auf die STWEG-Miteigentumsanteilen

Abrechnung an die Eigentümer

Die berechnete Abrechnung muss in der Buchhaltung erfasst werden:

  • Wenn der Eigentümer weniger bezahlt hat als die ihm zugewiesenen Kosten, wird die Differenz eingefordert und im Eigentümerkonto im Soll verbucht.
    • Das Gegenkonto ist das Konto für Einnahmen aus Nebenkosten.
  • Wenn der Eigentümer mehr bezahlt hat als die ihm zugewiesenen Kosten, wird die Differenz zurückerstattet und im Eigentümerkonto im Haben verbucht.
    • Das Gegenkonto ist das Konto für Einnahmen aus Nebenkosten.
  • Nachdem alle Abrechnungen den jeweiligen Eigentümern erfasst wurden, muss sich der Gewinn oder Verlust ausgleichen oder es darf ein Betrag von wenigen Rappen verbleiben, der nicht weiter auf alle Eigentümer aufgeteilt werden kann.
    • Wenn sich Gewinn oder Verlust ausgleichen oder nur wenige Rappen verbleiben, ist die Aufteilung der Kosten korrekt erfolgt.
    • Wenn sich Gewinn oder Verlust nicht ausgleichen oder Beträge von mehr als wenigen Rappen verbleiben, ist die Aufteilung nicht korrekt erfolgt. In diesem Fall müssen die Berechnungen zur Aufteilung der Kosten auf die Eigentümer überprüft werden.

Aufteilung der angefallenen Kosten für den Steuerabzug

Für einen allfälligen Steuerabzug der von jedem Eigentümer getragenen Kosten wird empfohlen, für jede Liegenschaft und für jedes Jahr (oder jeden Abrechnungszeitraum) eine spezifische Excel-Tabelle zu erstellen, in der die Totale der abzugsfähigen Kosten und die entsprechenden Beträge aufgeführt sind. Diese Beträge werden anschliessend für jede einzelne Wohnung mittels Berechnung und Verwendung von Verteilerschlüsseln oder Koeffizienten aufgeteilt.

Siehe das folgende Beispiel und laden Sie die Excel-Vorlage herunter.

Ausgaben Für Steuererklärung Excel Vorlage

Kostenverteilung auf Miteigentümer nach dem Pro-rata-Prinzip

Wenn während des Jahres ein Verkauf einer Wohnung stattfindet, kann es notwendig sein, die Kosten pro-rata zwischen dem bisherigen und dem neuen Eigentümer aufzuteilen:

  • Es können jedoch auch andere Aufteilungsmethoden bestehen, wie beispielsweise nach Monaten oder nach warmer und kalter Jahresperiode usw.
  • Die Methoden zur Aufteilung der pro-rata Kosten variieren je nach geltenden lokalen Vorschriften oder gemäss den Kaufverträgen der Wohnung.

Kostenverteilung

Flusso di lavoro per la gestione dei condomini

Con Banana Contabilità Plus puoi gestire una contabilità di condominio con il flusso di lavoro descritto in questa pagina e che comprende:

Importa gli estratti conto elettronici della banca

Puoi richiedere alla tua banca di fornirti l'estratto conto elettronico in formato XML (tipo di estratto Camt.053). Se necessario chiedi anche alla tua banca di continuare a ricevere l'estratto conto in formato PDF.

L'estratto conto elettronico in formato XML ti permette di ottenere la contabilità sempre aggiornata e di emettere richiami di pagamento in qualsiasi momento.

Quando il file XML è disponibile scaricalo dall'e-banking e salvalo sul computer. Potresti riceverlo giornalmente, settimanalmente o mensilmente in base a come lo hai richiesto.

Usa l’estensione Importazione estratto bancario SEPA/ISO 20022 per importare il file appena scaricato.

Quando importi un estratto conto elettronico puoi registrare automaticamente sia gli incassi ricevuti che i pagamenti effettuati grazie all'uso delle regole di completamento delle registrazioni contabili. A ogni importazione puoi creare tutte le regole necessarie. Con il tempo ti basterà importare gli estratti conto per registrare automaticamente tutta la contabilità.

Crea le regole per automatizzare la contabilità

Banana Contabilità Plus, con l'abbonamento al piano Advanced, permette di registrare automaticamente la contabilità secondo i criteri che desideri.

Per esempio puoi registrare tutte le fatture pagate a Azienda SA in un conto contabile specifico tramite il nome dell'azienda a cui paghi.

Quando nell'estratto conto elettronico appare quel nome di azienda e corrisponde a un'uscita, Banana Contabilità Plus lo registra nel conto contabile da te impostato.

Se paghi una fattura per un contratto stipulato con Azienda SA (per esempio per un'assicurazione, una fornitura di energia, ecc.) puoi aggiungere il segno + e il numero di contratto, come per esempio +Azienda SA 101.200.14, dove 101.200.14 è il numero di contratto stipulato.

Il segno + indica che è necessario trovare tutte le informazioni, in qualsiasi ordine, all'interno dell'estratto conto elettronico. In questo modo puoi registrare in maniera distinta più contratti diversi stipulati con la stessa azienda.

Allo stesso modo puoi registrare automaticamente gli incassi usando i nomi delle persone dalle quali incassi.

Con le regole registri automaticamente tutte le entrate e le uscite da tutti i proprietari in maniera molto precisa.

Se desideri puoi anche indicare uno specifico importo alla regola. In questo modo distingui sempre di più le registrazioni, sia in entrata che in uscita.

Per usare le regole è necessario inserire nella colonna Doc della tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti il codice !Rule come negli esempi di regole seguenti.

Tabella registrazioni ricorrenti su Banana Contabilità con regole di esempio per registrare automaticamente.

In questa tabella è anche possibile usare il codice !RuleSplit per inserire regole che registrano automaticamente con registrazioni composte da più righe.

 

In questo modo riduci notevolmente il tempo di registrazione contabile e ottieni la contabilità sempre aggiornata.

Registra automaticamente i salari del custode

Dalla tabella Registrazioni ricorrenti registra i salari del custode su più righe inserendo per esempio nella colonna Doc il codice univoco salari su ogni riga.

Inserisci la descrizione di ogni riga inclusa nella registrazione, inserisci i rispettivi conti Dare e Avere e gli importi che si ripetono in modo ricorrente.

Tabella registrazioni ricorrenti con un salario ricorrente per il custode del condominio.

Quando imposti una registrazione ricorrente usala nella tabella Registrazioni:

  • Compila la colonna Data inserendo la data.
  • Inizia a scrivere nella colonna Doc la parola salari.
  • Seleziona la registrazione ricorrente trovata da Banana Contabilità Plus.

La registrazione del salario composta da più righe apparirà già completata nella tabella Registrazioni in contabilità.

Se preferisci puoi automatizzare ulteriormente la registrazione composta da più righe con l'uso delle regole per usarle quando importi l'estratto conto elettronico:

  • Nella colonna Doc inserisci i codici !Rule e !RuleSplit al posto del nome salari riportato nell'esempio precedente.
  • Inserisci il nome del custode a cui versi il salario nella colonna Descrizione della riga dove inserisci il codice !Rule.
    • Questo nome verrà cercato nell'estratto conto elettronico durante l'importazione.
  • Inserisci una parentesi quadrata aperta e una chiusa [] nel conto di contropartita della regola dove inserisci il codice !Rule. Queste parentesi indicano che si tratta di una regola per una registrazione con più righe.

Guarda l'esempio nella immagine seguente.

Tabella registrazioni ricorrenti con un salario lordo per il custode del condominio.

Crea report personalizzati in Excel

Con Banana Contabilità Plus è possibile collegare Microsoft Excel tramite l'Add-in di Banana Contabilità Plus per creare report completamente personalizzati.

Con l'Add-in puoi suddividere il budget o calcolare i conteggi di suddivisione delle spese tra i proprietari.

Trovi l'Add-in da installare all'interno di Excel, cerca nei componenti aggiuntivi, installalo e inizia subito a generare i tuoi report personalizzati.

Per maggiori informazioni guarda anche le pagine di documentazione relative all'Add-in Excel di Banana Contabilità Plus.

Salva e invia la contabilità per e-mail con i giustificativi in unico file PDF

Nella tabella Registrazioni è possibile abilitare e visualizzare la colonna Link. Usa questa colonna per allegare a ogni registrazione contabile il relativo giustificativo, come per esempio una fattura ricevuta o una fattura emessa.

Abilita la colonna Link in questo modo:

  • Fai doppio clic sulla intestazione delle colonne nella tabella Registrazioni (per esempio sulla colonna Descrizione).
  • Vista la casella DocLink nella colonna a sinistra della finestra che si apre, come da immagine seguente.
  • Clicca sul bottone Ok in basso a destra nella finestra per confermare.

Finestra di dialogo per abilitare la colonna DocLink nella tabella Registrazioni su Banana Contabilità.

Ora allega i giustificativi dalla tabella Registrazioni. Fai doppio clic sulla cella della colonna Link e cerca e scegli il file da allegare che hai salvato sul tuo computer.

Quando desideri crea il dossier PDF in questo modo:

  • Clicca dal menu File la voce Crea dossier PDF.
  • Vista in basso a sinistra nella finestra che si apre la casella "Includi allegati", come da immagine seguente.
  • Clicca il bottone Ok in basso a destra per confermare e salva il file PDF in una posizione del computer dove preferisci.

Finestra di dialogo per includere i giustificativi contabili in un unico file dossier PDF su Banana Contabilità

Il PDF salvato è un file con il bilancio, il conto economico, le schede conto e tutti i giustificativi allegati in unico file PDF.

Scarica e guarda un esempio di dossier PDF (alcuni browser non permettono la visualizzazione degli allegati, ti consigliamo di salvarlo e aprirlo con il programma Adobe Acrobat Reader che è gratuito).

Clicca sulle icone a forma di graffetta a sinistra delle registrazioni per aprire gli allegati, come nell'esempio seguente.

Con questa funzionalità puoi inviare il file PDF con la contabilità completa anche per e-mail o decidere di conservarlo secondo le norme vigenti.

Esempio di PDF contentente allegati con link da cliccare a forma di graffetta su Banana Contabilità.

Modelli Universali Gestione Condomini

Contabilità Entrate/Uscite per Gestione condominio (Universale)

Contabilità Entrate/Uscite per Gestione condominio (Universale) michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/it/11190-condominium-basic-income.ac2
ac2 language
Universale Contabilità entrate / uscite Altro
ac2 publisher

Contabilità in partita doppia per Gestione condominio (Universale)

Contabilità in partita doppia per Gestione condominio (Universale) michael
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/property/it/11189-condominium-basic-double.ac2
ac2 language
Universale Contabilità in partita doppia Altro
ac2 publisher

Financial management statements for construction projects extension [BETA]

Financial management statements for construction projects extension [BETA]

Start by downloading the Financial management for construction projects template, build your accounting and use the extension to control and compare the costs of your project. Generate the report by choosing in the dialog the columns to show, in this way you will have only the data that really interest you.

▶ Video: Construction projects management.

How it works

Easily manage all financial aspects of a construction project. Everything is already set up, you can easily adapt it to the individual project and enter the data.

  1. For each construction project you shall create an accounting file.
    • Start with the preset template in the software, with accounts and categories already set up.
    • You can also open the tutorial template, with examples.
    • You can manage as many projects as you like.
  2. Estimate Budget.
    The development phase of the project where it is important to have an overall view of the costs.
    • In the Categories table enter the Estimate Budget. You can edit, add expense items and also groupings.
    • You have an overview of the overall costs of the project.
    • If you want you can add more columns to manage more variants.
  3. Assingments.
    You have chosen the project and now it's time to start with the request for offers and assignments to companies.
    • In the Accounts table, enter a row with the relative cost center for each company.
    • In the Budget table enter the approved amounts, indicating the category of expenditure and the company.
    • You have the report with the total of the budgeted values, the approved values and the deviations from the budget.  You know in advance if you will be able to avoid overruns on the budget.
  4. Actual expenses.
    Companies send requests of advance payment and invoices.
    • In the Transactions table, enter the amounts have been paid.
    • You have the report with the total amount paid by category and by company. See the deviations from the approved and budgeted amounts. You immediately notice if there are overruns, for a type of work or company.

The main advantages

  • It is used like Excel.
  • Easy to use, it is based on income and expense accounting, which everyone knows.
  • Financial situation of the construction project always up-to-date.
  • Covers all phases of the project, from budgeting to assignments and payments.
  • It manages both the expenses and the income (inputs of own funds, contributions, and other).
  • You notice immediately, at each stage, if there are any overruns.
  • Complete reports.
    • By expense/income category
    • By company
    • Estimate budget.
    • Assignments Amounts
    • Amounts actually paid (advance payments and invoices).
    • Deviation, indicating in color whether there are increases or savings.
  • Collect documents.
    When you enter an assignment or a payment you can also link the transactions to the digital document. Easy to make verifications because you can open attachments with a simple click.
  • Bank account movements. Payment account statement.
  • Data reuse for further reporting.

Requirements for using the extension

To use it, it is necessary to download and install Banana Accounting Plus with the Advanced plan.

Anônimo (não verificado)
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/constructions/extensions/financial_management_of_construction_projects/financial_management_of_construction_projects.sbaa
Short Description
Easily keep the costs of your project under control, from the estimate phase, assignments and payments. See if the costs are in line with the estimates and avoid overruns and surprises.
Classification of data by cost category and by companies. It is used like Excel, making it ideal for architects, engineers, surveyors and contractors. Complete with key financial statements offering very sophisticated project management programs.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
constructionprojectstatement
Description Application - displayed in "File New"
Extension for managing all phases of a construction project - Budgeting, assignments , payments. Requires accounting set up specifically.
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/constructions/extensions/financial_management_of_construction_projects/financial_management_of_construction_projects.sbaa

File setup of project accounting

Create new file

To create a new File, go to the File menu and click the New command.

This command opens the window for creating a new file. From this window you can search for the template you are interested in, in this case choose the Construction Project Accounting template.

Basic properties

The main parameters of the accounting file are defined in the file and accounting properties, such as the header, the opening and closing date of the project. You can change the properties from the File menu → File and accounting properties.

This data is included in the report and can be printed.

file properties

Create a project folder

You can manage your documents and receipts in digital format by linking them to transactions so you have everything well organized and can view them with one click.

It is therefore useful that you create a folder to save the accounting file you have created.

Then create subfolders for documents of deliberations, receipts, and others. See how to organize digital documents.

 

 

Categories and Estimate Budget

Categories Table

The Categories table is where you set the elements of the work to be performed. Cost categories can be changed or personalized in any moment, if you have particular requirements you can decide to change the structure of grouping of the elements, or use the one proposed by the template.

Estimate Budget Column

In this column you define the amount of the estimate for each Cost category. You can change the amount whenever you want.

Variants of Budget

You can add additional columns to enter the amounts relating to any variants of the estimate. Use the Data menu → Columns setup command, and add a column of Amount type to make sure that the values are totalized.

construction budget columns

Additional columns

In Banana Accounting terminology, the Budget column is the one that contains the values calculated on the basis of the movements contained in the Budget table.

In project management, the Budget table has been renamed to "Assignments " and is used to insert assignments . This can create a moment of confusion.

deliberations and expenses columns

Assignments column

Contains the values shown in the Assignments table.

Expenses column

It contains the values calculated on the basis of the movements in the Transactions table.

Expenses-Assignments column

Calculates the difference between the values obtained with the movements in the Transactions table and the amounts in the Assignments .

expenses and deliberations difference columns

Use your own structure

You can freely create a structure of Categories as you wish, also taking up standard structures.

  • Create categories.
    You can use numbers or descriptors.
  • Create the groupings.
    You can use as many levels as you like.

Additional groupings

For tax authorities or other needs you may find it useful to group the Categories entries by other criteria. You can use the Gr1 column for this purpose or add additional columns as needed.

 

Assignments

Movements relating to the assignment of work are entered in the Assignments table.

When entering a assignment, the Company account and the category to which it refers must also be entered.

assignments table

Once you have entered the data, you can use the report to see the overall situation and deviations from the estimate budget. You can also see the assignment amounts in the Categories table, they are listed in the 'Assignments ' column so that you can have a quick comparison with the other values.

Create assignments movements

You can create Assignments transactions in an easy and fast way. From the Extensions menu choose Construction Project StatementCreate transactions for assignments . The extension takes the data from the Categories table and for each cost category you have defined creates a transaction with the following fields:

  • Date: Current Date.
  • Description: Description present in the column of the same name in the Categories table.
  • Expenses: Amount of the estimate budget. At the time you define the exact amount of the assignment, you can change the amount.
  • Category: Name of the category.
  • Company: Initially, each assignment is assigned a default "Unassigned" company, as soon as the assignment is assigned to a company, enter the correct name, referring to the companies you have defined in your chart of accounts.

When you start the extension, a dialog is shown with a summary of the changes that will be made, by pressing OK, the changes will be confirmed and executed. On the contrary, if you press Cancel the operation will be cancelled. You can execute this command every time when you add new categories to which you assign an estimate budget, starting the extension again will create the movements of the assignment only for the new elements.

deliberations document change dialog

Alternatively, you can always choose to record the assignment manually.

 

Companies and Accounts

Accounts Table

The program allows you to manage the origin of the funds that are used to make payments. It indicates the accounts with which you are going to pay the artisans and other accounts of origin of the funds (own contributions).

Typically in a construction project there will be the construction bank account.

There are also preset accounts for:

  • Disputed Invoices.
    • Record the part of the invoice amount, which is not considered due.
  • Invoices awaiting payment. Invoices received that have not yet been paid.
  • Work in Progress. To record work that has been done, but for which you have not yet received the invoice.

accounts table: accounts

However, you can also create other accounts used to make payments or those of mortgages, used for the consolidation of the project.

 

Company accounts

For each company to which a job is assigned, you must first create an account of type cost center 1 (preceded by ".").

accounts table: companies

With the address view you can also enter the personal data, contacts and other information relating to the company.

Segments

If the construction includes several entities (for example housing units) and you want to have a systematic breakdown of the different expenses, you can use segments. In this case, you must also indicate the segment to which the expense is attributed for each movement.

 

 

Payments and Transactions table

Transactions table

In the transactions table, record the payments that are made for the project. For each transaction, in addition to the account, it also indicates the company and the category to which it refers. In the Expenses column indicates the amount of the payment, this value is also included in the Categories table.

Advance payment and invoices

The advance payment or invoice payment is recorded, indicating the date, the amount, the account used for the payment, expense category and the company's account.

You can also link the transaction row to the digital slip, so that you can view it with one click.

Receipt of invoice

The accounting management is carried out on the amounts actually been paid. To have an updated situation, it is possible to insert also the receipt of the invoice. In the account column you will have to insert the invoice account to be paid.

When you subsequently make the payment, the invoice receipt transaction must be overwritten with the payment information. If the payment is partial, you will need to create another transaction and split the amounts manually.

received invoice transaction example

Disputed works

Records as if it were a payment, but using the account, disputed invoices.

disputed works transaction example

Work in progress

You can enter registrations, similar to payments, but indicating the work in progress account. The amount will be estimated by the construction management. In this way, you can have a progression of the works. You can also color these rows with a particular color, so that you can easily distinguish them from the others.

When the invoices arrive, you will need to replace the invoice.

work in progress transaction example

Income and financial transactions

In the transactions table you can also enter income such as subsidies or other financial transactions, capital payment or construction account consolidation.

example other operations

Percentage of work progress

Use the transactions table also to record manually the percentage of work progress. Define if the transaction is related to a company or a category, and the percentage. In the report you can evaluate the progress with the costs incurred.

work progress transaction example

Reports by Categories and Companies

Heading

The extension takes the following information that you have defined in the file properties:

  • Header left: Indicates for example the area, or the city with the mapping where the work will be performed.
  • Header right: Indicates the project title.
  • Opening/Closing Date: Indicates when the project started or when it will be concluded.

When the extension is launched, a dialog window appears in which you can define the columns you want to display. For example, you can initially decide to show in the report only the columns of the estimate budget and the assignments , and then add the columns of the expenses later.

Constructions settings dialog

Report by Category

Inside the first table, the report shows the expenses divided by cost category, all the categories you have defined in the Categories table are included.

The columns you can view are as follows:

  • Category: Name of the category, taken directly from the Categories table.
  • Progress %: Resumes the last recorded work completion percentage, attributed to a specific category.
  • Estimate Budget: This is the amount defined in the Estimate Budget column in the categories table.
  • Assignments : Assignments are defined in the "Budget" table.
  • Diff. Assign./Budg.:  It is the difference between the assigned amounts and the budget, if the assigned amounts are less than the budget, it means that the costs will be lower than initially estimated budget, in this case a green icon is shown, if the assign is greater than the budget instead, then the icon appears red, if the amount is equal it remains yellow.
  • Expenses: They are the actual expenses recorded in the transactions table.
  • Diff. Exp./Budg.: This is the difference between the actual expenses and the estimate budget; if the estimate budget is greater than the expenses, then a green icon is shown because the actual expenses were less than the budgeted amount for that work. If the amounts are equal, then the icon remains yellow.
  • Diff. Exp./Assign.: This is the difference between the actual expenses and the assigned amounts, if the assignments are greater than the expenses, then a green icon is shown as the actual expenses were less than the assigned amount for that work. If the amounts are equal, then the icon remains yellow.

Report: category section

Report by Company

The second table shows the expenses divided by company, the companies are defined in the Accounts table.

The columns you can view are as follows:

  • Company: Company name, taken from the account table.
  • Progress %: Resumes the last recorded work completion percentage, attributed to a specific company.
  • Assignments : The assignments are defined in the "Budget" table, make sure you have assigned a company to the assignments , otherwise no amount will be displayed (see template).
  • Expenses:  These are the actual expenses recorded in the transactions table.
  • Diff. Exp./Del.: This is the difference between the actual expenses and the assigned amounts for each company, if the assignments are greater than the expenses, then a green icon is shown as the actual expenses were less than the assigned amount for that work. If the amounts are equal, then the icon remains yellow.

Report: company section

Accounting Extensions

Accounting Import Extensions (Universal)

With Banana Accounting Plus you can import data from different formats

SEPA/ISO 20022 Bank Statement 

The Camt/ISO 20022 is the bank statement format made available by most banks. 
See:

Importing from PayPal

This extension allows you to import PayPal transactions into Banana Accounting Plus:

Importing SEPA/ISO Bank Statement 20022

Importing SEPA/ISO Bank Statement 20022

Importing data into existing accounts

This is a functionality included in the programme. Proceed as indicated in the Import into accounting command.
With this function it is also possible to open a compressed file. The programme in this case will ask you to choose the file from which to import the data into the compressed file.

Viewing the content

If you wish to view the contents before importing the file, use the function View ISO20022 file.

The ISO 20022 standard for account statements

With SEPA (Single Euro Payment Area), the ISO 20022 standard becomes mandatory in Europe as of 1.1.2014, and replaces the Swift MT940 format.

Banana Accounting supports the ISO 20022 formats camt.052, camt.053 (including version 4 and 8) and camt.054 .

Technical notes on ISO 20022 conversion

The ISO 20022 standard encodes the accounting data of the account statement in a very precise manner. However, it also leaves a certain amount of freedom to insert additional account and movement information.

When reading the file Banana tries to adapt to the way the ISO 20022 file was prepared.

  • Reads as beginning balance similar encodings
  • Reads as ending balance the similar encodings
  • All the movements contained are read and transformed into movements
    • Transaction date (Date)
    • Currency date
    • Movement amount (positive or negative)
    • Description (Banana for the moment assembles the various descriptions into a single text)
       In the future, it is planned to extract this information more specifically and indicate other columns where it should be allocated.
isabelle.pasini
Short Description
Imports and converts statement movements into accounting movements. Supports files in ISO/SEPA 20022 format and camt052, camt053, camt054.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Title for application - displayed in "manage apps"
Importing SEPA/ISO Bank Statement 20022 (Universal)

SumUp - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

SumUp - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

This extension allows to import transactions from the SumUp platform into Banana Accounting.

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions → Manage Extensions.

Requirements for Use

Export Procedure

Export your transactions from the SumUp platform in CSV format.

  • Login on your SumUp profile.
  • Click on Home
  • Click on Download Center
  • Go to the Accounting section
  • Download Transactions and select the CSV (current format) option.

The Transaction report lists all your transactions, including card payments, cash payments, and refunds.

Import Procedure

  • Via the Actions → Import to accounting → select Import transactions box.
  • Choose the extension to be used, in this case 'SumUp - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)'.
  • With the Browse button, choose the file from which to import the transactions.
  • Press OK Button.

In the settings dialog you must enter the date format and the accounts to be used to record SumUp movements in the accounts:

  • Bank account: Account where the amount is credited.
  • SumUp income account: Revenue account, this account records the gross amount paid by the customer
  • Cash account: Account to book the amounts paid by cash.
  • SumUp fee account: Cost account to record transaction-related expenses retained by SumUp.

Import SumUp dialog

The accounts inserted must exists in your chart of accounts, if you do not yet have any suitable accounts, you can create new ones in your chart of accounts.

For more details see import transactions page.

Imported data

The program imports the following entries in the Transactions table:

  1. Sales with a successful bank payout
    Typically related to products/services paid by the customer via card. These transactions are recorded in accounting with three entries:
    1. Recognition of the sales revenue in the account defined as "SumUp income account" (gross amount).
    2. Recognition of the actual amount received, net of SumUp fees, in the "Bank account".
    3. Recognition of the fees retained by SumUp in the "SumUp fee account".
  2. Cash sales
    These transactions are recorded with a single entry:
    • "Cash account" as the receiving account
    • "SumUp income account" as the counter-account
  3. Refunds (when recorded as a bank payout)
    Refunds are recorded like standard payouts (see point 1), with an additional reversal entry:
    • Decrease of the "Bank account"
    • Decrease of the "SumUp income account"

Enable the ExternalReference (External Reference) and the Notes columns to see the id that SumUp has assigned to the transaction, this way you have a reference to the original transaction id generated in SumUp .

Error Messages

If the import fails, an error message will be displayed. The most common errors are:

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match any of the formats associated with this filter:
       - Check that you have chosen the correct file.
       - If the file you have chosen is correct, it may be that our filter requires updating.
  • This extension requires Banana Accounting+ Advanced: You are trying to use the extension with a licence other than the one requested, please upgrade to the Advanced Plan to be able to use the functionality of this filter.

Send us a feedback

This extension is currently in beta, and we welcome suggestions for improvement.

SumUp provides multiple types of reports, which can also be generated in different languages. Make sure to select the correct report, as described in the export procedure above on this page. If SumUp updates its export process and the instructions provided here are no longer valid, please let us know.

If the Transaction Report is generated in a language that is not yet supported by the program, resulting in an unrecognized format, please send us the file so we can update and improve the extension.

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

Useful Links

joel
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/sumup/ch.banana.uni.import.sumup.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/sumup
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.sumup
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/sumup/ch.banana.uni.import.sumup.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta

Chase - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

Chase - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

This import extension allows you to import the transactions from Chase bank into Banana.

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions → Manage Extensions.

Requirements for use

Export procedure

Export your banking transactions in *.csv format by accessing your Chase bank account.

  • Find your movements.
  • Export your account movements by choosing the *.csv format.
  • Save the file on your computer.
  • We recommend saving the file in a place where you can easily find it later and not opening it before importing it.

Import procedure

  • Via the Actions → Import to accounting → select Import transactions box
  • Choose the extension to be used, in this case 'Chase - Import movements csv (Banana+ Advanced)'.
  • With the Browse button, choose the file from which to import the transactions.
  • Press OK Button.

For more details see import transactions page.

Error Messages

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match any of the formats associated with this filter:
    • Check that you have chosen the correct file.
    • If the file you have chosen is correct, it may be that our filter requires updating.
  • This extension requires Banana Accounting+ Advanced: You are trying to use the extension with a licence other than the one requested, please upgrade to the Advanced Plan. to be able to use the functionality of this filter.

Send feedback

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/chase/ch.banana.uni.import.chase.sbaa
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.chase
Release Date Stable

PayPal Import *.csv (Banana+) [BETA]

PayPal Import *.csv (Banana+) [BETA]

This extension lets you import in Banana Accounting your PayPal transactions. Only for Banana+ version.

Separate accounting for PayPal transactions

PayPal transactions are usually composed of small amounts and have many particularities (refund, fees, etc.).
It can be expensive and time consuming to handle all this work within the main company accounting. 

We have prepared different template that you can immediately use:

In many cases, it is more appropriate to manage the PayPal transactions within a separated accounting file and once a month integrate the summary data (movements for the month) into the main accounting.

This solution also allows a third person to take responsibility for the PayPal accounting.

If you use Banana for a PayPal Accounting solution, you can: 

  • Create an accounting file for a specific PayPal account
  • Have a Chart of accounts with
    • A different account for each currency used
    • Different accounts for Income and Expenses
  • Import the PayPal transactions and have all accounts, expenses, income and PayPal fees automatically allocated, and currency converted into basic currency.
  • Record the transactions on the appropriate accounts for
    • Bank transfers
    • Revenue with different Sale tax codes
    • Different expense types
    • Refunds and charge backs
    • Adding other information for special reporting (Cost Centers, Segments, Customers, etc.)
  • Regularly (week, month, quarter) integrate the data into the main accounting, either by
    • Printing a summary and recording manually
    • Or exporting the data for the period and import them into the main system
  • At any time, print the journal and necessary reports for auditing or control.
  • Eventually, in case you have a lot of transactions, you can customize the import filter (Javascript) so that certain transactions are registered onto specific accounts numbers.

Within the Banana PayPal accounting you can easily keep the whole history, have instant access to all the data necessary to give a good customer service.

Activate the import PayPal transaction

First you need to update the import filters in Banana Accounting. See also Manage extensions.

  • Start Banana Accounting Plus
  • Open your accounting file
  • Menu Actions > Import to accounting
  • Select Import Transactions
  • Button Manage extensions
  • Button Update extensions
  • Check the PayPal Import *.csv (Banana+) [BETA] and deselect the other filters you do not need
  • Close the dialog

Download PayPal transactions

PayPal customize fields to download

Be careful that the PayPal standard download file does not contain all the fields necessary for the import into Banana.
You need to change the settings in PayPal so that you can have a correct download

Business Account

  • Login into PayPal
  • Go to Activity.
  • Click All Reports
  • Click Activity download under Reports.
  • Select the transaction type, date range, and choose the CSV file format.
  • Click Customize report fields and make sure that all field are checked or check all fields available.
  • Click Create Report.
  • When the report is ready, click Download.

Personal Account

  • Login into PayPal
  • Go to Activity.
  • Click the download button icon.
  • Click on Custom.
  • Click Activity download under Reports.
  • Select the transaction type, date range, and choose the CSV file format.
  • Click Customize report fields and make sure that all field are checked or check all fields available.
  • Click Create Report.
  • When the report is ready, click Download.

PayPal language encoding setting (only for Business Account)

If you use a local encoding, make sure that the encoding reflects your local computer encoding.

Banana import works better if you set your file encoding in UTF-8.
To change your language encoding settings in PayPal:

  • Login into PayPal
  • My Account → Account Settings → Website payments
  • PayPal button Language encoding (click on Update)
  • Eventually More Options is where you can set the UTF-8 in the list box

This setting can resolve the error: 'Impossible to translate file header: Convert paypal file to code page Latin1 or use new version of Banana Accounting'

Import PayPal transactions

See also import transactions

  • Open your accounting file
  • Menu "Actions→ Import to accounting"
  • Select "Import transactions"
  • Select "PayPal"
  • In File Name, enter the path and file name of the PayPal download (or Browse)
  • Click OK.
  • In the settings dialog enter:
    • Choose the date format for the PayPal date format.
      If you get the error "Date Format not valid" open the file you have downloaded from PayPal with notepad and check how the dates are written and then choose the appropriate format.
    • Enter the Account number for the PayPal Account (PayPal Account)
    • Enter the Account number where Income should be registered (PayPal In)
    • Enter the Account number where Expenses should be registered  (PayPal Out)
    • Enter the Account number where PayPal Fees should be registered (PayPal Fee)
    • If it is multi-currency accounting also sets the exchange rates

Import Paypal dialog

Once you have imported the transactions, you can undo the operation or change the imported data.

This will be the case if you want some income or some expenses to be registered on a different account..

Adapt your accounting file for import

Instead of specifying the PayPal account when the script starts, you can indicate in the Chart of accounts of Banana which accounts it should use. This method is also necessary if you want to have different accounts for each currency.

  • The Basic currency in File properties should be set to a valid currency.
  • Prior to import, the program will look for and use accounts with the following description:
    • "PayPal Account": the account for PayPal
    • "PayPal In": the account for income
    • "PayPal Out": the account for expenses
    • "PayPal Fee": the account for the PayPal fees.
  • Set the opening balance of the PayPal accounts.

For each currency, you can specify an account. All transactions for this currency will be recorded on the specified account. You also will have the currency conversion transactions between the various currencies.

  • For an accounting file NOT in multi/foreign currency, insert the currency code into the account description:
    • PayPal Account EUR
    • PayPal Account USD
    • PayPal Account CHF
    • PayPal Account GBP
  • For an accounting file with multi/foreign currency, the program will look for the account where the description begins with "PayPal Account" and will then use the currency symbol of the Currency column.

If no account has been specified for the currency, the amount will go to the basic currency account.

PayPal currency settings and accounting settings

It is suitable that your PayPal currency settings (My Account → Profile → My Money→ PayPal Balance → Currencies) are the same as the ones of the accounting file:

  • PayPal "Primary currency" is the same as your Basic Currency.
  • If you have set up PayPal to use more currencies (Add Currency) you should use the Double-entry accounting with Multi-currency.
    You will be able to keep a separate account for each currency in the original value.
    You can convert an existing accounting file into a multi-currency file with the Convert to new file command.
  • For multi-currency accounting, the accounts "PayPal In", "PayPal Out", "PayPal Fee" should preferably be in basic currency.
     

Transaction split and selection

Each PayPal transaction includes the Gross amount, the Fee amount and the Net amount. If the Net is different from the Gross, the program will generate 3 lines:

  • Line with the Gross amount registered on the PayPal Account
  • Line with the Net amount registered on the Income or Expense account
  • Line with the Fee amount registered on the Fee account.

Transactions already imported

The columns "ExternalReference" of the Transactions table will be filled with the unique PayPal transactionsID.

The next time you import, transactions with the same ID will be excluded from the import. The information from the older transactions will be used for currency conversion and grouping.

Last balance

The import will also add a line with information regarding the last PayPal Balance for each currency used. If you do not want this information, delete the imported lines.

Modifying the imported transactions

Once the transactions are imported, you will be able to change the transactions, as you like.

  • Record the transfers to and from the bank account on a "Internal transfers account (Giro bank account)".
    Do the same when you import your Bank account transactions.
    The balance of the "Internal transfers account (Giro bank account)" should compensate and go to zero.
  • Income from sales can be registered on specific accounts based on the sales tax applied or based on the type of sales.
    You must adapt your accounting plan accordingly.
  • You can add segments or cost centers.

Adapt the View of the Transaction table so that you have all columns visible and in the best sequence for modifying the data. 

Exchange rate profit and loss

The balances of the PayPal accounts in currency will match the balance of the PayPal account.

The balances in basic currency may be different due to:

  • The exchange rates for the transactions vary over the time.
  • PayPal has different exchange rates for selling or buying a specific currency.

You should from time to time adjust the basic currency with the command Recording exchange rate differences.

Multi currency conversion

If there are different transactions in different currencies in the file, the amounts will be converted into basic currency following this rule and order:

  • Basic currency
  • PayPal currency conversion
    Transactions that belong to the same block will use the same conversion, so that the amount in basic currency for the same amount and transaction will always be the same.
  • Exchange rate from currency conversion of the same date
  • Exchange rates taken from the Accounting file (Exchange rates table)
  • Exchange rate collected from the PayPal currency conversion.

The conversion will give an indication when it could not find a valid exchange rate for a currency and ask for a currency exchange rate.

Import other PayPal fields

You can import other information, included in the PayPal file, into Banana Accounting.

  • Add a new column to the Transactions table with the name "PayPal" + the column name of the PayPal file.
    For example "PayPalTimeZone", "PayPalSalesTax", "PayPalTip".
    • Specify the column type (Text, Number, Amount, Date, Time).
    • For Amount and Number also indicate the decimal place.
    • In the Account Card, the columns of the Amount type will also have an end total.
  • In the PayPal download history with "Customize Download Fields", you can specify the column to download.
  • The available columns (names in English, without space and in CamelCase) are:
    Time, TimeZone, Type, Name, Status, Subject, Currency, Gross, Fee, Net, Note, FromEmailAddress, ToEmailAddress, TransactionId, PaymentType, CounterpartyStatus, ShippingAddress, AddressStatus. ItemTitle, ItemId, ShippingAndHandlingAmount, InsuranceAmount, SalesTax, Tip, Discount, SellerId, Option1Name, Option1Value, Option2Name, Option2Value, AuctionSite, BuyerId, ItemUrl, ClosingDate, ReferenceTxnId, InvoiceNumber,SubscriptionNumber, CustomNumber, ReceiptId, Balance, ContactPhoneNumber, BalanceImpact, AddressLine1, AddressLine2, State, Town, Zip, Country.

When you import the transactions, the PayPal* column cells will be filled with the contents of the PayPal file.

Banana PayPal import extension

The conversion from the PayPal format to the accounting format is a Javascript program.

The program is "open source software" and can be modified to suit the user's needs at best.

To modify the extension, first change the following values so that it does not conflict with the Banana PayPal filter:

  • Use a different file name
  • Use a different @id
  • Use a different description.

License terms

The PayPal documentation does not cover all possible transactions. The import script has been developed based on use cases, and it is possible that not all possibilities have been covered and that the script need improvements.

PayPal may also change the data format and the script results may not be the same.

Take care using the import and always check that the Account Balance corresponds to the PayPal balance.

The use of the import script is governed by the Apache 2.0 license, the file can be freely modified.

By using the script you accept the license and the disclaimer terms.

Troubleshooting

If you experience any problem first update the import filter to the latest version in Manage extensions.

  • Rounding problem.
    It can happen that the PayPal file use a decimal format that is different from the one of your computer. Amount are therefore truncated (12.34 become 12  or it become 1234).
    PayPal assign you a specific format for the language encoding based on you country (see PayPal language encoding explanations).
  • The error message "Impossible to translate file header: .."
    • Try using the Banana Accounting Plus version.
    • Change your download settings as specified above in the "PayPal language encoding setting"
    • Assure you are using the original CSV file downloaded from PayPal and not one opened and saved with Excel.
  • The error message "Currency non converted" indicates that there has been no available exchange rate for the conversion.
    • It is possible you have not set up your basic currency
    • You have set up the PayPal to keep more than one currency. The PayPal file does not convert currency and you should therefore use a multi-currency accounting.
  • If the last balance is different from the account
    • Check whether you have a correct opening amount (the balance prior to the first imported transaction)
    • Your account is not in the same currency.
      If your PayPal account is set up to use different currencies or in a currency different from basic currency, it would be suitable to use a multi currency account.
  • If you get a message field "BalanceImpact not found in headers" or the same message with another field name, is due to the fact that the PayPal History file does not contains a field that is needed for import.
    • Login in PayPal and go to download history
    • Before downloading the PayPal history file click on "Customize My History Download"
    • You will see a list of available field and check the one that is missing
      The "Balance Impact" is near the end of the list.
      PayPal will save the setting. Next time you download again the field will be included.
    • Download again the history file.
  • If you have an error message "AccountDebit" and "AccountCredit" not found, you have a file with old columns name.
    use the command Tools->Create New File to create a copy of the file with the correct columns.
     

Reference

PayPal Documentation

Changes

Feedback

Let us know what you think of the import script or how we could eventually improve the script.

claudia
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/extensions/import/paypal/ch.banana.uni.import.paypal.js
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.paypal

Revolut - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

Revolut - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

This import extension allows you to import the transactions from Revolut platform (Private & Business) into Banana.

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions → Manage Extensions.

Requirements for use

Export procedure

Export your banking transactions in *.csv format by accessing your Revolut account.

  • Find your movements.
  • Export your account movements by choosing the *.csv format.
  • Save the file on your computer.
  • We recommend saving the file in a place where you can easily find it later and not opening it before importing it.

Import procedure

  • Via the Actions → Import to accounting → select Import transactions box
  • Choose the extension to be used, in this case 'Revolut - Import movements csv (Banana+ Advanced)'.
  • With the Browse button, choose the file from which to import the transactions.
  • Press OK Button.

If you are importing transactions from the Business platform, enable in Banana the ExternalReference column, shows the transaction id assigned by Revolut.

For more details see import transactions page.

Error Messages

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match any of the formats associated with this filter:
    • Check that you have chosen the correct file.
    • If the file you have chosen is correct, it may be that our filter requires updating.
  • This extension requires Banana Accounting+ Advanced: You are trying to use the extension with a licence other than the one requested, please upgrade to the Advanced Plan. to be able to use the functionality of this filter.

Send feedback

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/revolut/ch.banana.uni.import.revolut.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/revolut
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.revolut
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/revolut/ch.banana.uni.import.revolut.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta

Stripe - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]

Stripe - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]

This import extension allows you to import the transactions from Stripe platform into Banana. Stripe allows multiple export options, you can use two different export types to import data into Banana:

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions → Manage Extensions.

Requirements for use

Export the transactions report

It allows you to obtain all customer payments, including fees and collected transfers, and their corresponding status. To obtain this report you need to:

  • Log in to your Stripe account on the browser
  • In the main dashboard, select Transactions.
  • Click All activity.
  • Click Export.

In the export dialog select:

  • Columns: All columns.
  • Then click on Export.

We recommend saving the file in a place where you can easily find it later and not opening it before importing it.

Export of the balance summary report

This report is similar to a bank statement, helping you to reconcile your Stripe balance at the end of the month. 
It provides an itemized CSV export of your complete transaction history and any custom metadata associated 
with those transactions. All transactions are shown in your settlement currency (after any foreign currency conversion).

To obtain this report you need to:

  • Log in to your Stripe account on the browser
  • In the main dashboard, select Reports.
  • Click Summary balance.
  • Choose Balance change from activity.
  • Click Download.

In the export dialog select:

  • Report format: Itemized.
  • Columns: All columns.
  • Then click on Download.

We recommend saving the file in a place where you can easily find it later and not opening it before importing it.

Import procedure

The import procedure works the same for both reports:

  • Via the Actions → Import to accounting → select Import transactions box
  • Choose the extension to be used, in this case 'Stripe- Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]'.
  • With the Browse button, choose the file from which to import the transactions.
  • Press OK Button.

In the settings dialogue you must enter the date format and the accounts to be used to record stripe movements in the accounts:

  • Stripe Account: Account where the amount is credited.
  • Stripe In: Revenue account, this account records the gross amount paid by the customer
  • *Stripe Reserved Funds: Cost account, used to record the amount reserved by stripe and then returned.
  • *Stripe Fee: Cost account to record transaction-related expenses retained by stripe.

Import Stripe dialog

*These elements are only to be entered if you import the data using the "All transactions" method, if you import the balance change from activity you can leave them empty.

The accounts inserted must exists in your chart of accounts, if you do not yet have any suitable accounts, you can create new ones in your chart of accounts.

 Currently only data in Stripe's Standard columns are imported, data in columns added by other platforms you are connected to are not imported.

For more details see import transactions page.

Visualize the imported data

In the Transactions table:

  • Enable the ExternalReference (External Reference) and the Notes columns to see the id that Stripe has assigned to the transaction, this way you have a reference to the original transaction id generated in Stripe.
  • When imported, transactions are sorted by date, it is possible that transactions belonging to the same operation are split by date and therefore do not occur in succession. We recommended to keep the .csv file as a reference as movements are exported grouped by operation, for control activities you can trace back the original movements using the external reference and notes columns.

Error Messages

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match any of the formats associated with this filter:
    • Check that you have chosen the correct file.
    • If the file you have chosen is correct, it may be that our filter requires updating.
  • This extension requires Banana Accounting+ Advanced: You are trying to use the extension with a licence other than the one requested, please upgrade to the Advanced Plan. to be able to use the functionality of this filter.

Send us a feedback

This extension is a BETA version, we welcome suggestions for improvement.

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/stripe/ch.banana.uni.import.stripe.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/stripe
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.stripe
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/stripe/ch.banana.uni.import.stripe.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta
Release Date Insider

Wise - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

Wise - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)

This import extension allows you to import the transactions from Wise platform (Personal & Business) into Banana.

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions → Manage Extensions.

Requirements for use

  • Banana accounting Plus with the Advanced Plan.
  • Wise also provides files with standard format ISO20022, which you can import with the Professional plan. To import files in this format you need to install the relevant import extension: Importing SEPA/ISO Bank Statement 20022 . Using SEPA/ISO20022 format is preferred over .csv when you have transactions in multiple currencies.

Export procedure

Export your banking transactions in *.csv format by accessing your Wise account.

  • Find your movements.
  • Export your account movements by choosing the *.csv format.
  • Save the file on your computer.
  • We recommend saving the file in a place where you can easily find it later and not opening it before importing it.

Import procedure

  • Via the Actions → Import to accounting → select Import transactions box
  • Choose the extension to be used, in this case 'Wise - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced)'.
  • With the Browse button, choose the file from which to import the transactions.
  • Press OK Button.

For more details see import transactions page.

Error Messages

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match any of the formats associated with this filter:
    • Check that you have chosen the correct file.
    • If the file you have chosen is correct, it may be that our filter requires updating.
  • This extension requires Banana Accounting+ Advanced: You are trying to use the extension with a licence other than the one requested, please upgrade to the Advanced Plan. to be able to use the functionality of this filter.

Send us a feedback

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/wise/ch.banana.uni.import.wise.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/wise
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.wise
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/wise/ch.banana.uni.import.wise.sbaa

Yokoy - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]

Yokoy - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]

This import extension allows you to import the transactions from Yokoy platform into Banana.

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions → Manage Extensions.

Requirements for use

Export procedure

Export your banking transactions in *.csv format by accessing your Yokoy account.

  • Find your movements.
  • Export your account movements by choosing the *.csv format.
  • Save the file on your computer.
  • We recommend saving the file in a place where you can easily find it later and not opening it before importing it.

Accounting file Setup

Before importing the data into Banana make sure you follow the steps described below to correctly set up the accounting file (*.ac2) and prepare it for the correct import of transactions:

  • In the transactions table make visible the ExternalReference column. The unique registration number created by revolut is entered here. This value can be used to avoid importing the same registration twice.
  • Check that the accounts you refer to in the entries you import exist in the Accounts table. If an account is not found, an error will be displayed, in which case simply add the account in question to the Accounts table. Do the same thing with the VAT codes in the VAT Table

Import procedure

  • Via the Actions → Import to accounting → select Import transactions box
  • Choose the extension to be used, in this case 'Yokoy- import transactions (*.csv)'.
  • With the Browse button, choose the file from which to import the transactions.
  • Press OK Button.

If you are importing transactions from the Business platform, enable in Banana the ExternalReference column, shows the transaction id assigned by Revolut.

For more details see import transactions page.

Error Messages

  • Unrecognised *.csv file format: The format of the *.csv file you are trying to import does not match any of the formats associated with this filter:
    • Check that you have chosen the correct file.
    • If the file you have chosen is correct, it may be that our filter requires updating.
  • This extension requires Banana Accounting+ Advanced: You are trying to use the extension with a licence other than the one requested, please upgrade to the Advanced Plan. to be able to use the functionality of this filter.

Send us a feedback

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/yokoy/ch.banana.uni.import.yokoy.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/yokoy
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.import.yokoy
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/extensions/import/yokoy/ch.banana.uni.import.yokoy.sbaa
Release Date Beta

CiviCRM Contributions - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]

CiviCRM Contributions - Import movements .csv (Banana+ Advanced) [BETA]

You can install the extension from the menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.

Requirements for Use

Banana Accounting Plus with the Advanced Plan.

Send us a feedback

This extension is a BETA version, we welcome suggestions for improvement.

It may happen that the format of the csv file is updated and as a result the filter no longer functions correctly. Send us feedback and attach an example file (.csv) with the new format and we will proceed to update the filter.

patrick
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/noprofit/extensions/civicrm/ch.banana.app.civicrmimport.sbaa
Short Description
This extension allows to import transactions from the CiviCRM Contributions csv file into Banana Accounting.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.app.civicrmimport
Release Date Stable

OFX - Open financial exchange transactions import filter (*.ofx *.ofc *.xml)

OFX - Open financial exchange transactions import filter (*.ofx *.ofc *.xml)

Import extension (*.ofx *.ofc *.xml). Install this filter via the menu command Extensions → Manage Extensions.

The file is an import extension for Banana Accounting 8 and following.

It allows the software to:

  • Read OFX (Open Financial Exchange) files

  • Extract financial transactions

  • Convert them into Banana’s Transactions table

What Is OFX?

OFX (Open Financial Exchange) is a structured financial data format used by banks and software such as:

  • Quicken

  • Microsoft Money

It is more reliable than QIF because it includes:

  • Unique transaction IDs (FITID)

  • Structured account information

  • Statement balances

  • Currency data

What the Script Does

The OFX import extension:

  1. Parses the OFX file structure

  2. Extracts transaction blocks (<STMTTRN>)

  3. Reads key fields:

    • Date (<DTPOSTED>)

    • Amount (<TRNAMT>)

    • Description (<NAME>)

    • Memo (<MEMO>)

    • Transaction ID (<FITID>)

  4. Converts them into Banana transaction rows

  5. Prevents duplicate imports using FITID

Typical OFX Transaction Structure

 
<STMTTRN>
  <TRNTYPE>DEBIT
  <DTPOSTED>20260301
  <TRNAMT>-125.50
  <FITID>20260301001
  <NAME>Vendor Payment
  <MEMO>Invoice 4587
</STMTTRN>
 

Export from Online Banking (Recommended)

Many banks in USA allow transaction export.

Steps:

  1. Log into your online banking portal

  2. Go to transaction history

  3. Select Download / Export

  4. Choose format:

    • OFX

    • or QFX

  5. Select date range

  6. Download the file

Export from Financial Software

Software like Quicken allows exporting to OFX:

  1. Open your account

  2. Choose Export transactions

  3. Select OFX format

  4. Save the file

 
lorenzo
URL Stable release
http://www.banana.ch/accounting/files/banana8/filters/ch.banana.filter.import.ofx.js
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import

Quicken Interchange Format import filter (*.qif)

Quicken Interchange Format import filter (*.qif)

It allows Banana Accounting to read and convert data from QIF (Quicken Interchange Format) files into Banana’s internal accounting structure (Transactions table, Accounts, Categories).

The script:

  • Parses QIF records (such as date, amount, payee, memo, category)
  • Transforms them into Banana-compatible transaction rows
  • Handles different QIF types (Bank, Cash, Credit Card, etc.)
  • Ensures correct formatting for dates and amounts

In short, it enables importing bank or financial transaction data exported in QIF format into Banana Accounting.

How to Export Data in QIF Format

QIF is an older financial exchange format originally used by Quicken.

Exporting from Financial Software

If your software supports QIF export:

  1. Open your accounting or banking software

  2. Go to Export or Data Export

  3. Select:

    • Format: QIF (Quicken Interchange Format)

    • Account type: Bank / Cash / Credit Card

  4. Choose date range

  5. Save the .qif file

Exporting from Online Banking

Some banks still allow QIF export:

  1. Log in to your online banking portal

  2. Open the transaction history

  3. Choose Download / Export

  4. Select format:

    • QIF (if available)

    • Otherwise: CSV (you would need conversion)

Many banks today provide CSV or OFX instead of QIF.

Basic QIF Structure Example

A QIF file looks like this:

 
!Type:Bank
D03/01/2026
T-125.50
PPayment to Vendor
MInvoice 4587
LExpenses:Office
^
lorenzo
URL Stable release
http://www.banana.ch/accounting/files/banana8/filters/ch.banana.filter.import.qif.js
Short Description
Import filter (*.qif)
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import

Export Extensions

Export Address data in the VCard format

Export Address data in the VCard format

Using the extension to export vCards

This extension is compatible only with the following file types:

  • Address book
  • Library and collections
  • Estimates and Invoices

To generate and export vCards, the extension uses data from the Contacts table in the file. Specifically, it reads the following columns:

  • First Name
  • Family Name
  • Street
  • Zip
  • Locality
  • Country Code
  • Country
  • Mobile Phone
  • Home Phone
  • Email Home

Ensure that your file is of a supported type and that the required columns are filled in correctly to guarantee a successful export.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Export Address data in the VCard format.
  • From the extensions list select Export Address data in the VCard format.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Export address data in vCard format

To export the vCard with the addresses data:

  1. Open the Banana file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select Export Address data in the VCard format.
  3. Enter the contact ID. You can export a vCard containing all contacts or just specific ones.
  4. Save the vCard.

The generated .vcf file contains a structure like the following one:

BEGIN:VCARD
VERSION:3.0
N:Pallino;Pinco
FN:Pinco Pallino
TEL;type=CELL:1234567890
TEL;type=HOME:1234567890
ADR;TYPE=HOME:;;Via Trevano 7a;Lugano;;6900;
LABEL;TYPE=HOME:Via Trevano 7a Lugano,6900
REV:2017-02-07T14:07:54.694Z
END:VCARD

 

Export vCard for unsupported file types

If you're using a file type that is not supported by this extension (e.g., a double-entry accounting file, an income/expense accounting file, etc.), you can still export the data for members, customers and suppliers by following these steps:

  • Copy the contact information from your current accounting file.
  • Create a new file of type Address book and paste the copied data into the appropriate columns.
  • Run the extension to export the vCards in the new file.

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/Utilities/Library/vcard.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps/Utilities/Library
Short Description
This extension exports the address data from the Contacts table in a vCard (.vcf file) that can the be imported in Microsoft Outlook, Mac OS Contacts, Mozilla Thunderbird.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Export
Help ID
ch.banana.app.vcardfromaddress
Release Date Stable

Journal Export (Banana 9)

Journal Export (Banana 9)

How to use it

In order to use this app you have to:

  • Install the app
    • Menu Apps → Manage Apps...
    • Select Universal as country.
    • Select english as language.
    • Select Online → Productivity.
    • From the apps list select Journal Export.
    • Click Install to install the app.
    • Click Close to close the window.
  • Run the app
    • Menu Apps → Journal Export.
  • Export the content
    • From the top bar select Copy to Clipboard.
  • Copy into Excel
    • Open Excel and paste the copied content.

journal export

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.uni.app.journalexport.js
Short Description
Export the Journal table of Banana and use it in Excel with the Pivot Tables to build your own reports.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.journalexport.js

Journal Export (Banana+)

Journal Export (Banana+)

Prerequisites

To use this extension you must download and install Banana Accounting Plus.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions
  • Select Universal as country.
  • Select english as language.
  • Select Online > Productivity.
  • From the extensions list select Journal Export (Banana+).
  • Click Install to install the extension.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the journal report

To creare and export the journal:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Journal Export (Banana+).
  3. In Settings dialogue choose the journal columns you want to display, then click OK.
  4. From the Print Preview of the report select the Copy to Clipboard command in the top bar.
  5. Open Excel and paste the copied content. Columns headers and data will be copied in Excel. From there you can use it to create your own reports.

Settings dialogue

Run the extension from the menu Extensions > Journal Export (Banana+).

The extension Settings dialogue will open. From here you can choose the journal columns you want to include in the report.

 

You can find more information about the journal columns in the Journal’s API documentation.

Print example

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/journalexportplus/ch.banana.uni.app.journalexportplus.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps/journalexportplus
Short Description
The extensions creates a report with the Banana Accounting Journal table of current and budget transactions. Data of the journal can be copied and used in Excel with the Pivot Tables to build your own reports.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.journalexportplus
Release Date Stable

Time Sheet Export

Time Sheet Export

Prerequisites

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • MenuExtensions > Manage Extensions.
  • Select Universal as country.
  • Select english as language.
  • Select Online > Productivity.
  • From the extensions list select Time Sheet Export.
  • Click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Export the time sheet columns

To export the columns of the time sheet table:

  • Open a time sheet file type.
  • From the Extensions menu select the Time Sheet Export.
  • In Settings dialogue choose the time sheet columns you want to export, then click OK.
  • From the Print Preview of the generated report select the Copy to Clipboard command in the top bar.
  • Open Excel and paste the copied content. Columns headers and data will be copied in Excel. From there you can use it to create your own reports.

 

timesheet export

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.uni.app.timesheetexport.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This extension exports the Time Sheet table of Banana. Exported data can be used in Excel with the Pivot Tables to build your own reports.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.timesheetexport
Title for application - displayed in "manage apps"
Time Sheet Export

Report Extensions

Account Statement Letter

Account Statement Letter

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Account Statement Letter.
  • From the extensions list select Account Statement Letter.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the menu File > File and accounting properties > Address, enter the sender address.
  3. In the Accounts table (Address view) enter the receiver address for the account.
  4. From the Extensions menu select the Account Statement Letter.
  5. Enter the account number.

Example of account statement report:

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/account_statement_with_receipt.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This extension creates an account statement with a receipt for the selected account number.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.app.accountstatementwithreceipt
Release Date Stable

Account balance by day within a period

Account balance by day within a period

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Account balance by day within a period.
  • From the extensions list select Account balance by day within a period.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Account balance by day within a period.
  3. Enter the account number.
  4. Select the period.

A window with results is displayed. You can copy, save and print the results.

domenico
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/balance_byday_inperiod.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This extension displays the daily balance for a specified account and period.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.report.balance_byday_inperiod.report

Account balance for all days in a month

Account balance for all days in a month

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Account balance for all days in a month.
  • From the extensions list select Account balance for all days in a month.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select Account balance for all days in a month.
  3. Enter the month number.
  4. Enter the account number.

A window with results is displayed. You can copy, save and print the results.

 

domenico
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/balance_byday_inmonth.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This extension displays the daily balance for a specified account and month.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.report.balancedailyinmonth.js

Audit Reports [BETA]

Audit Reports [BETA]

The main purpose of this extension is to provide reports that can be easily copied into excel, summarising and showing the main accounting data that are normally taken as a basis by auditors when preparing their analysis.

Useful reports for Banana users who need to send their auditor accounting data, but also for auditors who use Banana themselves, as these reports are based on the functionalities already offered by Banana and therefore facilitate and speed up the collection of accounting data.

Reports

The following reports can be generated:

  • General Ledger: Shows the transactions for each account, like in the account card.
  • Journal: Shows the details of each transaction.
  • VAT Journal: Shows the details of each VAT transaction.
  • Trial Balance: Shows the balance of all accounting items in two columns (debit and credit).
  • Customers And Suppliers: Shows list of customers and suppliers and information about them.

Through a dialogue it is possible to decide the time of year to be taken into account in the reports.

Adding extra columns

Through the command "Columns Settings" additional columns can be inserted in each report, except for the trial balance, which remains as it is. To add a column to the report, simply enter its xml name in the dialogue. To add several columns, separate them with a semicolon ";" as shown in the example. 

copy icon report

The columns you can add are the same present in the Transactions table, except for the Customers and Suppliers report, for which you find the data in the Accounts table.

If you accidentally add a column that is not contained in the tables mentioned, no error is currently raised, the column will be added but no value will be present.

Copy to Excel

Reports are easily copied to Excel, when the report preview is generated, just click on the "copy" icon and paste the copied table into an Excel sheet.

copy icon report

Once the whole table has been copied, you can arrange the file as you want and customise your report with Excel tools.

example excel

Messages

  • Total debit and total credit are different: The total Debit and total Credit do not match, check if the same error is present in your Accounting file, if it is only present in the report send us a feedback

 

aaron
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/audit/AuditingReports/ch.banana.audit.report.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/audit/AuditingReports
Short Description
This extension allows you to generate useful accounting reports for auditors and easily copy them into Excel. You can choose the period for which data should be taken and add additional columns to the reports.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.audit.report
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/audit/AuditingReports/ch.banana.audit.report.sbaa
Release Date Beta
Release Date Insider

Printing receipts from cash book transactions

Printing receipts from cash book transactions

This extension prints payment receipts based on transactions from cash book accounting file.

Example of a payment receipt:

Printing receipts from cash book transactions

 

The program prints the receipt using the following logic:

  • It takes all the lines with the same Doc Number, of the lines where the cursor is positioned.
  • It prints the document number in the "Payment receipt No: "
  • It prints the amount by summing all the amounts.
  • It prints the Descriptions in different lines.

with the text of the Description column of all the transactions that have the same doc number.

Receipts from cash book transactions

Example file 

To created the receipts:

  1. Open a Cash Book file:
    1. Or download the example ch.banana.script.payment.receipt.sample.file.ac2 and open it.
  2. Positions on the line of the transaction group you wish to print.
  3. From the Extensions menu select the Printing receipts from cash book transactions.

 

Settings and properties

Prior to printing the receipt you can set the 

Extension properties

You can set the following parameters from the menu Extensions > Manage Extensions, select the Printing receipts from cash book transactions extension and click on Settings.

  • Include page header (1=yes, 0=no)
    The logo and the address information can be included as header of the page.
  • Automatic date (1=yes, 0=no)
    The date of the transaction is used.
  • Font type
    The font type of the texts (Arial, Helvetica, Times New Roman, ...)

Address

Set your address from the menu File > File and accounting properties > Address.

Header logo

A logo for the header can be added as attachment in the Documents table.

  • Add the Documents table to the Banana Accounting file.
    If it is not already present you need to add the Documents table in the Banana document with the menu command Tools > Add new features > Add document table.
  • Add a row in the Documents table.
  • In the ID column, enter "logo".
  • In the Attachments column, double click on the cell and select Image, then choose the logo image you want to use.

Entering transactions

Cash book transactions are entered as usual in the Transactions table.

  • Transactions are considered to belong to the same group when they have the same doc number.
  • Paid to
    • You can enter the text you want to display on the printout (e.g. "Paid to:").
    • You can also enter text in bold by enclosing it in double asterisks ** (e.g. **Paid to:**)
    • You can enter the text "#paidto" (without quotes) to let the program insert a blank line followed by the text in bold and in the language of the accounting file (it, fr, de, en, nl).

 

claudia
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.script.payment.receipt.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
Free cash receipt template
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.script.payment.receipt.js
Release Date Stable

Report Balance and Profit & Loss with transactions details

Report Balance and Profit & Loss with transactions details

This extension creates a Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss report with transactions details for each account.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Report Balance and Profit & Loss with transactions details.
  • From the extensions list select Report Balance and Profit & Loss with transactions details.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Report Balance and Profit & Loss with transactions details.
  3. Select the financial report you want to print:
    • Assets / Liabilities
    • Income / Expenses
    • All

Example of assets details:

 

Example of liabilities details:

 

Example of income details:

 

Example of expenses details:

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.apps.details.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss report with details for each account. This report provide both the overview and the detailed of the financial situation.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.addon.details

Transaction Voucher (Banana+)

Transaction Voucher (Banana+)

Accounting settings

From menu File > File and accounting properties > Accounting Tab, enter the project number/name in the Header Left field.

How it works

  • For each transaction of the Transactions table enter the voucher number in the Doc column.
  • From the Transactions table of the accounting file select a row with the desired voucher number you want to create the report.
    The voucher number is taken from the selected row where the cursor is positioned, but you can also change it manually into settings dialog.
  • Launch the extension from the menu Extensions > Transaction Voucher (Banana+).
  • In the settings dialog window enter the required information.
    • Logo
      Check to include the logo in the header.
      The logo is defined with the command File > Logo setup where you can also set the size, choose how to align it (left, centre, right).
    • Logo-Name
      Enter the name of the logo customisation defined in the menu File > Logo setup, respecting upper and lower case.
    • Title
    • Voucher number
    • Paid to
    • Paid in
    • Cheque No.
    • Payment Received by
    • Paid by
    • Prepared by
    • Verified by
    • Recommended by
    • Approved by
  • All the values entered are saved and proposed the next time.
  • The extension will print the information entered in the dialog plus the data of the transaction with the specified Voucher / Doc number.

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/accounting/transaction_voucher/ch.banana.uni.app.transactionvoucher.sbaa
Short Description
This Banana Plus extension creates a report with details of the transaction for the selected voucher number.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.transactionvoucher
Release Date Stable

Transaction Voucher (Helvetas model)

Transaction Voucher (Helvetas model)

How it works

  1. From the Transactions table of the accounting file select a row with the desired Doc number.
  2. Launch the extension from the menu Extensions > Transaction Voucher (Helvetas model).
  3. A dialog window requesting some information will appear.
    The voucher number is taken from the row selected where the cursor is positioned, but you can change it manually.
    Complete all the remaining fields by entering your data and click Ok.
    The values entered are saved and proposed the next time.
  4. The extension will print the information entered in the dialog plus the data of the transactions with the specified Voucher / Doc number.

Example of Voucher report:

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/Voucher/Helvetas/ch.banana.apps.voucherhelvetas.dialog.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps/Voucher/Helvetas
Short Description
This extension, developed following the specifications provided by the Helvetas Swiss Intercooperation, creates a transaction voucher report for the given doc number, with details of the selected transaction and other information.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.apps.transactionvoucherhelvetas

Transaction Voucher (Swiss Red Cross model)

Transaction Voucher (Swiss Red Cross model)

Accounting settings

Two settings are required:

  • the Header Left
  • add a small image/logo
    • Add the Documents table to the Banana Accounting file.
      If it is not already present you need to add the Documents table in the Banana document with the menu command Tools > Add new features > Add document table.
    • In the Id column, of the documents table insert transaction_voucher_image.
    • In the Attachments column, double click on the cell, select Image and add the desired image.

How it works

  1. From the Transactions table of the accounting file select a row with the desired Doc number.

    For example:


     
  2. Launch the extensions from the menu Extension > Transaction Voucher. A dialog window requesting some information will appear.
    • The voucher number is taken from the row selected where the cursor is positioned, but you can change it manually.
    • Complete all the remaining fields by entering your data and click Ok.
      The values entered are proposed the next time.

      Dialog example:


       
  3. The extension will print the information enterd in the dialog plus the data of the transactions with the specified Voucher / Doc number.

    For example:

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/Voucher/ch.banana.apps.transactionvoucher.dialog.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps/Voucher
Short Description
This extension, developed following the specifications provided by the Swiss Red Cross association, creates a transaction voucher report for the given doc number, with details of the selected transaction and other information.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.apps.transactionvoucher

Trial Balance

Trial Balance

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Trial Balance.
  • From the extensions list select Trial Balance.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Trial Balance.
  3. Select the period.

For the given period, display a Trial Balance report containing:

  • Balance sheet
  • Profit & Loss

The details displayed are the following:

  • Account
  • Account description
  • Debit amounts
  • Credit amounts

 

Example of Trial Balance report:

 

 

domenico
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/trialbalance.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This Extension create a Trial a Balance sheet and Profit & Loss Statement.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.app.trialbalance

Trial Balance and Blockchain (Quarter periods)

Trial Balance and Blockchain (Quarter periods)

This extension creates a report containing the table Accounts and at the end the blockchain for the selected quarter period.

Prerequisites

To use this extension you must download and install Banana Accounting Plus.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions
  • Select Universal as country.
  • Select Online > Productivity.
  • From the extensions list select Trial Balance and Blockchain (Quarter periods).
  • Click Install to install the extension.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the menu File > File and accounting properties, in the Header left and Header right fields enter the texts to be printed on the left and right in the page header.
  3. From the Extensions menu select Trial Balance and Blockchain (Quarter periods).
  4. In Settings dialogue select the period, set the header texts, the title and font, then click OK to create the report.

The texts of the settings dialog and column headers in the printout are fixed and are in the same language as the Banana file (defined from the menu File > File and accounting properties > Other > Current language). The languages that can be used are Italian, French, German and English.

Settings dialogue

Run the extension from the menu Extensions > Trial Balance and Blockchain (Quarter periods).

The extension Settings dialogue will open. From here you can choose some parameters to print the report.

  • Period.
    Select a period from the list. The periods are divided into three quarters. 
  • Header left text.
    Insert another text to be printed on the left side of the page header.
  • Header right text.
    Insert another text to be printed on the right side of the page header.
  • Title.
    Insert text to be printed as title of the page.
  • Font family.
    Insert the font type.
  • Font size.
    Insert the font size for all the page texts.
  • Title font size.
    Insert the font size for the title.
trialbalance quarter settingstrialbalance quarter report

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/trialbalance_and_blockchain_quarter.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.app.trialbalanceandblockchainquadrimester
Release Date Stable

Trial Balance with transaction's lock blockchain information

Trial Balance with transaction's lock blockchain information

The extension creates a report containing the table Accounts and the blockchain information regarding the transaction lock of the previous period and of the current period.

This printout has been conceived for a customer that has central SAP accounting and use Banana Accounting locally, to keep accounting for at more than 40 schools. Each school keep their own accounting and every 4 months the data is integrated in the main accounting system.
In order to assure that the information is perfectly synchronized:

  • The school lock the transactions so that each movement is marked with a blockchain. 
  • The school print the report using this extension, with the data and the blockchain info of the current and last period.
  • Prior to entering the data in the main system, the responsable verify that the blockchain of the last period already entered is the same as the one printed on the current report.

Personal at the schools can easily manage their finance locally and have more details and better control over the spending.  Data is only entered in the main system periodically. The organisation have a better accounting system and save a lot of money in training and SAP licenses.

 

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions
  • Select Universal as country.
  • Select Online > Productivity.
  • From the extensions list select Trial Balance with transaction's lock blockchain information.
  • Click Install to install the extension.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the menu File > File and accounting properties, in the Header left and Header right fields enter the texts to be printed on the left and right in the page header.
  3. From the Extensions menu select Trial Balance with transaction's lock blockchain information.
  4. In Settings dialogue set header texts, title and font as you want, then click OK.
  5. In Period dialogue select a period and confirm with OK to create the report.

The texts of the settings dialog and column headers in the printout are fixed and are in the same language as the Banana file (defined from the menu File > File and accounting properties > Other > Current language). The languages that can be used are Italian, French, German and English.

Settings dialogue

Run the extension from the menu Extensions > Trial Balance with transaction's lock blockchain information.

The extension Settings dialogue will open. From here you can choose some parameters to print the report.

  • Header left text.
    Insert another text to be printed on the left side of the page header.
  • Header right text.
    Insert another text to be printed on the right side of the page header.
  • Title.
    Insert text to be printed as title of the page.
  • Font family.
    Insert the font type.
  • Font size.
    Insert the font size for all the page texts.
  • Title font size.
    Insert the font size for the title.
trialbalance settingstrialbalance report

 

Blockchain row explanation:

  • Date until which transactions are locked.
  • Date of the last transaction.
  • Number of locked transactions.
  • Progressive hash of last locked transaction.
ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/trialbalance_and_blockchain.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This extension creates a report containing the table Accounts and at the end the blockchain info regarding the last transaction locked.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.app.trialbalanceandblockchain
Release Date Stable

Utilities Extensions for accounting

Calculate interest on account (exact days 365/365)

Calculate interest on account (exact days 365/365)

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Calculate interest on account (exact days 365/365).
  • From the extensions list select Calculate interest on account (exact days 365/365).
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select Calculate interest on account (exact days 365/365).
  3. Enter the account number.
  4. Select the period.
  5. Enter the interest rate on debit balance.
  6. Enter the interest rate on credit balance.

A window with results is displayed. You can copy, save and print the results. The transactions list can be paste into the table Transactions.

domenico
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.script.calcinterest.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
Compute the interest debit and credit for the account and rate you specify, based on the exact days. Suitable to calculate interest pro rata.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.script.calcinterest.js
Release Date Stable

Compare current with other accounting file

Compare current with other accounting file

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Compare current with other accounting file.
  • From the extensions list select Compare current with other accounting file.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Compare two accounting files

To compare two accounting files:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select Compare current with other accounting file.
  3. Select a second accounting file to compare.

The differences are reported as messages, when you click on it you go to the row.

 

domenico
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/comparestwoaccountingfiles.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General
Short Description
It compares the current open accounting file with an other one and reports differences between the two files.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.apps.comparestwoaccountingfiles

Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana 9)

Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana 9)

Prerequisites

  • Double-entry accounting file with normal accounts for members/customers is required.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana 9).
  • From the extensions list select Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana 9).
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Add the MemberFee column

  • Open the Accounts table (Address view).
  • Activate the MemberFee column (the column already exists, it just needs to be activated).
  • For each member/customer use the MemberFee column to enter the invoice amount.

Create invoice transactions

To creare the invoice transactions:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the menu Account1 select Import to accounting.
  3. As import option select Transactions.
  4. From the list select the Create invoice transactions from member fee extension.
  5. In the File name field, click Browse and select the current open accounting file.
  6. Click OK.
  7. Enter the invoice start number.
  8. Enter the revenue account.
  9. Enter the transaction description.
  10. The Import transactions opens, confirm with OK.

The program creates the invoice transactions for all the member/customer that has an amount in the MemberFee column of the table Accounts.

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.script.invoices.frommemberfee.js
Short Description
This extension creates invoice transactions, taking all accounts in the accounting table that have a value in the column MemberFee.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Import
Help ID
ch.banana.script.invoices.frommemberfee
Release Date Stable

Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana+)

Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana+)

Prerequisites

  • Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Double entry accounting file with Cost Centers accounts (Cc1, Cc2, Cc3) for members/customers is required.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana+).
  • From the extensions list select Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana+).
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Add the MemberFee column

  • Open the Accounts table (Address view).
  • Activate the MemberFee column (the column already exists, it just needs to be activated).
  • For each member/customer use the MemberFee column to enter the invoice amount.

Create invoice transactions

To creare the invoice transactions:

  1. Open the accounting file.
  2. From the menu Extensions select Create invoice transactions from member fee (Banana+).
  3. In the Settings dialogue:
    1. Set the invoice description.
      The text that is displayed on the invoice. This text is automatically followed by first and last name or company name.
    2. Set the starting invoice number.
      The first invoice starts whit this number, while all others invoices use progressive numbers.
  4. The program shows a dialog with all the invoice transactions that will be added.
  5. Confirm with OK.

The program creates the invoice transactions for all the members/customers that have an amount in the MemberFee column of the table Accounts.

  • Date: the date of the current day.
  • Description: text entered in the settings followed by first and last name or company name.
  • Amount: the amount defined in the MemberFee column of the Accounts table.
  • Cc1 / Cc2 / Cc3: the Cost Center account of the member/customer:
    • Cc1 when using cost centers that starts with "."
    • Cc2 when using cost centers that starts with ","
    • Cc3 when using cost centers that starts with ";" 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/report/association/invoicesfrommemberfee/ch.banana.uni.app.invoicesfrommemberfee.js
Short Description
This extension creates invoice transactions, taking all cost centers in the accounting table that have a value in the column MemberFee.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.invoicesfrommemberfee
Release Date Stable

Duplicate transaction checking

Duplicate transaction checking

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Duplicate transaction checking.
  • From the extensions list select Duplicate transaction checking.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Check for duplicate transactions

To check for duplicate transactions:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select Duplicate transaction checking.

A transaction is duplicate if another transaction exists with the same amount, the same credit account and the same debit account in a time laps of 3 days.

If a duplicate transaction is found, a message is displayed to the user.

It is possible to skip the check for a transaction: just add a column with the name 'SkipDuplicateCheck' and insert any value (ie.: 'x') to the transaction to skip.

claudia
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/General/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.apps.check.duplicate.transaction.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This app checks for duplicate transactions.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.apps.check.duplicate.transaction

Reconcile account with mt940/ISO20022 file

Reconcile account with mt940/ISO20022 file

This extension takes as input an electronic bank statemant (MT940 or ISO20022) and compare day by day with the account statements and shows differences.

It is very usefull for finding transactions not recordered or incorrectly recorded.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Reconcile account with mt940/ISO20022 file.
  • From the extensions list select Reconcile account with mt940/ISO20022 file.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open the accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Reconcile account with mt940/ISO20022 file.
  3. Select the electronic bank statement (MT940 or ISO20022).
  4. Enter the account number.

A window with results is displayed. You can copy, save and print the results.

 

domenico
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/reconcylebankaccount.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.report.comparedailybalance

Update Dates in the accounting file

Update Dates in the accounting file

In order to change the accounting data, the extension uses the Document Change API. For more information visit How-to update Accounting Dates using Document Change.

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Update Dates in the accounting file.
  • From the extensions list select Update Dates in the accounting file.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Change accounting dates

To change accounting dates using the extension:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select the Update Dates in the accounting file.
  3. A confirmation window dialogue shows all the sections and tables of the accounting where dates will be changed.
  4. Confirm with OK to apply the changes to the accounting file.

 

claudia
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/ch.banana.apps.documentchange.dates.js
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps
Short Description
This extension updates the opening and closure accounting dates of the open document with the current year, and also updates the rows dates of the Transaction and the Budget tables.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.apps.documentchange.dates.js

[UNI11] Layout 11 Programmable Invoice (Banana+)

[UNI11] Layout 11 Programmable Invoice (Banana+)

Layout to print the invoice of Banana Accounting highly customizable and also programmable.
You can easily adapt the invoice to your desires, decide which elements to print and change texts.

Watch the video tutorial: Invoice customization (Layout UNI11).

Prerequisites

To use this extension you need to download and install Banana Accounting Plus.

Customization printing invoices

The invoice print layout is already set and ready to use. If you wish, however, you can customize. You can easily adapt the printing of the invoice to your requirements.

Layout UNI11 has the same functionality as layout CH10 except for printing the Swiss QR-Code.
See the documentation CH10 layout.

Bank details for payment are to be entered as a final text. See how to enter a final text.

  • Customization via the settings dialog
    • Choose the elements of the invoice you want to include in the printout.
    • Print the address on the right or left.
    • Indicate which detail columns to include and define the sequence. You can have an invoice with quantities and prices, or only total amounts or even with columns that you have added in the transactions table.
    • Change the default texts for use in printing.
    • Add translations into other languages.
    • Change the font and print character.
    • Choose the color combination you want.

Customisation by programming

  • Customization using Javascript programming.
    • Create print functions that replace the default ones, for printing the header, addresses, details, final texts and footers.
  • Customization using CSS.
    • You can adapt the printing by creating custom styles so that you can change the appearance of the invoice (text formatting, positioning of elements, etc.).

 

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/customer/invoice/ch.banana.uni.invoice.uni11/ch.banana.uni.invoice.uni11.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/tree/master/report/customer/invoice/ch.banana.uni.invoice.uni11
Short Description
Highly customizable and programmable invoice layout to create custom prints.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Invoices
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.invoice.uni11
Image URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/customer/invoice/images/templateUNI11_.png
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/report/customer/invoice/images/en_layout_uni11.png
URL Beta release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/report/customer/invoice/beta/ch.banana.uni.invoice.uni11.sbaa
Release Date Stable
Release Date Beta

记账凭证 (中文-柬埔寨文)

记账凭证 (中文-柬埔寨文)

详细操作步骤,请参见页面记账凭证 (中文-英文)

ivan
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/China/master/ReportVoucher/voucher_china_cambodian.js
Country
全球
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
实用功能
Release Date Stable

Productivity Templates and Extensions(Universal)

Banana Accounting Plus provides additional tools for more complete and efficient business management. The productivity applications allow automation of key processes such as invoicing, inventory management, and control of business assets.

Example: Estimates and Invoices

The extension allows you to create quotes, estimates, invoices, and credit notes easily and professionally, either starting from accounting data or customising them manually.

  • Quick generation of invoices and quotes in PDF format
  • Graphic customisation (logo, layout, languages)

Key Management

A useful tool to record and track keys and access (physical or digital) granted to employees, collaborators, or third parties.

  • Centralized access control
  • Reduced risk of loss or misuse
  • Updated reports for audits or internal management

Inventory

A module designed for managing inventory and stock movements.

  • Recording of goods received and issued
  • Automatic calculation of stock levels and inventory value
  • Support for item codes, categories, and valuation methods (FIFO, LIFO)

Fixed Assets Register

A useful extension for tracking company fixed assets and calculating annual depreciation according to tax or custom criteria.

  • Full tracking of purchases, devaluations, disposals
  • Automatic calculation of depreciation amounts

These tools make Banana Accounting Plus a more powerful and versatile solution, ideal for small businesses, freelancers, and associations seeking efficiency and integration without complexity.

Library Books Report

Library Books Report

Install the extension

To install the extension:

  • Open Banana Accounting Plus.
  • Menu Extensions > Manage Extensions.
  • In the search field enter Library Books Report.
  • From the extensions list select Library Books Report.
  • Select the extension and click Install.
  • Click Close to close the window.

Create the report

To creare the report:

  1. Open an accounting file.
  2. From the Extensions menu select Library Books Report and then one of the following:
    • Library Books Report.
    • Library Contacts Report.
    • Create vCard from address.

Library Books Report

This extension creates a list of all the books that are in the Banana Library file. For a clearer view the list is split and sorted by genre of books.
You can export the catalog in pdf format to easily publish it on your web site.

Example of books report:

Library Contacts Report

Report Expired Outstanding books for each person.
This report creates a page card for each contact, with all information, including the outstanding books.

You can print:

  • All contacts
  • Selected contacts
  • Conacts with outstanding books

 

 

Create vCard from address

This extension extract the addresses data in the vCard format.

For more information visit Export Address data in the VCard format.

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/raw/master/SampleApps/Utilities/Library/banana_library_package.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/General/tree/master/SampleApps/Utilities/Library
Short Description
This extension creates a list of all the books contained in the file. For a clearer view the list is split and sorted by genre of books.
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.app.utilties.librarybooksreport

Time Sheet Extensions

The following features provide tools to export and analyze timesheet data, helping you review recorded hours and gain insights by project and resource.

Time Sheet Export

The Time Sheet Export feature allows you to export recorded time data for further analysis, reporting, or integration with other systems.
It provides a structured way to extract time entries, making it easier to share data, create custom reports, or use the information in external accounting, payroll, or project management tools.
This function helps ensure consistency and accuracy when working with time-tracking data outside the application.

Timesheet – Report with Project and Resource Data [BETA]

The Timesheet – Report with Project and Resource Data [BETA] provides a detailed overview of recorded time, organized by projects and resources.
This report is designed to help users analyze how time is allocated across different activities and team members, offering better visibility into project progress and resource utilization.
As a Beta feature, it is intended for testing and feedback, and may be further refined based on user experience.

Timesheet - Report with project and resource data [BETA]

Timesheet - Report with project and resource data [BETA]

This extension works with a timesheet file and provide a report for the selected project and detail of the resource. You can install the extension from the menu Extensions->Manage Extensions.

This extension requires the Advanced plan of Banana Accounting Plus.

For more information see the documentation pages for tracking projects times.

You can install the Extension.

Setup timesheet file

Prior to use the extension you need to setup the timesheet file.

  • Create a new Timesheet file or use an existing one.
  • Add the Projects table:
    • Tools → Add/Remove functionalities → Add Table Project.
    • Add the projects codes.
  • Add the Resources table
    • Go to the Journal Table
    • Tools → Add/Remove functionalities → Add simple table
    • Enter the name "Resources" (Name XML must be "Resources")
    • Go to the Journal Table
    • Tools → Add/Remove functionalities → Add columns to join table
    • Choose Resources
    • Dialog "Insert column after" choose Description.
    • Go to Resources table and enter the resource id and description (people name).

 

Enter Project data

In the Journal, when you enter the daily worked time, you can now specify the Project and Resource.

Print the report

You can print a report for a single project at a time.

 

 

claudia
URL Stable release
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/master/timesheet/pro/ch.banana.uni.timesheetreports.sbaa
URL Development
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/tree/master/timesheet/pro
Short Description
Timesheet Extension that allows you to filter projects and resources and print out the data
Country
Universal
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Productivity
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.timesheetreports

Management and inventory of door and building keys

Management and inventory of door and building keys
Description

Simple and effective key management software for doors, palaces, offices and buildings of any kind

  • Accurate list of all keys, with quantity and serial numbers and any other information you want to add.
  • List of people/places where keys are located.
  • Register delivery and return of keys.
  • Insert links to document files and digital receipts, for paperless management.
  • Manage an unlimited number of buildings.

Key management is based on the inventory application and you have many possibilities. Let us know through the feedback documentation below if you need customizations that can make management even easier and faster.

 

domenico
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/inventory/en/11110_doors-keys-management.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Inventory Business , Private
ac2 publisher

Estoque

Estoque
Description

 

Para maiores informações sobre gerenciamento de estoque com Banana Comptabilidade Plus, consulte as seguintes páginas
(estas páginas pelo momento estão disponíveis em inglês):

caterina
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/doc10/raw/master/pt/productivity/inventory/inventory.ac2
ac2 language
Universal Inventário Empresa
ac2 publisher

Capitolati, Offerte Strutturate

Con Banana Contabilità Plus puoi creare e stampare un capitolato d’offerta in modo semplice e strutturato, organizzando lavori, materiali, quantità e prezzi.

La tabella QuickSum permette di inserire le diverse voci del capitolato e di calcolare automaticamente subtotali e totali. Puoi partire da un modello già predisposto e adattarlo alle esigenze del tuo progetto.

Per ottenere il documento finale è disponibile anche un’estensione per la stampa del capitolato d’offerta, che utilizza i dati della tabella QuickSum per generare un report ordinato e professionale.

Scopri le risorse disponibili per iniziare:

 

QuickSum Stampa Capitolato d'offerta [BETA]

QuickSum Stampa Capitolato d'offerta [BETA]

L'estensione presentata qui di seguito permette di creare una stampa del capitolato di offerta fatto con la tabella QuickSum.

Prerequisiti

Per utilizzare questa estensione:

Versione Beta

La tabella QuickSum è uno strumento ancora in fase di sviluppo e che viene messo a disposizione a un limitato numero di utenti. 
Ci sono diverse funzionalità che sono per il momento provvisorie e che subiranno cambiamenti con il tempo.

L'estensione al momento è rilasciata in versione beta. Ciò significa che alcuni dettagli potrebbero cambiare senza preavviso.

Installazione e utilizzo dell'estensione

  • Installa l'estensione QuickSum Capitolato d’offerta.
    Visita la documentazione Gestione Estensioni per vedere come installare l'estensione.
  • Una volta installata, l'estensione sarà visibile nel menu Estensioni dove potrà essere eseguita.

Crea la stampa del capitolato d'offerta

  1. Dal menu Estensioni seleziona l'estensione QuickSum Capitolato d’offerta.
  2. Completa i campi del dialogo Impostazioni e clicca su OK.
  3. Viene automaticamente creato il report con la stampa del capitolato.

I testi delle impostazioni dell’estensione e i testi fissi sulla stampa, come le intestazioni delle colonne, il riporto e il titolo della pagina di riepilogo, vengono visualizzati nella lingua del file.
Da File > Proprietà file (Dati base) > sezione Varia > Lingua corrente è possibile cambiare la lingua del file.
Le lingue supportate sono italiano, francese, tedesco e inglese.

Dialogo Impostazioni

Esegui l'estensione dal menu QuickSum Capitolato d’offerta.

Si aprirà il dialogo delle Impostazioni dell'estensione, dove puoi definire alcune informazioni per creare la stampa del capitolato d'offerta.

Per l'inserimento dei dati fai un clic nel campo della colonna Valore.

Report
Impostazioni base del report.

  • Nome report
    • Opzionale.
    • Serve per definire il nome del report, utilizzato nella visualizzazione dell'anteprima di stampa e per il nome del salvataggio del file.
  • Moneta
    • Indica la valuta del capitolato d’offerta (ad es. CHF, EUR).
  • Mostra logo intestazione
    • Opzionale.
    • Serve per includere un logo nell'intestazione. Il logo è definito tramite il comando dal menu File > Imposta logo.
  • Nome personalizzazione logo
    • Opzionale.
    • Serve per inserire il nome della personalizzazione logo da utilizzare.
  • Mostra indirizzo intestazione
    • Opzionale.
    • Serve per includere l'indirizzo della ditta nell'intestazione.
      L'indirizzo della ditta si deve prima definire nella scheda Indirizzo del file.
      Possono essere utilizzate le seguenti informazioni dell'indirizzo: Società, Nome, Cognome, Indirizzo 1, Indirizzo 2, CAP, Località, Telefono, Email, Web.

Stampa capitolato d'offerta
Serve per includere il capitolato d'offerta nella stampa.

  • Escludi ItemId (regex)
    • Opzionale.
    • Serve per definire una regola (regex) per non stampare alcuni valori nella colonna ItemId.
      Ad esempio, per evitare la stampa, nella colonna ItemId, degli ItemId che terminano con una lettera, è possibile inserire l’espressione:  /[a-zA-Z]$/
  • Lunghezza massima descrizione per riga
    • Consigliato 58 caratteri.
    • Serve per indicare il numero massimo di caratteri per ogni riga di descrizione.
    • Quando il testo della descrizione supera il numero indicato, il programma tronca il testo e lo suddivide su più righe. La suddivisione su più righe è necessaria per calcolare correttamente la posizione dei totali riporto a fine e inizio pagina.
  • Decimali colonna Quantità
    • Serve per definire il numero di decimali da visualizzare nella colonna Quantità.
    • L'impostazione predefinita è 2.
  • Mostra totale cumulativo sulle pagine
    • Serve per includere il totale complessivo (colonna Cumulated) come riporto a fine pagina e inizio della successiva.
    • Il riporto è sempre il totale complessivo cumulato indicato nella tabella.
  • Utilizza gli stili delle righe
    • Serve per applicare gli stili alle righe (grassetto, italico, colore testo, colore sfondo) così come sono nella tabella QuickSum.

Stampa riepilogo
Serve per includere alla fine della stampa del capitolato un foglio di riepilogo con tutti i totali.

  • Altre posizioni da stampare
    • Opzionale.
    • Serve per indicare altre posizioni da includere nella stampa del riepilogo.
      È utile, ad esempio, per stampare la riga dell’IVA.
    • Inserire l’ItemId (ad es. 9.1.2).
    • È possibile inserire più ItemId, separati da un punto e virgola ; (ad es. 9.1.2;9.1.3).
    • Le posizioni vengono stampate nell’ordine in cui sono inserite nella tabella QuickSum.

Stampa righe di verifica hash
Serve per aggiungere, al termine della stampa del capitolato, le righe contenenti i codici hash di verifica.
Confrontando gli hash stampati con quelli presenti nella tabella QuickSum, è possibile verificare che il documento non sia stato modificato.
Le righe di verifica vengono stampate solo se nella tabella QuickSum sono presenti i codici hash.

  • #hash-base
    Hash calcolato solo sugli elementi non modificabili del documento. Le modifiche ai campi modificabili in modalità blocco non cambiano l'hash.
  • #hash-all
    Hash calcolato su tutto il documento. Qualsiasi modifica comporta il ricalcolo dell'hash.

Stampa capitolato

La stampa del capitolato riprende tutte le righe presenti nella tabella QuickSum, nello stesso ordine in cui compaiono, e consente di generare un’offerta completa che include tutti gli articoli (colonna Item) con le relative righe di dettaglio e di prezzo.

Nel report vengono stampate le colonne Articolo, Descrizione, Quantità, Unità, Prezzo unità e Importo totale.

Facoltativamente, alla fine di ogni pagina può essere incluso il riporto del totale complessivo calcolato fino a quel momento; lo stesso totale viene riportato anche all’inizio di ogni nuova pagina.

Il report termina con la stampa del subtotale, dell’IVA calcolata sul subtotale e del totale complessivo dell’offerta.

Esempio stampa capitolato:

Impostazioni della tabella QuickSum che influenzano la stampa

Alcune impostazioni e valori presenti nella tabella QuickSum modificano il comportamento e il contenuto della stampa del capitolato.

In particolare:

  • ItemId
    • Quando un articolo è commentato (ItemId inserito tra parentesi quadre), l’intera riga non viene stampata nel report.
  • Stile
    • #pagebreak
      È possibile forzare un cambio pagina nel report inserendo il comando #pagebreak.
      Inserire una riga vuota nella tabella immediatamente prima del punto in cui si desidera il cambio pagina e, nella colonna Style, inserire #pagebreak.
      Se il comando viene inserito più volte in righe consecutive, il cambio pagina viene applicato una sola volta.


       
  • Codice Modifica
    • Utilizzare questa colonna per indicare quali valori devono essere completati dall’utente.
    • In base alle informazioni inserite, vengono applicati eventuali tratteggi sotto i valori delle colonne Quantità e Prezzo unità.
    • Se almeno uno di questi due valori risulta tratteggiato, anche il valore nella colonna Totale viene sottolineato con il tratteggio.
    • Per maggiori informazioni sui codici da inserire e il loro funzionamento, consultare la documentazione della tabella QuickSum.

Stampa riepilogo

La stampa del riepilogo riprende tutte le righe di totale presenti nella tabella QuickSum, nello stesso ordine in cui compaiono.

Le righe di totale sono identificate da un valore nella colonna ItemId che inizia con "T:".

Lo scopo del report è fornire un riepilogo dei totali dei diversi articoli presenti nella tabella, con i relativi importi.

Nel report vengono stampate le colonne Articolo, Descrizione e Importo.

Esempio stampa riepilogo:

 

ivan
URL Stable release
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/report/quicksum/bid_specification/ch.banana.uni.app.quicksum.capitolato.sbaa
Country
Universale
Publisher
Banana.ch
Extension type
Produttività
Help ID
ch.banana.uni.app.quicksum.capitolato
Release Date Stable

Capitolato d'offerta (tutorial)

Capitolato d'offerta (tutorial)
Description

Questo modello utilizza la tabella QuickSum per preparare preventivi e calcoli dettagliati dei costi, con un esempio dedicato a lavori di ristrutturazione di un'abitazione.

Le diverse lavorazioni possono essere organizzate in modo gerarchico, suddividendole in sezioni e sottosezioni. Per ogni voce è possibile indicare una descrizione, la quantità, l'unità di misura e il prezzo unitario; il programma calcola quindi automaticamente l'importo corrispondente e i totali progressivi.

Il modello mostra anche come gestire costi calcolati in percentuale rispetto ad altre voci o gruppi di voci. Nell'esempio, oltre ai lavori di tinteggiatura e alle piccole riparazioni delle superfici, viene calcolato automaticamente un costo percentuale per la protezione del cantiere.

Subtotali e totali permettono di ottenere una lettura chiara dei costi per ogni gruppo di lavori. È inoltre previsto il calcolo dell'IVA sul subtotale e del totale complessivo del preventivo.

Il modello è particolarmente indicato per artigiani, imprese di costruzione e ristrutturazione e professionisti che desiderano predisporre preventivi, offerte o stime dei costi con calcoli automatici, mantenendo una struttura ordinata e facilmente consultabile.

Technical Preview

La tabella QuickSum è uno strumento ancora in fase di sviluppo e che viene messo a disposizione a un limitato numero di utenti. 
Ci sono diverse funzionalità che sono per il momento provvisorie e che subiranno cambiamenti con il tempo.

Prerequisiti

Per utilizzare questo modello:

Risorse utili

 

ivan
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/report/quicksum/templates/quicksum_presentation.ac2
Tutorial File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/refs/heads/master/report/quicksum/templates/quicksum_presentation.ac2
ac2 language
Universale Tabella semplice Altro
ac2 publisher

Time sheet - systematic 2026

Time sheet - systematic 2026
Description

Work hours are recorded with start and end times; notes can be written down, reimbursements made, days of illness or additional work can be recorded. The program calculates the totals and any differences with the due hours.

Important: The festive days contained in the model are to be updated manually according to your country/region.

To use the Time Sheet application, download the available file and follow the instructions on our page How to start a Time Sheet.

fei
File URL
https://github.com/BananaAccounting/Universal/raw/master/timesheet/time_sheet_systematic_en_2026.ac2
| Tags: English
ac2 language
Universal Time sheet Other
ac2 publisher